digital
                            outlook
                             report09
digital outlook report 09
The following report contains statements that are forwardlooking, including expectations and predictions
regarding future industry trends and developments. Actual results may differ materially from our expectations or
projections. This report also contains opinions, estimates, and forwardlooking statements by industry leaders.
Such statements are the personal opinions of the individuals quoted and should not be attributed to any other
entity or individual. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon forward-looking statements, which
speak only as to the date of this document. Except as required by law, neither Razorfish, LLC nor any of its
affiliated entities undertake any obligation to update any forwardlooking or other statements in this document,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

© Razorfish, LLC. All rights reserved.
contents
             a new role for agencies                               Social Object Theory:    56
                                                     The Secret Ingredient for Powering
        From Breaking Campaigns to       4
                                                 Social Influence Marketing™ Campaigns
          Building Client Businesses
                                                                    For Here or To Go?       62
                             outlook               How Portable Media Is Like Fast Food

                     Trends to Watch    10          Top 10 Mobile Applications to Watch     66

                Shifting Their Focus:   16         Getting Smart With Mobile Marketing:      78
  A Look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending                           How Mobile Marketing Is
               by Razorfish™ Clients                     Evolving in Europe and the U.S.

Trends in Social Influence Marketing™   26
                                                                    topics on our minds
               Search Outlook 2009:     32
            Pushing Search Forward                   Looking for the Pulse Online in 2009    84
            in a Volatile Marketplace
                                                                  The Future of Retail:     88
               Publishers of the Year   40       The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey

                                                       Think Inside Someone Else’s Box:     96
                    what’s emerging
                                             Business Model Innovation in the Digital Age
  Digital Media Escapes From the PC:    44
                                                              Converged Connections:        100
Unlocking Opportunity for Consumers
                                             Moving Brands Across Multiple Experiences
                       and Marketers
                                                                        Email Marketing:    104
       Ad Exchanges: Revolutionizing    52
                                                       Increasing Marketing Connections
               the Buy-Sell Process
                                                                       in a Social World
consumer conversations                         TiVo on the Future of Television:   158
                                                                              A Call for Innovation
       Catching Up With the Connected Class       112
                                                             Xbox Live on the Future of Television:    160
                 Connecting with Digital Mom      118
                                                              A Window into the Next Generation
              through Emerging Technologies
                                                             Comcast on the Future of Television:      162
                                                        New Opportunities for Enhanced Television
                    the evolution of research
                           and measurement              Navic Networks on the Future of Television:    163
                                                               As TV and Its Audiences Fragment,
Bringing Media Mix Models Into the Digital Era    124
                                                                          How Will It Be Funded?
                  Social Influence Research:      128
                                                             Google TV on the Future of Television:    165
      The Confluence of Consumer Research
                                                                     An interview with Mike Steib
                       and the Social Graph

 Social Media Measurement: What’s it Worth?       136
                                                                     three things every executive
         Modeling and Creating Measureable
                                                                             should know in 2009
      Outcomes of Social Media Engagement
                                                                            The Web Gets a Pulse       170
                           tv at a crossroads
                                                              Fragmentation Moves Beyond Media         172
              The Digitalization of Television:   146
                                                                    When the Going Gets Tough...       174
             Challenges and Opportunities as
                           TV Turns a Corner

       Jack Myers on the Future of Television:    154
        Realities and Opportunities for Media
                   Companies and Marketers




                                                                                                             3
A N E W R O L E FO R AG EN C I ES



From Breaking
Campaigns
to Building
Client Businesses
By Clark Kokich, Chief Executive Officer




I spent the first 30 years of my advertising career focused
on saying things. What do we need to say to persuade people
to buy our product or service? How do we say it in a unique and
memorable way? Where do we say it? How much will it cost to
say it? How do we measure consumer reactions to the things we
say to them?
Now, after 10 years in the digital space, I find myself   Agencies haven’t played this role very long. They
spending my time talking to clients about building        used to, but, with the rise of strong client marketing
things. What do customers need to make smart deci-        groups, agencies have focused squarely and
sions? What applications do we need to build to           exclusively on producing great advertising, on saying
satisfy that need? Where are our customers when           things.
they make a decision?
                                                          That limited perspective won’t cut it anymore. Clients
How do we make sure the things we build can be            are desperately dealing with a laundry list of chal-
delivered wherever (and whenever) they need them?         lenges: A sinking economy. A connected, in-control
How do we build a link between the digital and the        consumer. A drive for lower costs. The disruption
physical world? How do we help consumers share            of traditional media channels. An expansion of global
the things we build?                                      competition. The list is long and growing.

This isn’t news to anyone; we’ve all seen it coming       In this environment, clients need ideas that will trans-
for awhile. At every industry conference you’ll hear      form their business. In the past, when our only tool
someone make a compelling case that the future            was paid media, it was virtually impossible to develop
of creating and sustaining brands is in building          an idea that could change a client’s fundamental
experiences, not just in producing great advertising.     competitive position. Now, digital has the potential to
                                                          re-imagine a consumer connection, or reinvent a
What’s not so apparent is the impact this change          business model. And we have a long list of consumer
is having on the role that advertising agencies play      touchpoints with which to work, starting with the
within client organizations. It’s not just about the      Web, then expanding to mobile applications, social,
work that agencies do, but rather, it’s about the         gaming, viral, digital-out-of-home, widgets, gadgets
actual role they should be playing in setting business    and more. Now, anything is possible.
strategy, designing product and service offerings,
delivering service after the sale, creating innovative    With this expanded palette, we can build experiences
distribution channels and developing new revenue          that become an integral part of the brand. Experiences
models. For a growing number of brands, the digital       that have the ability to add value, create new cate-
experience is becoming as important as the actual         gories, surprise, delight, serve, simplify, entertain and
physical product.                                         tell a story in an entirely new, richer way than ever
                                                          before possible. We are beginning to put examples of
                                                          transformational business ideas into market for global
                                                          brands such as Levi’s, which views the company and
the consumer experience in totality across all
departments — from product development to new
collections to the digitally-enhanced fitting room.

This is the role that agencies must fill now. Clients
need us to bring them business ideas. They need us
to expand beyond our traditional role of being great
communicators. We need to be great thinkers and
problem solvers as well. They need us to understand
how their consumers and markets are changing,
and then bring them strategies that fundamentally
improve their competitive position. Finally, they need
us to turn those ideas and strategies into reality —
by building transformational experiences.

We’ll still need to be good at saying things. Tradition-
al, one-way advertising will continue to be a power-
ful marketing force. But it won’t be enough. We need
to make the things we say real by building experi-
ences that truly deliver on the promise — experiences
that establish a concrete and direct connection be-
tween the consumer and the brand.

It’s a new role. One that will challenge the status
quo. One that will stretch all of us to expand our view
of what it means to be a great agency. One that will
require new skills. And one that will drive deep col-
laboration between creative, technology, media, user
experience and analytics.

It’s a tremendous challenge. And it’s a huge
opportunity for those marketers who embrace it fully.




                                                           7
outlook
                                Trends to Watch    10
                           Shifting Their Focus:   16
             A Look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending
                           by Razorfish™ Clients
           Trends in Social Influence Marketing™   26
                          Search Outlook 2009:     32
Pushing Search Forward in a Volatile Marketplace
                          Publishers of the Year   40
• Conver ted to d
                                                                                                ig it a l c
                                                                                                              a b le




                  O U T LO O K
                                                                                 • Addicte
                                                                                             d to i
                                                                                                   Pho
                                                                                                       n       ea
                                                                                                                    pps




Trends to Watch
                                                               • S k ip s
                                                        th e
                                                  com
                                             me
                                       rci
                                 als
1. Advertisers will turn to “measurability” and “differentiation”
   in the recession

  As the economy softens, advertisers will be asking more from
  their budgets. Even those with healthy financials are likely to
  push for, and command better price terms and concessions from
  media companies, who are eager to fill the vast supply of ad
  space available.

  Agencies and advertisers will look to established pub-    video and targeted media, or it could mean high qual-
  lishers with reliable models to focus their investments   ity engagement opportunities with select partners
  as more scrutiny is placed on return on investment.       who deliver unique brand engagement. The pressure
  Depending on an advertiser’s goal, this might include     points will be on “measurability” and “differentiation.”
  proven performers like search, ad networks, online




                                                                                                                       11
2. Search will not be immune to the                         Web site and across the Web. We can also
   impact of the economy                                    expect new social advertising formats and new
                                                            social research approaches to emerge that lever-
   Budget cuts will be a reality for search marketers
                                                            age the complex relationships that occur within
   for the first time in recent memory, requiring them
                                                            a social graph. As social behaviors go main-
   to do more with less in an increasingly volatile
                                                            stream, Social Influence Marketing™ is going to
   landscape. Nevertheless, we expect the search
                                                            be glue that binds every digital strategy together.
   landscape to continue to evolve and innovate,
   with an increased focus on measurement and
                                                         4. Online ad networks will contract;
   search engine optimization (SEO), and the rise of
                                                            open ad exchanges will expand
   compelling opportunities in local and mobile
   search.                                                  In 2009, the online ad network world will see
                                                            both contraction and expansion:
3. Social Influence Marketing™
                                                            •   The traditional ad network world will contract
   will go mainstream
                                                                as competition for declining ad dollars increases.
   2009 is going to be the year that Social Influence           There are simply too many broad networks
   Marketing truly goes mainstream. According to                competing for the same inventory and not telling
   Forrester Research, 75% of the online population             a new story.
   is now engaged in online social behaviors, and
                                                            •   At the same time, branded networks will expand.
   with social strategies getting more integrated and
                                                                Large publishers (e.g. the Fox Audience Network
   accountable, marketers are going to depend on
                                                                and Turner Entertainment) will continue to take
   their customers, more than ever, to do the mar-
                                                                back control of their inventory and monetize
   keting for them. Marketers this year will learn how
                                                                it themselves, or they will work with fewer ad
   to deploy Social Influence Marketing campaigns
                                                                networks to ensure quality and maximize value.
   more successfully compared to 2008, which had
   its fair share of experimental failures.                 •   Expansion will also come in the form of Ad
                                                                Exchanges like Right Media, DoubleClick and
   As new tools gain adoption like Facebook Con-                AdECN, which are newer open markets for on-
   nect, which has the power to make an individual              line ad inventory that increase buying efficiency
   viewing experience social, and we begin to                   by delivering unprecedented transparency in
   deepen our understanding of consumer interac-                the process. Development of this ecosystem will
   tions in social environments, we should see                  put further pressure on small and mid-tier ad
   the lines blurring between marketing efforts on a            networks to survive. If Ad Exchanges are widely
adopted, it could revolutionize how online media        you want it. As GPS functionality and loca-
    is bought and sold.                                     tion-based intelligence begin to improve content
                                                            delivery and advertising through the mobile
5. This year, mobile will get smarter                       device, mobile will get smarter, and marketers
                                                            who leverage it will, too.
   “The year of mobile” has come and gone with
   the advent of the iPhone. Mobile is still an area of
                                                          6. Research and measurement
   tremendous growth but the idea that it will have
                                                             will enter the digital age
   a “break-out year” has passed. There is a risk
   that the recession will curtail R&D spending in the      Due to increased complexity in marketing, estab-
   newer of new media and that mobile will take             lished research and measurement conventions
   a hit, but smart marketers will take advantage of        are more challenged than ever. For this reason,
   continued growth and opportunities — like                2009 will be a year for research reinvention.
   mobile rich media ads, applications, mobile search
   and location-based opportunities — to gain               Current media mix models are falling down; they
   an advantage. Despite tremendous growth in the           are based on older research models that assume
   mobile browsing population in 2008 (mobile               media channels are by and large independent
   browsing grew from 13% to 20% of all U.S.-based          of one another. As media consumption changes
   mobile users from Q1 2008 to Q1 2009 as per              among consumers, and marketers include more
   comScore’s M:Metrics), advertiser interest as well       digital and disparate channels in the mix, it is
   as the ad model infrastructure is still catching up.     more important than ever to develop new media
                                                            mix models that recognize the intricacies of
   The question brands need to ask themselves now           channel interaction. Since online media is often
   as it relates to mobile is: how can they add val-        linked closely with other media (TV can drive
   ue to their customers’ lives in this environment?        search, search can drive magazine usage and so
   A good example is the iFood Assistant mobile             forth) we need to adopt new ways of measuring
   application powered by Kraft, which offers recipe        to account for the true complexity of media in the
   and dinner ideas, or Wikitude AR, an augment-            digital age.
   ed reality application that, using a Webcam and
   GPS functionality, overlays information from
   Wikipedia onto your visual location. Both of these
   applications provide the convenience of relevant
   information at your fingertips when and where




                                                                                                                 13
7. “Portable” and “beyond-the-browser”                    ways to search, discover, browse, organize and
   opportunities will create new touchpoints for          “touch” rich content like video. This will change
   brands and content owners                              how we interact with the Web, our mobile devices
                                                          and our televisions moving forward. Collectively,
  It was only a few short years ago that the bulk
                                                          these changes are opening the doors to incredible
  of rich content was consumed via TV sets, home
                                                          new ways for advertisers to connect with con-
  entertainment systems or desktop computers.
                                                          sumers.
  The notion of portable media conjured up images
  of retro Game Boys and clunky laptops. But Ap-
                                                       8. Going digital will help TV modernize
  ple’s iPod changed all that, launching a portable
  media revolution that continues to churn today.         As TV signals convert to digital in June 2009, we
  Advances in smartphones and entertainment               will see an opening of opportunities in advanced
  devices have delivered endless on-the-go options        television. Through their media platforms and
  for music, video, social networking, news and           real time set-top box data, TiVo, Google TV and
  email. The Web environment has witnessed                start-up Navic Networks, which, like Razorfish™,
  tremendous growth with embeddable content               was recently acquired by Microsoft, have been
  through widgets and applications, creating a            offering limited scale options for increased
  modular environment where people can share              accountability and metrics in the TV space. This
  information and influence their networks online or      coverage and opportunity will expand in 2009
  remotely. Portable media has also come to mean          with the digital conversion.
  that content unhinged itself from legacy devices;
  music is free from the turntable, primetime             Advanced television providers, including the
  broadcast is no longer limited to the TV, and so        cable companies, are also growing their audience
  on. The very things that define a media platform        bases and their opportunities for marketers in
  have become rather blurry. And it’ll only get           the form of branded VOD channels, featuring long
  more confusing — portability is phase 1. Further        form content or t-commerce (purchasing through
  evolution is clearly visible on the horizon, with       television), both of which are often reached
  content becoming more social and non-linear.            by telescoping out from traditional 30-second
                                                          TV spot overlays. It is expected that progress
  In addition, interface innovation ranging from          by Project Canoe, the consortium of cable
  gesture and object recognition tools like the Wii       companies working on standards for television
  to interactive, multi-touch storefront windows,         in addressability, creative versioning and meas-
  to new browsers like Cooliris, is enabling new          urement, will also push the industry forward.
As social media elements begin to influence video
(CNN’s social TV experience on the Web around the
inauguration was well-regarded), and alternative
television providers like Xbox provide social commu-
nities in the living room around premium content, we
may also see TV go social.

The desire for more for your money as well as more
interactivity, measurability and community will be
especially apparent in the TV space as it struggles to
modernize.




                                                         15
• Ad
                                                  ver
                                                      t
                                                    is e
                                                        rs
                                                          co
                                                           n ti
                                                             nu
                                                               et
                                                                 o
                                                                  su
                                                                     pp
                                                                      or
O U T LO O K                                                               ea


                                                                       ts
                                                                                rc
                                                                                     h
                                                                                         —


Shifting Their Focus:
                                                                                             de
                                                                                                  sp
                                                                                                       ite
                                                                                                             th e
                                                                                                                    ec
                                                                                                                         on
                                                                                                                              om
                                                                                                                                   ic d
A look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending                                                                                                        own
                                                                                                                                              t   urn

by Razorfish Clients
                  ™




By Sarah Baehr, Vice President, Media, New York and National Media Lead
The increased potency of social networking is just one
example of why 2008 was a year that empowered Razorfish’s                                             ™




flexibility and command of a deeper, wider, more sophisticated
digital channel.

Just as President Obama discovered he could build         engaging users. As you’ll see from the statistics on
a movement and win an election through social             our clients’ spending below, we saw several trends
media channels, our clients also recognized the power     which underscored that last year, our focus had
that well-built digital strategies have on building mo-   to become less about how much digital we do, and
mentum for brands, reinventing business models and        more about how well we manage broader demands.




                                                                                                                 17
Broad trends in Razorfish™ client spending                 2008 Media Distribution

As in the past, the net ad spend of Razorfish’s™ clients
was widely distributed. It spread across 1,024 Web
sites last year, as opposed to 1,832 Web sites in 2007,          12%
indicating a continued trend towards niche targeting
and the diversification of media choices. We saw a                                37%
                                                           16%
decline in ad spend beginning late in the third quarter
across the agency, and the typical fourth quarter
overflow of budgets did not materialize. Growth from
the third to fourth quarter was 7%, versus 17% in
2007, showing the first sign that the online market had           35%
been impacted by an increasingly weak economy.

                                                                    Search
A closer look at the distribution of ad spend by
                                                                    Verticals
Razorfish™ clients reveals several trends, including:
                                                                    Portals
  •   An increasing reliance on ROI and proven                      Ad Networks

      channels like search

  •   A continued shift of budget away from portals

  •   Renewed fragmentation in the ad network space
Share of search spending increases

In 2008, paid search allocation grew, with share of       Advertisers continue to support search despite
total ad spend among our clients increasing to 36%        the downturn because it delivers a strong ROI, and
from 31% in 2007. While there was no fourth quarter       for the most part, it continues to outperform other
spike as in previous years, there was very little         tactics. While the marketing and media industries
variance quarter over quarter, indicating our clients’    speculate on whether search is recession-proof,
desire for consistent presence in search.                 we do anticipate that as budgets tighten, search will
                                                          also be impacted by the economy this year.
Among our clients, Google captured 72% of the total
category. Yahoo! continued at a distant second at
22%, while Microsoft continued to be challenged with
a 4% share.




                                          Spend Distribution 2004 — 2008

           50%
                       47            42
                                                               39
           40%                                      37                       37             Verticals

                                                                                            Search
                       28                           28                       35
           30%                                                                              Portals
                                     31                        31
                                                               19                           Networks
           20%                                      24
                                     15                                      16
                       13
           10%
                       12            12             11         11            12

            0%
                      2004          2005           2006       2007          2008




                                                                                                                  19
Vertical placements move emphasis
away from portals

Vertical placements saw a slight decrease year-on-                              In the U.S., unlike previous years, we have seen
year, from a 39% share in 2007 to 35% in 2008. While                            the dominance of general ad networks wane and the
still prominent and strategic partners for marketers,                           opportunity to buy similar inventory in premium
portals continued to trend downward in 2008, garner-                            branded environments rise. The ability to buy and tar-
ing a 16% share, versus 19% in 2007. Scale still                                get within the gated environments of premium sites
matters, but the choices available that deliver depth                           is a boost to the vertical category and offer new,
and breadth outside of the portals continue to                                  more transparent choices as advertisers look for both
rise. Outside the U.S., however, the portal category                            safe and efficient options to promote their brands
received a large percentage — nearly 26% of share                               in this economy.
of spend, indicating that the scale and quality of por-
tals abroad still dominates.




                                                       Vertical Spend Comparison

25%                                                                            23


20%             19                                                                                                                       2006
                                                                          18
           17                                                        17
                     16                                                                                                                  2007
                                                                                                           15
15%                                                                                                             13                       2008
                                                      12
                          11                                    11
                                                           10                                   10 10 10             10             10
10%                            9
                                        8   8                                           8
                                   7            7
                                                                                            6                                   6
                                                                                    5
 5%                                                                                                                        4


 0%
              ity




                               s




                                           ts




                                                        ce




                                                                         t



                                                                                      ch




                                                                                                  el




                                                                                                               lth




                                                                                                                               ss
                                                                      en
                          ew




                                                                                                  av
                                        or




                                                                                                                           ne
           un




                                                         n




                                                                                    Te




                                                                                                           ea
                                                                     m
                                                      re
                                       Sp
                          N




                                                                                                Tr




                                                                                                                           si
          m




                                                                                                           H
                                                                    in
                                                    fe




                                                                                                                          Bu
      om




                                                                 rta
                                                Re



                                                                te
      C




                                                             En
2008 Vertical Spend                       In entertainment, sites with strong video and audio
                                                          capabilities drove the growth of this category. Stand-
                                                          outs are Pandora, which saw a 142% increase, and
                         6%                               Hulu which went from zero in 2007 to a 3% share
                    7%                                    of the category last year. These dramatic increases
                                         24%
               7%                                         reflect the maturation of the video landscape in terms
                                                          of the growing audience and the offerings it provides
             10%                                          advertisers.
                                          15%
               10%                                        Lifestyle sites as a subset of entertainment grew at
                                                          the expense of the health category, as pharmaceutical
                      10%         11%
                                                          advertisers in particular showed they were com-
                                                          fortable with advertising on sites outside of the health
                         Entertainment                    category. Pharmaceutical advertisers had a much
                         Community                        broader appetite for diversity of content and affinity-
                         Reference                        based targeting, and a growing trust in digital as a
                         Travel                           branding medium. Similar to the concentration of
                         Health                           dollars we see in ad networks, the top five publishers
                         Business                         in the health category amassed 68% of the ad spend;
                         News                             WebMD remains the leader with a 36% share of the
                         Sports                           category.
                         Tech

                                                          In a year in which we had a historic election and the
                                                          Olympics, news as a category was down. In 2008,
                                                          we saw newspapers and magazines continue to
As we look at vertical spending in the U.S., two trends   struggle and our data supports the notion that print
emerge: a significant jump (18% to 24% year-on-           dollars are not translating to online. Thirty-eight
year) in money allotted to the entertainment category,    percent of the spend in the news category was
which includes video and lifestyle sites, and a decline   spread out amongst 25 traditional print publishers,
in spending within the health category (from 15% in       pointing not only to the tremendous fragmentation of
2006 to 10% in 2008).                                     online advertising but also suggesting that traditional
                                                          ad powerhouses continue to struggle to establish a
                                                          similar presence online.




                                                                                                                     21
Category Share vs. Site Growth


                   150%                      142


                   100%                                                                            81
                                                                      62
                     50%
                                      27
                                                                                         0
                      0%
                                                             -15
                    -50%
                                    t




                                                                                                   r
                                                        ity
                                           a




                                                                                       l
                                                                     t
                                 en




                                                                                    ve


                                                                                                so
                                                                   ke
                                           or




                                                       un
                                m




                                                                                     a


                                                                                             vi
                                        nd




                                                               uc




                                                                                  Tr

                                                                                         Ad
                                                      m
                               in




                                                              ob
                                      Pa
                           ta




                                                    om




                                                                                        ip
                                                             ot
                           er




                                                                                     Tr
                                                   C


                                                         Ph
                           t
                        En




Unlike video, spending in the community vertical, which            marketing cannot be achieved with banners; instead,
is still one of our top two categories and includes                they placed their attention on leveraging social as
social media spending, seems to have flattened out                 a core part of their overall marketing strategy. In the
from 2007 to 2008. Facebook and MySpace still                      short term, this trend indicates that there won’t
garnered 24% of the ad spend in the category, while                be an influx of spend in social media; however, it dem-
About.com, Federated Media and Photobucket, which                  onstrates that our clients are approaching social
saw a 63% growth year-on-year, rounded out the top                 media not as a tactic but as a foundation upon which
five in this category. While industry standards around             to build an effective communication strategy.
ad models related to social media are still evolving ,
clients last year realized that effective social influence
Ad Network Consolidation


            100%


             80%                                                                               All Others

                                                                                               Top 5
             60%


             40%
                           49                63             76                62
             20%


              0%
                          2005              2006           2007              2008




2008 was the first year that we saw mobile ad spend-      ities to diversify their buys. As said above, advertiser
ing pop; it represented 1% of the vertical category       concerns about transparency and efficacy have re-
and 3% of the entertainment category. While still a       sulted in spending growth within broad premium envi-
fledgling area, we saw a strong desire from marketers     ronments or “branded networks” like CondéNet, NBC
to test and subsequently expand their efforts in          Universal and Fox Interactive Media (not including
mobile. We believe that despite the poor economy,         MySpace). Branded networks represented 15% of the
marketers will continue to invest in mobile marketing,    spend in this category.
although growth may be limited to the single digits
in the near term.                                         Despite the drive towards increased efficiency because
                                                          of the recession, ad networks as a category saw
Consolidation and fragmentation                           only a slight increase in share year-over-year. One trend
within ad networks                                        reversal we saw was in the concentration of spend
                                                          amongst the top five ad networks dropping to 62%
The ad network category saw 62% of spending con-
                                                          from 76% in 2007. A few things contributed to this
centrated within the top five ad networks and 72%
                                                          change in direction. The first is a rise in spend outside
within the top ten. This continues to illustrate a move
                                                          the U.S. and the development of branded networks
towards consolidation but the trend is slightly down
                                                          such as Forbes, Turner Entertainment and Fox Audi-
year-on-year; buyers continue to look for opportun-




                                                                                                                      23
ence Network, and the move of many premium adver-         media — but it will also be an opportunity to explore
tisers away from general networks. Additionally, the      new buying methods, such as conducting business
rise of specialty vertical networks like the community    through ad exchanges, and learning how to employ
sites BuzzLogic, Six Apart, Lotame and BlogHer            social influence marketing strategies that have value
has further fragmented this category and put a refo-      for consumers and brands alike.
cus on testing the emergent opportunities.
                                                          Whatever happens, one thing is for certain: we’ll all
Another trend we expect in 2009 is the increased          learn how to do more with less. And be smarter for it.
usage of ad exchanges (like those offered by Yahoo!’s
Right Media and Google’s DoubleClick), and tools
that allow agencies to directly buy within those
environments. CPM pricing pressure and the buyer’s
market mentality will only further muddy the 2009
landscape, but the battle to maintain pricing and
manage inventory pools among publishers is sure
to be front and center. The continued rumblings
of anti-ad network sentiment by premium publishers
is only going to increase pressure on the small-
and mid-tier ad networks to differentiate, leading to
a significantly-altered and, perhaps, consolidated
network landscape going into 2010.

2009: A glass that is half-empty may be half-full

The world, in the year to come, is one in which many
of us in advertising will see as a glass half-empty.
A flat year would be a good outcome for digital adver-
tising in 2009, and while many major publishers will      Footnote:
see a YOY drop, there will still be winners. We are in    Note that in previous Digital Outlook Reports, Razorfish™
the midst of a historic time when industries, that some   has released total media billings for the previous year. In the
                                                          2008 report, we have included more detail on spending by
would argue were the foundations of our economy,
                                                          category and publisher than we have in past years. Because
may be doomed — but there is also an opportunity          many of our publisher contracts preclude us from publicly
for new business models to take root and thrive. Yes,     disclosing total spend with specific publishers, we have
2009 will be a tough year for all media, even digital     opted not to release total billings for 2008.
25
O U T LO O K



Trends in
Social Influence




                                                                                                                 B ou
                                                                                                                  ght a
Marketing                                                        ™




                                                                                                                    new l
                                                                                                                        aptop ba
By Shiv Singh, Vice President and Global Social Media Lead




                                                                                                                        s e d o n c o n s u m e r r ev i ew
                                                           e•
                                                          li n
                                                        on




                                                                                                                    s•
                                                     ng
                                                 pi
                                                op




                                                sh
                                           as
                                      tm
                                ris
                           Ch
                      h er
   D o e s 87 % o f
                                                                                                             •
                                                                                                            og
                                                                                                        bl
                                                                                                       n
                                                                                                     s ig
                                                                                                 de




                                                                                                ne
                                                                                                w




                                                                                            a
                                                                                     o   ut
                                                                                ab
                                                                           nd
                                                                    ri e
                                                          il   af
                                                       ma
                                                to e
                                  in g
                            Is go
A year ago, we developed a hypothesis that the way
people were influencing each other — online, in small groups,
through peer pressure, reciprocity or flattery — was giving
rise to a whole new form of marketing that we called Social
Influence Marketing (SIM).      ™




We defined it as marketing to the network of peers       Today, SIM is not just a hypothesis. It is a driving
that surround and influence the customer across          force that affects everything we do as an agency and,
social platforms and on brand Web sites. The rise of     as we’re impressing upon our clients, it matters more
SIM reflected the emerging thinking in our agency that   than ever in this economic downturn as consumers
the social Web and the mainstream Web were con-          across the country are losing faith in large institutions
verging, and that digital marketers needed to deliver    and experts, and instead are turning to each other
better value exchanges to consumers and allow for        for advice. In fact, we believe it is as important a mar-
influence more directly.                                 keting dimension as the traditional pillars of brand
                                                         marketing and direct response. It is even bigger than
                                                         we thought it was.




                                                                                                                     27
Now, as SIM becomes more mature, 2009 will be the            more attention. An event like the Motrin episode,
year in which differentiating between good and bad           in which a group of social media-fluent mothers
SIM will get easy — a year in which every campaign,          managed to force Motrin to pull down an online
every marketing effort and even every digital bus-           video they found offensive, will not happen
iness transformation activity (where digital is used to      quite as much this year because marketers will
transform core business processes) will need a social        focus on SIM more.
influence component. It will be a year in which com-
panies realize that social influence must be harnessed
                                                          2. The focus will shift to influencers. Who are
strategically if they want to transform their brands,
                                                             these people that influence your customers
their relationships with their customers — and their
                                                             and how does their influence actually work? This
businesses too. It will also be a year in which mar-
                                                             will come into sharper focus, as reaching the
keters discover which agencies truly grasp SIM and
                                                             influencers gets easier via the social graph and
which ones have only a tenuous hold on it.
                                                             the plethora of technology vendors that make
                                                             targeting easier. Different influencers will matter
With those broad themes as a guide, what exactly
                                                             at different stages of the marketing funnel, too.
can you expect in 2009? Here are 10 specific trends
                                                             For example, at the point-of-purchase, friends
to look for:
                                                             and family may matter the most in determining
                                                             what a consumer buys, while at the awareness
1. Social media usage will result in more influ-
                                                             stage, key influencers, like the bloggers at
   ence. As social media adoption climbs exponen-
                                                             Edmunds.com, carry more weight. We’ll also find
   tially, so too will the influence conversations
                                                             a way to put a valuation on each consumer’s
   in a social context have on brand affinity and pur-
                                                             potential influence for specific product catego-
   chasing decisions. Participating in a conver-
                                                             ries. Google and a few others are already taking
   sation online, sharing an opinion and influencing
                                                             a crack at defining your influence rank.
   a purchasing decision explicitly or implicitly
   are becoming second nature for more and more
   consumers. The only thing that will prevent these      3. Top-down branding will continue to lose
   messages from spreading is that a lot of this             effectiveness. Most brand managers are used
   influence happens in small groups within the              to defining their brands in relative isolation of the
   walled gardens of the social networks and there-          marketplace — or they do extensive customer
   fore goes unnoticed. That will change in 2009             research and see it as their jobs alone to define
   as social network analysis vendors help us peek           the brand (or the manifestation of the brand)
   over the wall and, as a result, marketers pay             in different forms. That’s going to change as
sumers define the brands by the sheer volume          5. The portable social graph will fuel marketing
   of their opinions; they’ll be shaping the brands         innovation. Arguably, the most successful
   more than the brands will be shaping them.               manifestations of the social graph we’ve seen
   As a result, in order for them to be remembered,         so far are in the news feeds and activity streams
   brands will be forced to deliver much stronger           that reside on social platforms like Facebook
   value propositions to their customers. Cute adver-       and Twitter. Expect to see new innovations that
   tising won’t be enough as the focus shifts to            harness the social graph imaginatively, especially
   value exchanges. If you’re a brand manager, you          at the awareness and consideration stages of
   can either fight this or treat it as an opportunity      the marketing funnel. The early implementations
   to take your career in a different direction.            of Facebook Connect, which extends users’
                                                            connections with their Facebook friends to other
                                                            sites, barely scratch the surface of what’s pos-
4. Social advertising will grow up. We’re all tired
                                                            sible. For example, imagine your personal profile
   of hearing about the failures of advertising
                                                            being used for targeting content and advertising.
   on social platforms. Not surprisingly, IDC calls
                                                            And imagine this happening across the Web,
   advertising on social networks “stillborn,” as it
                                                            and not just on the social network where the pro-
   has been plagued by low click-through rates and
                                                            file resides.
   confusing advertising formats. Although there
   are many formats, such as so-called app-vertis-
   ing, hypertargeting and engagement ads, we            6. Not just friends, but friendsters, will start to
   haven’t found what really works. That will change        matter. There have been a lot of debates about
   in 2009 as ad units evolve to work more harmoni-         whether a person’s “real” friends matter in a
   ously with user behavior on social platforms.            social graph — call it the tension between friends
   Display advertising in the broader Web, too, will        and friendsters. In 2009, we’re going to realize
   become more social, as linking display adver-            that loose ties (like your friendsters on Facebook)
   tising to forms of social marketing — like blogger       are as valuable as your strong ties (close friends)
   outreach, social credits, engagement programs            because they’re the ones that bring new ideas
   and widgets that let you mix in your own content         into your world and share your opinions with
   — become more important. However, there are              people who are further removed from you. You’ll
   no guarantees that this will be completely figured       be less conflicted about them and you’ll share
   out within the course of the year.                       more of your life with them. And the best way to
                                                            understand this trend will be by paying more
                                                            attention to academia and researchers like Mark




                                                                                                                  29
Granovetter, Barry Wellman and Duncan J.                   porations to rethink how they are organized,
   Watts, all of whom have shaped theories govern-            including agencies. Niche social media consulting
   ing influence across social networks.                      firms will find it harder to compete as SIM goes
                                                              mainstream.

7. Social influence research will become more
   important than social measurement. Do                   9. The intranet will join the Web. By virtue
   you want to know how? By focusing on meaning               of buying media for our clients, building massive
   rather than measurement. To think in terms of              Web sites and designing intranets too, we have
   social as a channel that should be measured like           a unique perspective on all things digital. And
   TV, print, radio or digital is missing the point.          something we’ve learned in the last few years is
   Instead, the greatest value in social for marketers        that the boundaries between the corporate Web
   will be in the real-time insights it provides. We          site and the intranet are blurring. Your employees
   call this Social Influence Research and it is going        want to collaborate and share knowledge with
   to drive marketing campaigns, product devel-               peers who work outside your organization too.
   opment and customer service programs. There                Your intranet is going to need to encourage and
   will be an evolution from measuring sentiment              allow for that kind of collaboration if you want
   to understanding opinion and synchronizing                 to be competitive in this economic environment
   it with the Net Promoter scores. Why? Because              with fewer employees having to do more work.
   marketers care about opinion much more than                The best ideas can come from anywhere and the
   they do about sentiment.                                   best people will look for others like them to col-
                                                              laborate with. They may be in your company —
                                                              but they may not be. If they aren’t, you better give
8. Marketers will organize around Social Influ-
                                                              your employees the tools to reach them.
   ence Marketing™. In today’s organization, SIM is
   everyone’s stepchild. It is part public relations,
   part direct response, part brand marketing, part        10. Your CEO will join Facebook. We believe it’s
   customer intelligence and part sales support,               finally going to happen this year — your CEO
   just to name a few categories. That will change             is going to succumb to the pressure from employ-
    in 2009 as marketing organizations discover the            ees and join Facebook, or at the very least,
   benefits in approaching it holistically. Budgets            LinkedIn. If he (or she) is smart, he’ll be on a blog-
   will be put behind SIM and it will be treated as the        ging or micro-blogging service too, sharing his
   third dimension of marketing with its own team,             perspective in an authentic fashion. Why does
   objectives and initiatives. This will also force cor-       this matter? Because by doing this, he is going to
finally realize that social is not a fad; it is fund-
    amentally changing how we relate and interact
    with each other and with brands online. He is
    going to want to get on board. It also means that,
    if you’re not already, you had better get on board
    yourself or you’ll be left behind.

These are the 10 Social Influence Marketing™ trends
we’re predicting for 2009. Like we did last year, we’ll
evaluate these trends in July and then again at the
end of the year. Now that SIM is so obviously real,
we’ll see which brands are able to truly capitalize on
it. Those that do will transform their business relation-
ships with their customers, employees and partners.




                                                            31
•M
                ap
                 sa
                    nd
                     di r
                      ec
                         ti o
                            ns
                             co
                                ns
                                 ti t
                                  ut
                                    e
                                        69
                                          of
                                          %
                                               m
                                                   ob
                                                        il e
                                                               se
                                                                    ar
                                                                         ch
                                                                              es




O U T LO O K



Search Outlook:
Pushing Search Forward in a Volatile Marketplace
By Matt Greitzer, Vice President, Search, New York and National Search Lead
and Josh Palau, Vice President, SEO, Global
It’s expected that 2009 will likely be a challenging year for
search marketing. While budget cutbacks won’t be as severe as in
other channels, they are still a reality for search marketers — for
the first time in memory. This requires them to do more with less in
an increasingly volatile landscape.

Nevertheless, we expect the landscape to continue     mobile arenas. In this article, we identify the key
evolving, with an increased focus on measurement      factors that will shape the search market domain over
and search engine optimization (SEO) and the rise     the next year.
of compelling opportunities in the local search and




                                                                                                              33
Volatility in the paid search landscape                      suspicious of last-click, search-driven attribution
                                                             models, and also less willing to accept the validity of
2009 represents perhaps the first year in the brief
                                                             portfolio optimization, wherein high-performing
history of paid search advertising where same-client
                                                             keywords subsidize low performers. This means the
budgets are declining year-over-year. To that extent,
                                                             standard optimization toolkit of search engine
the Razorfish™ client base is representative of the
                                                             marketers may need to be restocked with new tools
search marketing industry overall; same-client bud-
                                                             — and therein lies the opportunity. Now, more than
gets in 2009 should be flat to down 10% versus the
                                                             ever, marketers are intensely interested in revisiting
previous year. These budget pullbacks will drastically
                                                             their assumptions about ROI and how it is measured.
shift the paid search competitive landscape in
                                                             In this new period of open-mindedness, marketers
unpredictable ways, as previously entrenched com-
                                                             with multi-channel approaches are developing cus-
petitors pull back on their paid search efforts, and
                                                             tom attribution models that take into account search
abandon certain categories entirely — a trend that
                                                             marketing’s impact beyond immediate, click-based
has already begun. These pullbacks will create pock-
                                                             direct response — and working to understand value
ets of opportunity within keyword categories, prev-
                                                             outside whether or not those clicks lead to online
iously unattainable due to cost constraints. To some
                                                             purchases. By combining quantitative and qualitative
extent, we expect search engines to mitigate CPC
                                                             information, they are developing key purchase indi-
(cost per click) pricing volatility through their built-in
                                                             cators that help determine how search-driven traffic
pricing controls (e.g. quality score). Nevertheless,
                                                             corresponds with purchase intent off the site.
pockets of “undervalued” inventory are emerging.
Search marketers able to take advantage of these
                                                             This approach is valuable for all search marketers
opportunities will keep a keen eye on the competitive
                                                             with sales channels beyond their Web site, and
landscape, and look for shifts in competitive activity
                                                             is transformational for non-transactional advertisers.
that may signal an opening.
                                                             Indeed, the proliferation of accepted methods for
                                                             valuing search-driven traffic beyond direct response
A focus on new metrics
                                                             is perhaps the brightest spot in search marketing
The more conservative spending environment will              in 2009, as marketers in the consumer packaged-
also result in increasing scrutiny of metrics. In 2009,      goods and pharmaceutical categories embrace
search advertisers will be reassessing long-held             meaningful metrics to inform their search marketing
beliefs about how they measure success through the           investments. They will no longer have to guess the
search marketing channel, presenting both a threat           value of search clicks; these advertisers will increase
and an opportunity to the search marketing industry.         their search marketing investments with a solid
That threat is easily defined: marketers today are           grasp on what their investments are truly worth.
Focus on the site-side                                       Two forces are converging to hasten this develop-
                                                             ment. First, after three years of intense focus on
If the shift toward a new approach to measurement
                                                             paid search, advertisers are more confident they are
represents the inward focus of search marketing
                                                             covering the relevant ground in that area. They can
in 2009, so too does the increased focus on the mar-
                                                             now shift their attention to how they appear in unpaid
keter Web site — and its connection with the search
                                                             listings, using SEO — a tactic many have neglected.
marketing experience. With growing budget con-
                                                             Second, pressure on marketing investments is caus-
straints, search marketers will focus on getting more
                                                             ing advertisers to get more from less. With average
out of their investments through more effective site-
                                                             SEO engagements in the low six figures, this tactic
side experiences. No longer a secondary consider-
                                                             provides a compelling opportunity. We expect this to
ation, conversion path optimization and field analysis
                                                             be expressed in the following ways:
will take hold in 2009 as a standard tool in the search
marketer’s toolkit. Additionally, 2009 may finally see
                                                               The creation of search-centric content
the end of the “point and shoot” philosophy in paid
                                                               Content continues to be a dominant factor in strong
search marketing — whereby advertisers simply point
                                                               search engine performance. Now, more than ever,
paid search clicks at the most relevant pre-existing
                                                               Web site owners are using search query activity
pages on their Web sites. Advertisers are making in-
                                                               to drive how they develop content on their sites,
creasing investments in search-centric landing pages
                                                               linking user experience and content strategy with
and mini-sites with the intent to align their content
                                                               search engine marketing to create content that
with searcher intent. The focus on the site in 2009 will
                                                               aligns with searcher intent. CondéNet, for example,
allow advertisers to get more from their search mar-
                                                               used search query data to inform the launch
keting dollars, and nowhere is that more true than in
                                                               of its Portfolio.com Web site, building out specific
the increasing focus on SEO.
                                                               content pages for key business executives who
                                                               garner large search query volume. Through their
Focus on SEO
                                                               effectiveness in organic search rankings, these
If investments in paid search marketing are under              pages are among the most trafficked section of the
increasing pressure in 2009, the opposite is true of           Portfolio Web site.
investments in SEO. In fact, 2009 will likely be the
year larger advertisers finally give it its rightful place
in the marketing arsenal.




                                                                                                                      35
An emphasis on driving more                                 Marketers will have to make use of assets such
search “shelf space”                                        as press releases, videos, news feeds and product
Content created in multiple formats allows market-          reviews as ways to seek relevant links. As SEO
ers to increase their search footprint and control          implementation demands persist, link development
the search experience. Marketers now have the               continues to be a great way to succeed in search
opportunity to optimize their product page, create          engine results pages without straining resources.
a video on product usage, post commercials
featuring their spokesperson, create new product          Local search: An ongoing shift from
press releases and tag product images, creating           print directories to online
what we call additional “shelf space” for their own
                                                          By Danny Huynh, Associate Search Director, Seattle
content on the search results page. In addition,
                                                          and National Local Search Lead and Rob Aronson,
social media savvy marketers may develop blogs,
                                                          Vice President, SEM Product Development, Philadelphia
Twitter profiles or Facebook groups that engage
active audiences. All these assets can be crawled         2008 saw local search engines surpass print
and ranked by search engines, providing not only          directories as the leading source of local information.
the opportunity to increase marketers’ search             With the digital landscape dominating local search
shelf space but also to develop more links to their       information in 2009, marketers with brick-and-mortar
content.                                                  locations can no longer ignore the local search
                                                          opportunity. And though Google is increasing
The continuing importance of links                        its presence in local search, local is by no means a
Without engaging in the paid link debate (which is        one-player game. Consumer usage is distributed
certainly spilling into 2009), there is no arguing that   across search engines, Internet yellow pages, niche
links are still important. The created — or optimized     local directories and review sites. In fact, the primary
— assets can be used in several ways. Some may            challenge in local search marketing is no longer
not pass link value but can still be used as link         one of scale; it’s execution. The task of launching and
bait. And significant link value can be attained if an    maintaining a local search campaign can be daunt
influential blogger or Web site links to your assets.     ing, and advertisers of all sizes will increasingly turn
There are many areas from which link strategies           to automated feed management solutions to maintain
may emerge, and big ideas must be implemented             accurate local search listings across varied search
swiftly before they become obsolete or overused.          engines and directories.
Expect some consolidation in 2009 as the three             critical role in helping users access and navigate
biggest search engines, and yellow pages companies,        the robust amount of content and offerings available.
seek to solidify their position in local search. Either    As users spend more time glued to the handset be-
through acquisitions of niche sites such as Yelp           cause of new user interfaces and applications, search
or Angie’s List, or through the distribution of local      is in a position to become its centerpiece. In short,
search marketing platforms, this consolidation             as the habits and needs of mobile users begin to mir-
will mean the local search landscape will simplify in      ror a PC user’s, so too does the way information is
2009 for marketers and consumers alike.                    accessed — search will become the go-to application.

Mobile search: Coming closer to the cusp                   These advances in software and services have
                                                           blurred the lines of mobile search. Previously, mobile
By Justin Scarborough, Senior Search Manager,
                                                           search was thought to consist of five experiences:
New York
                                                           on-deck (a mobile carrier’s branded portal), off-deck
It seems as though mobile search has been on the           (Google, Yahoo!, Live.com and other engines accessed
cusp of broad adoption for over five years. While 2009     via the Web), applications, voice (operator-assisted
may still not be “The Year of Mobile Search,” the future   search) and SMS.
is very rosy due to a few key areas of development.
                                                           Today, however, we are starting to see a convergence,
First and foremost is the increasing adoption of smart     not only of these experiences, but also of the types
phones, such as the iPhone, and cell phone plans           of handsets that drive each type of search. Whereas
that enable unlimited data access, which in turn sup-      in the past, the type of search performed on the
ports increased mobile browsing. This trend is ex-         mobile phone was predicated on device functionality
pected to become substantially more popular over the       and data availability, we now find that where and how
next five years. With that will come a corresponding       users search depends on personal preference and
rise in mobile search: it is expected to nearly double     need. Applications now support multiple types of
from 28.8 million U.S. users in 2008 to 56 million U.S.    search (see Google’s iPhone application with voice)
users by 2011.                                             and search engines (mobile browsers with change-
                                                           able default search bars) — and carriers are increas-
The second major impact on the growth of mobile            ingly teaming up with Web-based search engines
search is the advancement of mobile technology and,         to power on-deck search portals, which often come
more specifically, software. As the mobile industry        in the form of an application on a smart phone. One
becomes more serious about software, services and          needs only look at recent announcements by Verizon
content, mobile search will play an increasingly           and AT&T (set to partner with Microsoft and Yahoo!,




                                                                                                                    37
Respectively), for on-deck searches across their           real time and with GPS location functionality. This
networks to see how carriers, who have traditionally       is the latest example of convergence offered in mobile
not shared on-deck search, have come to the con-           search: enhancing a very PC-centric search task —
clusion that mobile search is better controlled and        product price comparison — by making it an in-store
monetized by their Web counterparts. Lastly, the           experience. Add on the ability to use GPS to get
notion that SMS search is exclusive to non-data sub-       the lower price, and you’ve got a pretty revolutionary
scribers or non-smart phones is being challenged.          customer experience.
The monumental growth of Cha-Cha, which not only
surpassed Yahoo! in October 2008, only 10 months           With the change of consumer-usage patterns comes
after its inception, to become the second largest          the increased expectation that advertiser-con-
SMS based search engine, also counts 20% of its            sumer interactions will be highly-relevant and highly-
users as smart phone owners. For instance, users of        targeted, putting search at the center of the mobile
T-Mobile’s G1, the first phone to run on Google’s          advertising space. As with PC-based search, mobile
Android platform, have the ability to search the Web       search is poised to become the entry point to many
or use an application, but still like to ask Cha-Cha a     Web interactions and a key point of contact between
question, and have the answer in one to two minutes.       advertisers and consumers. How will brands begin
                                                           to adapt to the new evolution of searcher interaction?
The information users seek on a mobile device is also      Will they be catalysts or passive engagers? Will
poised to change. Currently, the leading content           they interrupt or aid users? As it has been for paid
categories searched by mobile users are maps/direc-        search, SEO and local search, the first brands to
tions (69%), weather (65%), local information (62%),       get it right may be able to gain an early advantage in
news (51%) and entertainment (43%). As the mobile          the next search frontier.
search experience begins to mirror that of the PC,
so too do the expectations for types of content. This
means users will increasingly begin to see the mobile
device not only as a source of localized informa-
tion on the go, but as an aid to many of their everyday
tasks. Consider three shopping applications: G1’s
Shop Savvy, the iPhone’s LikeThis and Amazon.com
applications. All three offer the ability to either scan
a bar code or take an actual picture of a product,
and then send it to a database that identifies the
product and provides price comparisons — often in
39
T he
                      e pi t
                            om
                                 eo
                                   fs
                                        er v
                                            ic e
                                                ,c
                                                     re
                                                        at
                                                          iv i




                                                             ty
                                                                 an
                                                                   d
                                                                   re
                                                                      spo
                                                                       ns
                                                                          ive
                                                                            ne s
                                                                             s•

O U T LO O K



Publishers
of the Year
It was overall service that, in 2008, differentiated the top
publishers from one another. Creativity may have helped mask
the shortfall of an offering, responsiveness may have delivered
an important meeting and strong ROI may have yielded a renewal,
but it was the combination of these qualities that brought true
partnerships to life.

“In this quickly changing environment, where new
technology and publisher solutions are constantly
emerging, it’s easy to get distracted by the new shiny
                                                           Publisher of the Year – EAST
object. A huge differentiator is quality service. Pub-
lishers that understand and nurture the relationship
aspect of the business come out on top.”
      — Julie Weitzner, Media Director, Razorfish™, NY

                                                         Publisher of the Year – CENTRAL
The Razorfish™ media team anonymously voted on
the publishers that epitomized service, creativity
and responsiveness in 2008, all with an eye toward
delivering meaningful solutions for our clients. The
2008 publishers of the year are ...

                                                          Publisher of the Year – WEST




                                                                                           41
what’s
            emerging
                   Digital Media Escapes From the PC:      44
    Unlocking Opportunity for Consumers and Marketers
                                          Ad Exchanges:    52
                    Revolutionizing the Buy-Sell Process
                                   Social Object Theory:   56
                     The Secret Ingredient for Powering
                 Social Influence Marketing™ Campaigns
For Here or To Go? How Portable Media Is Like Fast Food    62
                    Top 10 Mobile Applications to Watch    66
                 Getting Smart With Mobile Marketing:      78
How Mobile Marketing Is Evolving in Europe and the U.S.
ide   r online viewing a
                                                                             ons                            rep
                                                                     er    sc                                  lac
                                                                                                                  em
                                                                 view                                               en
                                                             f




                                                                                                                     tf
                                                       o




                                                                                                                       or
                                                 0%




                                                                                                                          T
                                             1. 5




                                                                                                                         V•
                               Th




                                    C
                                is




                                        EO
                                             is
                                                  ab
W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G                                ou
                                                            t to
                                                                   jo in
                                                                           Face


Digital Media
                                                                                b   ook •




Escapes From the PC:
Unlocking Opportunity
for Consumers and Marketers
By Jeremy Lockhorn, Director, Emerging Media, Seattle
The last decade has been a time of radical change and
reinvention for the media ecosystem. 2008 was no different.
Perhaps the most shocking change in the media and advertising
industries was the pace at which digital and Web-based tech-
nologies began to penetrate the mainstream and displace tradi-
tional forms of advertising.

Digital long ago escaped the browser via a proliferation   perhaps the poster boy of this movement. But other
of widgets and other applications rooted in Web-like       platforms showed incredible growth in Web or
systems — but in 2008, digital also escaped the con-       Web-like systems: the mobile device, the television,
fines of the PC. Digital signage grew rapidly and is       in-store media and more.




                                                                                                                  45
At the same time, we saw massive changes in the           that the rise of DVRs and other digital recording de-
way people interact with the digital world and how        vices as well as “video snacking” online have forced
the digital world interacts with them. The availability   broadcasters to change their business models, yet
of technologies like gesture and image recognition        their “replacements...are not necessarily ready for
helped this along, sparked by the Wii, which taught       prime time.” Still, despite the drop in viewership and
people how to work with devices via natural move-         difficult economic conditions, U.S. ad spending on
ment. Apple’s iPhone and Microsoft’s Surface, which       TV stayed relatively steady through the end of the
both allow interaction without a mouse or keyboard,       year, a surprising trend that we do not expect to last.
took this one step further with specific applications
developed to take full advantage of the unique            Many in the TV industry insist that online viewing
capabilities like GPS, intuitive multi-touch and object   is additive — that individual consumers watch shows
recognition.                                              both online and on TV, rather than replacing TV view-
                                                          ership with online. However, a study from research
These changes are opening the doors to incredible         firm Integrated Media Measurement said May 2008
new ways for advertisers to connect with consumers.       marked the first time that a significant portion of
This section will examine some of these key emerging      U.S.-based online viewers of primetime, episodic TV
media trends and provide implications for marketers.      shows didn’t watch part of those shows on TV.
                                                          What’s more, 50% of viewers consider online viewing
Online video threatens TV ad model,                       a replacement for TV, according to the firm. A Deloitte
but neither channel has found a new one                   survey also found that nearly 6 in 10 U.S. consumers
                                                          would like to easily integrate their televisions with
The digital marketing and media site, eMarketer, found
                                                          their computers to download or watch online content.
that online video continued its rapid growth curve,
reaching 154.2 million monthly viewers as of Novem-
                                                          These trends have stoked the ongoing battle for digi-
ber 2008. Sites like Hulu, a joint venture between
                                                          tal media ownership in the living room. Key players
NBC Universal and News Corporation, won industry
                                                          continue to invest in solutions, perhaps best exempli-
praise and have begun to amass significant audi-
                                                          fied by Apple’s significant update to Apple TV, as
ences. Meanwhile, TV viewership continues to fall in
                                                          well as Microsoft’s complete overhaul of its Xbox user
aggregate — at the end of 2008, The New York Times
                                                          interface. The Xbox initiative was arguably aimed
reported that cumulative viewership across the four
                                                          at creating a more mainstream interface with broader
broadcast networks was down 10% overall — roughly
                                                          appeal and easier access to downloadable content,
a million fewer viewers each night. At NATPE in Jan-
                                                          including the “instant watch” library from Netflix.
uary 2008, NBC Universal CEO Jeff Zucker, declared
                                                          We are also closely watching companies like VUDU,
which makes a set-top box that downloads HD movies.       are — in some ways — an effort to inject TV with
While certainly not the first company to launch this      pieces of what makes online advertising so powerful.
model, VUDU has been getting rave reviews. It is
poised to launch a rich Internet application platform,    To echo Zucker’s sentiment, even online video is still
allowing developers to deploy Web applications            in search of the right business and advertising model.
on TV. As such, these companies have the potential        The debate over whether or not pre-roll and mid-
to empower next generation Web content and experi-        roll formats are appropriate drags on, even while the
ences on the TV.                                          models dominates video ad spend. Overlays, which
                                                          give users the option of whether to watch a video
The device that wins will seamlessly integrate Web        ad or not, seem to provide a better value exchange
content with content from other sources, such as          for consumers but have yet to gain broad traction.
cable, onto the TV, since consumers will undoubtedly
want to put their large, flat-panel HDTVs to good use.    New technologies, however, hold promise for cre-
But consumers also want complete control over the         ating ever more advanced video advertising models.
content — a trend that has become all too clear over      Companies like ZunaVision and Innovid are working
the last couple of years.                                 on inserting Flash-based assets into video post-pro-
                                                          duction, so a blank wall in a video could suddenly
Increasing online viewership, and widespread              contain a movie poster, digitally inserted at the time
ad-skipping via the DVR, pose challenges to the TV        of delivery. While it’s too early to say for certain what
business model, reducing the audience that watches        business model will evolve from these technologies,
advertising. Many in the TV industry look to forth-       one could imagine product placement becoming
coming capabilities like addressability (increasing the   a dynamically served and targeted model. This would
relevance of TV ads by targeting spots — and even         bring analytical capabilities, behavioral targeting
pieces of spots — at an individual household level)       and optimization potential to areas within the video
and interactive TV, as potential saviors. Early small-    itself and could launch a revolutionary new business
market tests have indeed shown promise, and the           model. Both companies are also working to enable
launch of Canoe Ventures (a consortium of the largest     interactivity, staying true to the promise of consumer
cable operators, aimed at driving innovation and          control.
scale with advanced TV advertising), as well as the
growing momentum behind EBIF and Tru2Way (tech-
nologies which enable interactivity and applications
via set-top boxes) bode well for the ecosystem. At
its most basic level, these advanced TV technologies




                                                                                                                      47
The bottom line: Video, whether on TV or the com-          find alternative ways to connect with their audiences
puter, is a powerful communications vehicle, but digi-     to promote their new shows, and DOOH may well be
tal distribution puts the consumer in control. This        part of the solution.
means that while advertisers can buy reach, engage-
ment cannot be bought. It must be earned through           Falling costs of hardware and infrastructure fueled
smart targeting and a willingness to create something      inventory growth in early 2008. And while ad spend
more than an ad. A marketing message has to be             on DOOH grew overall, it did not keep pace with
a compelling experience that is relevant to the con-       the inventory explosion. This, combined with the weak
sumer and provides value.                                  economy, claimed at least one victim in 2008 —
                                                           Reactrix. Its immersive gaming system that relied on
Out-of-home goes digital but advertisers                   gesture control was an eye-catching and engaging
are slow to embrace new formats                            opportunity, but the company was forced into receiv-
                                                           ership in late 2008. Dozens of other startups have
The out-of-home advertising market is perhaps
                                                           launched signage networks as well, frequently with
the most obvious example of digital media breaking
                                                           niche specializations. PumpTop TV appears on gas
away from the PC. Digital out-of-home (DOOH) brings
                                                           pumps and Ecast provides touch-screen jukeboxes.
many of the benefits of Web-based marketing chan-
                                                           It’s an increasingly fragmented space that can be
nels to the OOH space. Video and animation can
                                                           difficult to manage and may continue to suffer as a
create eye-catching motion, while some DOOH net-
                                                           result of large amounts of unsold inventory and tough
works and locations also offer sound. Furthermore,
                                                           economic times.
because many of the networks are based on IP deliv-
ery, narrow targeting, rapid optimization and central
                                                           SeeSaw Networks function as an aggregator for more
asset management, all become welcome capabilities.
                                                           than 40 of these smaller networks and provides an
                                                           impressive Web-based planning and buying tool.
Billboards of all shapes and sizes are making the
                                                           Companies that can aggregate reach in the channel
transition to digital as big players like Clear Channel,
                                                           by offering strong placement and creative opportun-
JCDecaux and Lamar are investing in upgrades. Major
                                                           ities, and employ digital ad serving and measurement
broadcasters like CBS and NBC are also leaping into
                                                           systems are poised to do well.
the DOOH game. This move by the broadcast nets
is about more than diversification. As more of their
primetime content gets viewed on-demand, their own
promos for new shows fall victim to ad avoidance
behavior. Like all marketers, the broadcast nets must
Retailers also seem to have caught the DOOH bug.            Talking on the mobile phone is so 2007;
Wal-Mart’s in-store television network is undergoing a      the PC lands on the phone
reinvention to leverage advanced targeting capabili-
                                                            It has long been the vision of the computing world
ties. Other major retailers ranging from grocery chains
                                                            that mobile phone capabilities would begin to
to consumer electronics stores are seeking to cap-
                                                            approach those of laptop computers. We may not be
italize on their foot traffic as they chase the dual ben-
                                                            quite there yet, but there have been impressive
efits of increased revenue from manufacturer partners
                                                            advancements over the last several years — creating
and increased sales.
                                                            a rapid shift in consumer behavior, as mobile Web
                                                            usage takes off and voice usage becomes secondary.
Untargeted, non-interactive digital signage is just the
                                                            Already, some audience segments are texting more
tip of the iceberg, of course. Retailers are also ex-
                                                            than talking, while many iPhone users half-joke about
perimenting with interactive touchscreens and kiosks
                                                            their devices being awful phones but great pocket
that provide Web-like interfaces. These products
                                                            computers.
are aimed at delivering more detailed product info or
enabling consumers to get help making selections
                                                            The iPhone has changed what many expect from
without having to find a store employee. All manner
                                                            mobile devices. Launched in 2007, with a relatively
of ambient sensing technologies ranging from weight-
                                                            minor hardware evolution in 2008, the iPhone’s
sensitive shelving to RFID are similarly enabling
                                                            real news in 2008 was the opening of the platform
in-store digital media to automatically react to what
                                                            to developers and the corresponding launch of the
the shopper picks up or touches, providing intuitive,
                                                            iTunes App Store. In less than six months, it had
on demand content that can help sell product and
                                                            reached 300 million downloads and swelled to con-
make informed decisions.
                                                            tain more than 10,000 applications. Some are useless
                                                            party tricks (iBeer, iFart) that still manage to make
The bottom line: As digital breaks outside of the PC,
                                                            some decent coin for their creators. Others are
we expect to see the same systems we use to
                                                            incredibly useful, such as the restaurant reservation
manage Web campaigns (third-party ad servers and
                                                            app created by OpenTable. There are many solid
content management systems, for example) extend
                                                            games available as well. What is most impressive is
their reach. It will make for efficient cross-channel
                                                            that a sudden, massive developer community is
media but may present challenges for creative devel-
                                                            inventing new uses for the device — stuff that Apple
opment, requiring another shift in the way campaigns
                                                            would likely have never pursued on its own.
are concepted and produced. Liquid assets that
can flexibly move from screen to screen will be key.




                                                                                                                    49
The App Store has done something that the four            to create a response mechanism from passive media
major carriers could not figure out on their own — it     like print or broadcast. But the year also brought
has given consumers a reason to pay for unlimited         some growth in other flavors of text-based mobile
data packages. The mobile ecosystem has taken             marketing: search and in-SMS, which places short
note — with Google working feverishly on its Android      text ads in opt-in SMS streams.
platform and launching a decent first device in part-
nership with T-Mobile and handset producer HTC.           Search engines continued to integrate mobile into
Android has a corresponding app store as well, and        their existing search advertising platforms, some
RIM is rumored to be developing an app store for its      allowing for device-specific targeting as well as loca-
BlackBerry devices. iPhone owners are super users         tion-based targeting. Meanwhile, media properties
of the mobile Web, simply because the experience          including USA Today, MTV, NBA.com and Good
is much better than it is on other mobile devices.        Housekeeping have been using in-SMS advertising.
This, combined with the growth that will result from      It’s a great way to tap into the intimacy and immediacy
other companies’ efforts to replicate the success         of text alerts, and several case studies have demon-
of the iTunes App Store, will continue to drive massive   strated potential. Still, there are challenges, beginning
growth in mobile data usage and present new oppor-        with its potential to be perceived as spam; it is yet
tunities for marketers to connect with their consumers    to be seen at what point consumers begin to feel that
on the go.                                                commercial messages, or even alerts they’ve opted
                                                          in to receive, become unwanted noise. We’re cau-
Mobile display advertising has also experienced           tiously optimistic about in-SMS advertising for 2009,
continued growth despite a heavily fragmented mar-        provided that all parties focus on delivering value to
ketplace, a lack of true third-party adserving, little    the consumer.
standardization beyond ad sizes and other challenges.
Increasingly, though, big networks like AdMob, Nokia      The bottom line: Consumers have demonstrated
and Quattro are becoming valuable partners, capable       a desire to access Web-like data anytime and any-
of aggregating inventory as well as providing seamless    where. Some consumers are seeking snack-sized
services to help create and manage mobile campaigns.      entertainment, and some consumers want utility,
                                                          like price comparisons. Marketers must assess what
Text (or SMS), of course, has the broadest reach in       consumers need from their brands while on the go
the mobile ecosystem, making it a powerful platform       and invest in building those applications.
for marketing. Razorfish™ clients such as MillerCoors,
and JCPenney experimented with different text-based
programs in 2008. A common tactic is using text
Emerging media will not kill advertising
but change it forever

The digitization of media has empowered people
with complete control over their media consumption;
they are able to watch, read or listen to whatever
they want whenever they want, and that typically in-
cludes advertising. Efforts to force attention to ads
without providing value will fall on deaf ears and blind
eyes, challenging traditional ad models.

Digital is impacting more than what you might typically
describe as “media” — it has created entirely new
channels and continues to radically blur the line be-
tween the real and the virtual worlds. New, immersive
experiences leveraging incredible human-computer
interaction models have leaped from the pages of sci-
ence fiction novels and become reality.

Taken together, these trends are NOT killing advertis-
ing. They are simply changing its role. Advertising
is now less about reach and less about changing
attitudes but about more engaging experiences, which
leverage new digital capabilities to deliver value to
the audiences that interact with them. It’s about mar-
keters making themselves useful, plain and simple.




                                                           51
Ad
                                                                                                                                                   ve
                                                                                                                                                      r               tis
                                                                                                                                                                          e   rs
                                                                                                                                                                                   ca




                                                                                                                                                                                    n
                                                                            s   is




                                                                                                                                                                                        lay
                                                                         ba




                                                                                                                                                                                           er
                                                                     n
                                                                  sio




                                                                                                                                                                                           da
                                                                                                                                                                                             ta
                                                      es
                                                    pr




                                                                                                                                                                                                 on
                                                   m




                                                                                                                                                                                                   top
                                                y-i
                                                                                                                 y
                                                                                                                     or      t




                                             n-b
                                                                                                                          en




                                                                                                                                                                                                       of in
                                                                                                                           nv
                                          sio




                                                                                                                               fi   o




                                                                                                                                                                                                            vento
                                                   res




                                                                                                                                 es
                               nventor y on an imp




                                                                                                                                    e s f o r d if fe r e n t t y p




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  r
                                                                                                                                                                                                            y to cherr y-pick their ta
                          buy i




                                                                                                                                    pric
                                                                                                                                 ble
                                            an




                                                                                                                                                                                                      rget
                                       rs c




                                                                                                                             r ia
                                                                                                                          va
                                                                                                                          et
                                                              e




                                                                                                                                                                                                           cu
                                                                                                                    s
                                                           tis




                                                                                                                 an




                                                                                                                                                                                                s
                                                        er




                                                                                                          rs c




                                                                                                                                                                                                  tom
                                                                                     • A d ve r t i s e
                                                     Adv




W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G




                                                                                                                                                                                                     er s
                                                             •




                                                                                                                                                                                            •
Ad Exchanges:
Revolutionizing the Buy-Sell Process
By Joanna O’Connell, Manager of Strategic Development,
Ad Exchange Practice, New York,
Matt Greitzer, Vice President, Search, New York and National Search Lead
and Josh Palau, Vice President, SEO, Global
Perhaps no other development has the potential to reshape
digital media more than the relatively-new advent of advertising
exchanges. These auction-based, self-service platforms provide
a marketplace for buyers and sellers of online ad inventory to trans-
act directly with one another. With the four major portals all either
acquiring or building ad exchanges in the last 18 months (Yahoo!’s
Right Media, Microsoft’s AdECN, Google’s DoubleClick and
AOL’s BidPlace), these platforms now have the scale and resources
to transform the way digital ad inventory is bought and sold in
2009 — and beyond.


                                                                        53
Ad exchanges provide three primary                       On the demand side, ad exchange inventory is cur-
advantages for digital marketers:                        rently finding appeal among performance marketers
                                                         and direct-response advertisers. This trend will only
1. Auction-based, spot market. Advertisers can           increase in 2009 as marketers shift budgets to perfor-
   buy inventory on an impression-by-impression          mance-oriented media that can drive immediate,
   basis — in real time. No upfront commitments          measurable results. But the use of ad exchanges will
   are needed to secure delivery.                        not be exclusive to direct-response advertisers. Brand
                                                         marketers, too, will gravitate toward ad exchanges
2. Data portability. Advertisers can layer data
                                                         to take advantage of their ability to deliver exacting
   on top of inventory to cherry-pick their target
                                                         targeting capabilities and price efficiencies.
   customers.

3. De-averaged pricing. Advertisers can set vari-        As ad exchanges rise to prominence, the value of
   able prices for different types of inventory —        some established market players will be undermined.
   and different kinds of customers. Rather than         Ad networks are especially finding their market pos-
   paying a flat CPM for a specific placement            ition in this new era tenuous. The value of inventory
   or behavioral schema, they can now price each         aggregation, the traditional role of ad networks,
   impression according to its expected return.          is decreasing, as inventory is increasingly available on
                                                         an open spot market. And behavioral targeting —
The growth of ad exchanges will accelerate over the      once a major differentiator — is now being replicated
next year, as demand on both the buy and sell sides      through the use of readily-available data for sale in
converges. On the supply side, the explicit involve-     the ad exchange environment. While some networks
ment of the four previously mentioned major portals      will find a role in this new environment, many more
ensures a steady supply of inventory. Expect Yahoo!,     will find it increasingly difficult to carve out their place
MSN and AOL to offer an increasing volume of unsold      in the new digital landscape.
inventory across their respective ad exchanges. And
Google will align its DoubleClick exchange with its      Although ad exchanges will see widespread adoption
vast AdSense publisher network to continue offering      in 2009, there are several unresolved issues that may
incentives for DART for Publisher clients to liquidate   complicate their ascendancy. First, while involve-
unsold inventory on its exchange. In addition, a bleak   ment from portals and pressure for liquidity bode well
advertising economy in 2009 will put pressure on         for the ongoing inventory supply on the exchanges,
publishers outside the portals’ networks to liquidate    not all publishers are embracing the new dynamic.
inventory through all available channels, including ad   Last year, ESPN turned its back on ad networks, while
exchanges.                                               Turner Digital and Forbes started their own. The goal,
in each case, was for the publisher to have complete
control over its inventory and audience. Obviously,
that may make them slow to adopt the exchange
model as a viable source of revenue. If well-known,
branded publishers shun the ad exchange channel,
the future of ad exchanges could be limited.

Privacy concerns, too, could prove a major stumbling
block. As the ad exchanges have decoupled inventory
from data, a vast market has emerged for the buying
and selling of consumer information for the purpose
of increased targeting capabilities. Consumer backlash
could result in data restrictions for targeting purposes,
stifling a key benefit of exchange-based inventory.

These hurdles aside, ad exchanges have the potential
to revolutionize the online media landscape. 2009
will see a flurry of activity and innovation in this area
as ad exchanges transition from sideshow curiosity
to primary driver of reach, distribution, efficiency and
liquidity. Marketers who embrace the opportunity now
will benefit from an immature pricing landscape, and
lay the groundwork for success as the ad exchange
opportunity grows. And those who sit on the sidelines
will miss the early-stage development of what is
perhaps the most innovative and relevant channel to
arise in the digital media landscape since the rise
of search engine marketing.




                                                            55
W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G



Social Object
Theory:
The Secret Ingredient for
Powering Social Influence
Marketing Campaigns
By Iain McDonald,
Executive Creative Director and Founder,
Amnesia Razorfish™, Sydney
Twitter: @eunmac




                                                             e
                                                     p h on
                                           ans own a video-capable
                                              A me r i c          n
                                                           millio
                                                      • 91
Hugh MacLeod, the creative mind behind gapingvoid.com,
said in October 2007, “I believe social objects are the future of
marketing.” Coincidentally, we had both recently watched the same
video about social objects created by Jyri Engeström, founder
of Jaiku, a social platform that lets people share their online activity
streams.

Engeström described social object theory as the belief   Large numbers of digital conversations revolve
that all successful social media interactions and        around a social object, such as a bookmark, game,
ventures center on an object — “the reason people        photo, story, product, event, Facebook app and
connect with each particular other and not something     so forth; these objects become the centerpiece of
else.” Another way to describe a social object is as     our conversations. In turn, we may also be willing to
the centerpiece in a dialogue between two or more        share objects. I believe a great digital social object
people. People don’t just talk — they tend to talk       is one that is highly portable, and can be easily cop-
“around” objects. For example, if I’m speaking to my     ied and reproduced in as many channels and formats.
mother about the flowers I sent her, the flowers are
the social object.




                                                                                                                  57
Do social objects really build connections                   Twitter propagates different types of social objects,
on social networks?                                          too. The object is frequently a URL, but users often
                                                             become the object since usernames can be shared.
You’ve probably heard the old adage that there are
                                                             Comments themselves can even become objects,
only six degrees of separation between any one
                                                             which people retweet, and around which new conver-
individual on the planet and everyone else (especially
                                                             sations are formed.
if your name is Kevin Bacon), so wouldn’t it seem
that sites, which simply let people connect, would be
                                                             The question of what creates the glue of social
a huge success too? This appears reasonable at
                                                             media becomes even more interesting when we look
first glance, but the ability to connect and exchange
                                                             at flourishing social-based destinations and find that
information falls short of explaining what is truly
                                                             people who have no immediate social relationship
powering these networks and causing such heavy
                                                             are somehow connecting. More interestingly, these
usage — and even addiction — in so many people.
                                                             connections often go beyond a single network, well
                                                             into the blogosphere. Some conversations travel well
There have been many sites over the years that have
                                                             beyond a small circle of intimates, moving amongst
allowed us to simply “connect.” SixDegrees.com,
                                                             different sites and occasionally attracting huge traffic,
a popular site from the dotcom era, did this well, yet
                                                             producing mass influence. That phenomenon goes
it no longer exists. LinkedIn is a large site, which
                                                             far beyond the social media idea of a “friend.”
connects many people, but it has never exploded in
the same way Facebook has, despite being around
                                                             Could there be a simple underlying force behind
for longer. These sites have connected people without
                                                             this? Social object theory says the objects are that
helping them create the social objects that give them
                                                             underlying force. It explains why sites which propagate
a centerpiece around which to connect.
                                                             social objects may be more likely to succeed than
                                                             those that don’t, and why people who don’t have
A good example of a site which propagates social
                                                             common social relationships find reasons to connect.
objects? Flickr. The social objects it creates aren’t just
photos, but photo collections, URLs and even com-
mentary. Flickr extends and amplifies — it is a quantum
leap from a repository of private photos, reserved for
viewing only by people the uploader knows. Any
photo on Flickr is capable of being relevant and dis-
coverable — and distributed by unrelated people.
Applying social object theory to                          big idea to be supported, particularly through social
marketing campaigns                                       networks rather than just a brand Web site. In this
                                                          instance, the main social object was “The Smirnoff
Social object theory has implications for marketing,
                                                          Secret Party” which allowed users within social net-
and at Razorfish™, we have been quietly putting it into
                                                          works to discuss the event, as well as who the
practice for the last 18 months, with great results.
                                                          mystery DJ’s might be and where the event might be
Ready to hear what we’ve learned?
                                                          held. Smaller social objects were deployed in the form
                                                          of clues and puzzles in a digital treasure hunt for free
Initially some people within our team thought the the-
                                                          tickets. Cryptic clues [objects] inspired conversations
ory simply stated the obvious; we weren’t quite
                                                          to take place within social networks between users.
sure how we would apply it to digital campaigns but
                                                          A GPS system, embedded in the clues blog, enabled
thought there was significant opportunity. We needed
                                                          users to venture into the real world in an attempt to
to start learning, and, since little has been written
                                                          find hidden tickets that might, for instance, be taped
about social objects, we have been on a journey of
                                                          under a park bench. These real world tickets often
discovery. First, we started considering the theory
                                                          sparked debate and conversation.
during the creative phase of the project. We quickly
found that by shifting our thinking to answer the ques-
                                                          For Lipton Tea (Unilever), we created a site full of
tion, “what makes a great social object?” we could
                                                          smaller game-based objects to enable the bigger
rethink our ideas or optimize existing ones.
                                                          object — brain training. This was to communicate an
                                                          Amino acid called L-Theanine, which was recently
During the first months, we did not always set out
                                                          proven to keep tea drinkers more relaxed and alert
to produce social objects, but as time passed, our
                                                          compared to other beverages.
projects took on features organically that one would
associate with objects; the objects themselves
                                                          As the digital landscape changes and shifts to a more
took on more viral properties, thus becoming more
                                                          social one, I believe that using some of the findings
social. Now that scores of projects, which take social
                                                          and practices detailed below will continue to help us
object theory into account, have passed through
                                                          produce better campaigns. We still need to learn
our doors, we use it more strategically.
                                                          more about social objects and their role in our con-
                                                          sumers’ lives, but as we move from outdated,
It has also formed the basis of some big campaigns,
                                                          monologue advertising models into dialogue-driven
notably our Smirnoff Secret Party effort for Diageo
                                                          marketing, this theory can help us find better ways
which forged some new ground as a social campaign
                                                          to genuinely engage with our consumers. Here is what
by deploying not one but many objects to allow the
                                                          we’ve learned so far:




                                                                                                                     59
•   Social objects can take dozens of forms, including       To make campaigns centered around social objects,
    links, videos, images, bookmarks, widgets, events        we recommend the following practices:
    and products like the iPhone. They may also be
                                                               •   Define what your social objects are early; they
    more abstract (e.g. Christianity or Post Modern-
                                                                   may even form the basis of a big idea.
    ism). The more portable the object, the more likely
    it will succeed                                            •   Decide whether your campaign is made from a
                                                                   single object — or perhaps thousands of them.
•   Social objects aren’t necessarily viral. It may be             For example, is your promotional video the object,
    enough to simply make them “discoverable.”                     or do you provide the tools for consumers to
    For instance, with topical or newsworthy objects               create many more objects around a theme you
    (e.g. a plane crashing into the Hudson River) it               provided?
    would be important to make sure your social ob-
                                                               •   Figure out what makes your social object or
    ject (perhaps an article or video related to the
                                                                   objects social and make your social object impor-
    conversation) is optimized for search, so users
                                                                   tant, relevant and authentic to consumers.
    can discover it.

                                                               •   Ensure that your objects are portable, rights-
•   Retro-fitting social objects into traditional cam-
                                                                   free and can be copied. Ask yourself whether your
    paigns can be very difficult. For instance, a
                                                                   social object can jump mediums. For instance,
    PUSH message such as “Tastes Like Summer in
                                                                   can your video be easily described by a blogger or
    a Bottle” merely tells the consumer what to think,
                                                                   tweeter?
    which presents a tough challenge for agencies
    to create digital social objects for. In contrast,         •   Determine how long your object will be social. Is
    Burger King’s Whopper Sacrifice campaign asked                 it newsworthy or topical? Allow for online debate,
    users to sacrifice 10 friends on Facebook in                   discussion and interaction surrounding your ob-
    exchange for a free Whopper. This big idea was                 jects. Consider creating objects that can be delib-
    in itself a social object, which not only created con-         erately tagged, tracked and measured.
    versation but also activated supporting objects
                                                               •   Do not assume your social object is, by default,
    such as the application on Facebook.
                                                                   your Web site brand or product. However, your
                                                                   projects probably have social objects already.
                                                                   Identify, build and optimize them.
I’d like to conclude with another quote from Hugh
McLeod of gapingvoid.com, which sums up how we as
agencies and brands need to think as we adopt social
object theories: “The most important word on the
Internet is not ‘search.’ The most important word on
the Internet is ‘Share.’”

Historical credits for defining social
object theory:
  Jyri Engeström, founder of Jaiku
  Nicolas Bourriaud, author of Relational Aesthetics

External References:
  http://www.consumingexperience.com/2007/06/
  5-principles-for-web-20-success-jyri.html

  http://www.amazon.com/Relational-Aesthetics-
  Nicolas-Bourriaud/dp/2840660601

  http://amnesiablog.wordpress.com/2008/05/28/
  a-treasure-hunt-some-moonvertising-and-a-load-
  of-vodka/

  http://www.lipton.com.au/braintrain

  http://www.gapingvoid.com/Moveable_Type/
  archives/004390.html

Thanks to Twitter users @zeroinfluencer,
@servantofchaos @gapingvoid @ianlyons @docbaty
@andrewdever for their kind assistance during the
writing of this article.




                                                       61
W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G



For Here or To Go?
How Portable Media
Is Like Fast Food                                                                                                        d mea
                                                                                                                                 ls per year
                                                                                                                                               •
                                                                                                                   foo
By Lindsay Wong, Manager,                                                                       9           fa s t
                                                                                            f 15
                                                                                   ag     eo
Emerging Media, San Francisco                                                  ver
                                                                         a   na
                                                                     e
                                                              s   um
                                                       c   on
                                              a   ns
                                     e   r ic
                                Am                                                                                                      ed •
                                                                                                                        nr   e le a s
                                                                                                               e   be e
                                                                                                        s   hav
                                                                                                     pp
                                                                                            n   ea
                                                                                         ho
                                                                                       iP
                                                                               0   0
                                                                            ,0
                                                                          10
                                                                     ly
                                                             e
                                                           at
                                                         im
                                                       ox
                                                   pr
                                             Ap
Last year, a South Korean company, called BBQ Chicken,
introduced the world to some very futuristic fast food packaging.
A dual-compartment cup, the Col-Pop, kept chicken nuggets
crispy and hot in one section, and kept the soda icy and cold in
another. Consumers could easily tote their full meal from one
place to the next, finally liberated from the hassle of juggling sepa-
rate cups and greasy food containers.

For today’s media-hungry snackers, recent trends        airport and even onto the plane. The iPhone elimi-
have provided similar options for portability as both   nates the need for people to carry an MP3 player, a
device and content options have exploded. What we       portable DVD player and a cell phone; some have
once could only enjoy on desktop computers and          stopped toting cameras around as well, relying solely
TVs, we can now carry with us from the office, to the   on this phone’s two-megapixel power.




                                                                                                                63
Avatars, familiar to many of us from Yahoo! Avatars      electronic book reader, has been selling out consis-
and Nintendo Wii, are no longer confined to one Web      tently since its November 2007 release. In addition to
property. Oddcast’s 3D technology can power ava-         being able to access nearly 200,000 titles at Amazon,
tars across social networking sites, online games and    Kindle users can subscribe to favorite publications
even mobile devices. Vivaty, a social virtual world,     as well as track RSS feeds.

                                                                       Just as people are confronted with
                                                                       menu choices at a fast food restaurant

  “What we once could                                                  — fries or a salad, shake or a soda
                                                                       — they are faced with endless content

 only enjoy on desktop                                                 and technology options, more and
                                                                       more of them portable, and multi-fac-

   computers and TVs,                                                  eted. Users can employ desktop wid-
                                                                       gets customized with their zip codes

 we can now carry with                                                 and news preferences, or set their
                                                                       personal Pandora station to specific

  us from the office, to
                                                                       music genres via their desktop or mo-
                                                                       bile device; they can customize their
                                                                       Flip video camera with an image
  the airport, and even                                                of their cute dog, or create an exact
                                                                       likeness of themselves on Wii Mii.
        onto the plane.”                                                 This empowered consumer has driven
                                                                         our industry to rethink distribution
                                                                         strategies and touch points within this
                                                                         increasingly portable media landscape.
allows its users to share their personalized rooms on    Traditional media channels, particularly TV, have
AIM and Facebook, creating portable “living spaces”      experienced tremendous fragmentation as well. With
rather than static profile pages.                        DVR, viewers can choose when to watch; with mobile
                                                         TV, viewers can choose where. As more TV con-
Beyond music and photos, consumers can carry             tent is delivered over mobile devices, advertisers will
entire libraries of books and print media with them on   need to leverage these fragmented consumption
one device. Amazon’s Kindle, the wildly successful       vehicles to reach the audiences that are disappearing
from TV. The other key piece to consumer control
is the ability to share. Viral, “free” impressions are the
most valued, and brands are thoughtfully construct-
ing marketing plans to get them. Consumer partic-
ipation drives these pass-along experiences, where
the most active and influential people send links
to their friends, grab and embed widgets, and update
their blogs from a mobile device.

Marketers must use the portable media space as
part of a broader strategy, reaching people whether
they are tethered to a computer or out grabbing a bite
to eat. With any luck, our digital snacks may evolve
faster than you can say Col-Pop 2.0.




                                                             65
Ju
                                                           tus
                                                             se d
                                       iA
                               g an Aud 4 on his iPh
                          rivin                     one
                        ed




                                                                 Sh
                  r   b
              the




                                                                 o pS
            ra
        d
      ul




                                                                    avv
  o




                                                                        y
•W




                                                                      to fin
                                                                        d the
                                                                            lowest price
W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G




                                                                               •
Top 10
Mobile Applications
to Watch
By Paul Gelb, Manager, Emerging Media, New York
The iPhone exploded onto the mobile landscape last year,
acquiring a 12.9% share of the global smartphone market and
growing its share in terms of units sold by 327% year-on-year by
the third quarter of 2008, according to Gartner.                           1




The large touch screen and intuitive interface of the   rable to the iPhone. Two notable releases in 2008
iPhone revolutionized mobile user behavior, but it      were the BlackBerry Storm and T-Mobile’s G1, nick-
was the rise of the mobile application ecosystem that   named the G-phone, which is the first phone to run
proved even more noteworthy. Developers flooding        on Google’s Android operating system. In 2009,
the market with apps led to unprecedented growth        applications will expand beyond the iPhone and drive
in content consumption, searches, utility usage and     growth throughout the mobile channel.
advertising opportunities. As of January 16, 2009,
over 15,000 applications were offered at the iPhone     Last year, many applications, including mobile
App Store and more than 500 million applications        versions of the water simulation Koi Pond, Google
were downloaded, with over six million applications     Search, Facebook and music site Pandora received
on average downloaded each day.2                        accolades from users and the press. The list below
                                                        identifies 10 applications that will drive growth and
Handset manufacturers and operating system com-         transform content distribution and consumption,
petitors responded by developing application-friendly   search, utility tool usage and advertising opportuni-
products with improvements to make them compa-          ties in 2009 and beyond.




                                                                                                                67
1. Shop Savvy / Retail / Android G1



                                                          Significance

                                                            •   Increases in price comparison behavior increases
                                                                price competition and forces retailers to compete
                                                                for consumers with brand equity and superior
                                                                shopping user experiences.

                                                            •   It has potential to revolutionize the retail industry
                                                                by converging brick and mortar shopping with
                                                                ecommerce.

                                                          Outlook
                                                          Shop Savvy creates new marketing opportunities,
                                                          including special in-store discounts, low-price guaran-
                                                          tees and bar code-based scavenger hunt events.
                                                          The application can also collect valuable data for re-
                                                          tailers. For example, GPS data detailing the paths
                                                          that consumers take through a store would help opti-
                                                          mize the product layout.

                                                          A valuable update to the application would be image
Description                                               recognition functionality, which enables users to
Shop Savvy turns mobile phones into bar code scan-        take pictures of products anywhere and receive price
ners. Users can point the camera at any bar code          comparisons. This additional tool would transform
and the application will provide price comparisons        any location into an ecommerce experience.
from both online and nearby brick and mortar retailers.
2. Wikitude Augmented Reality Travel Guide /
   Hospitality / Android G1

                                                        Significance

                                                          •   Hospitality marketers or travel content publishers
                                                              can utilize the technology to offer branded travel
                                                              guide information.

                                                          •   It provides access to digital information sources
                                                              and social networks at any physical location.

                                                        Outlook
                                                        The number of augmented reality applications should
                                                        expand exponentially in 2009, due to both device
Description
                                                        support and the release of an augmented reality
Combining Android’s GPS and internal compass,
                                                        developer tool kit for the iPhone. However, a lingering
this application provides a real-time augmented
                                                        question remains. Where will most of the data for
reality travel guide. Users may search for any of the
                                                        the tags come from — users, brands or reference Web
350,000 points of interest covered by the applica-
                                                        sites?
tion. When a landmark is viewed through the camera,
annotations are overlaid on the landscape image.
A similar application for the iPhone, Sekai Camera,
was demonstrated in December 2008. Rather
than limiting information overlays to Wikipedia data,
this application enables users to tag the real world.
Anyone can tag any image anywhere in real time.




                                                                                                                   69
3. Mint / Financial Services / iPhone



                                                          and itemized income, expenses and monthly budget
                                                          expenditures. Mint makes money by conversions
                                                          that come from its ability to match each consumer’s
                                                          asset allocation, spending behavior and investment
                                                          performance data to an optimized list of offers from
                                                          financial institutions.

                                                          Significance

                                                            •   An average American uses 11 different financial
                                                                institutions.

                                                            •   Branded financial institution applications may not
                                                                be able to match the value of Mint’s aggregated
                                                                information and personalized discount offers.

                                                            •   Within the first 24 hours, Mint became the #1
                                                                finance application on iTunes.

                                                          Outlook
                                                          The application’s service recommendation feature
                                                          would both threaten financial institution retention
Description                                               rates and provide opportunities for financial firms
This application offers users a comprehensive tool        to effectively target consumers. Furthermore, Mint’s
set, connected to more than 7,500 U.S. financial insti-   access to user spending data can generate highly
tutions, to track, budget and manage their finances       targeted ad inventory for non-financial service mar-
across institutions from their mobile phones. Each        keters.
user’s registered accounts are automatically synched
with the application. Information provided includes
account balances, investment accounts performance
4. WebMD Mobile / Pharmaceuticals / iPhone



                                                         Significance

                                                           •   Expansion of WebMD into the mobile channel
                                                               creates significant mobile marketing opportunities
                                                               for pharmaceutical companies.

                                                           •   WebMD.com is one of the premiere online pub-
                                                               lishers reaching over 50 million unique Web users.

                                                         Outlook
                                                         Direct-to-consumer mobile ad spending for the phar-
                                                         maceutical industry is restricted by ad formats that
                                                         do not fulfill legal requirements, but larger rich media
                                                         ads on the iPhone — in and around applications like
                                                         this one from WebMD — are promising. In addition,
                                                         the application can be used as a launching point
                                                         in which to expand WebMD’s offering to content and
                                                         tools for physicians.




Description
WebMD Mobile provides users with access to all of
the content and functionality of the WebMD Web site.
The application enables direct search and browsing
of WebMD.com within the application interface,
mobile interactive guides for self-diagnosis and first
aid treatment, and tools facilitating the search and
browsing of drug treatments.




                                                                                                                    71
5. Audi A4 / Auto & Gaming / iPhone



                                                        Significance

                                                          •   Audi A4 is the first application released by an auto
                                                              manufacturer.

                                                          •   By December 2008, Audi A4 became the ninth
                                                              most popular free game and the only application
                                                              from an advertiser in the top 100 free applications.

                                                        Outlook
                                                        Audi has the opportunity to utilize the large base of
                                                        users that have the application installed on their
                                                        phones. Application updates with additional levels
                                                        can be released to prevent users from deleting the
Description
                                                        application. With a retained audience, Audi can
This application is a driving game that leverages
                                                        use additional updates to deliver local dealer loca-
the accelerometer to steer the Audi 2009 A4, a model
                                                        tions and promotional information.
launched in September 2009, through a series of
increasingly challenging courses. The main menu has
a link to a version of the A4 Web site, optimized for
the iPhone.
6. nuTsie / Music / BlackBerry, Windows Mobile
   Devices, Alltel Devices

                                                           mobile phones. nuTsie does not move or copy any
                                                           music files. Instead, music is streamed to the mobile
                                                           device or personal computer. The application is an
                                                           extension of a portfolio of Web-based tools that offer
                                                           the music service from any connected PC.

                                                           Significance

                                                             •   Digital rights management restrictions are limited to
                                                                 a requirement that non-purchased tracks are
                                                                 played in shuffle mode within a playlist.

                                                             •   Streaming content nearly eliminates device
                                                                 storage requirements.

                                                           Outlook
                                                           The availability of nuTsie’s comprehensive and
                                                           unrestrictive service reduces the value of owning a
                                                           song or an MP3 player. Adoption of the application
                                                           could significantly affect content and device sales.




Description
nuTsie is a mobile music service that allows users to
placeshift3 their music library, enabling a portable
music experience without the need for downloading.
Users can discover new music, add full tracks to
playlists for free and share music with friends on their




                                                                                                                         73
7. vSNAX / Video / iPhone



                                                     Significance

                                                       •   Clicking on pre-roll advertisements brings up ad-
                                                           ditional information but unobtrusively stays within
                                                           application experience and pauses content.

                                                       •   It uses a multi-touch interface to make navigation
                                                           across channels, through clip libraries and into
                                                           interactive advertisement environments frictionless,
                                                           intuitive and engaging.

                                                       •   User experience facilitates and encourages
                                                           increased content consumption.

                                                       •   Viewers can continue to watch their video clip
                                                           while simultaneously swiping through thumbnails
                                                           to pick their next selection.

                                                     Outlook
                                                     vSNAX differentiates itself from YouTube and other
                                                     smaller competitors by focusing on user experience
                                                     and distribution of high-quality, professional content.
                                                     As vSNAX solidifies its position, it will become in-
Description                                          creasingly difficult for new video content publishers
This application delivers mobile video clips from    to capture market share.
more than 35 premium media partners including
AccuWeather.com, CBS, Ford Models, Ripe TV and
MTV Networks’ VH1, Spike and GameTrailers. vSNAX
monetizes content through pre-roll advertisements.
8. iStanford / Social Media / iPhone



                                                         Significance

                                                           •   By December 2008, more than 11,000 people
                                                               downloaded the application, which is almost three
                                                               times the number of students and faculty that own
                                                               iPhones.

                                                           •   Stanford’s IT department allowed the developers
                                                               to connect to core computer systems.

                                                         Outlook
                                                         AT&T has been introducing the application developers
                                                         to university information officers around the country.
                                                         iStanford, if expanded to other universities, has
                                                         the potential to unseat Facebook as the predominant
                                                         social network for college students.




Description
iStanford allows users to view campus maps, the
real-time location of campus shuttle buses, university
news, course grades, course history and connect
with other students, as well as email professors and
add or drop courses.




                                                                                                                   75
9. Cooliris / Search / iPhone



                                                          Significance

                                                            •   3D design of the interface creates more space to
                                                                display information, significantly reducing screen
                                                                size restrictions.

                                                            •   Users can access search results without leaving
                                                                the application, essentially making Cooliris the
                                                                first alternative browser on the iPhone.

                                                          Outlook
                                                          The exorbitant amount of digital videos and images
                                                          makes finding content challenging. Consumption
Description
                                                          on PCs was stifled by this hurdle. The small screen
Cooliris is a search portal designed for images and
                                                          and slower connection on mobile devices exacer-
video; the mobile application replicates the experience
                                                          bates the problem. By providing an effective search
of the Cooliris browser plug-in. Search results ap-
                                                          solution, Cooliris has the potential to drive increased
pear as thumbnail images on an ever-expanding wall.
                                                          consumption of image and video content on mobile
Users can browse the results by flicking the wall in
                                                          devices. However, the most intriguing and nota-
either direction. Touching a thumbnail expands the
                                                          ble feature on the browser plug-in version of Cooliris,
image to half of the screen and reveals both the Web
                                                          which is missing from the mobile application, is
site address and metadata tags.
                                                          a shopping section. Adding this feature would enable
                                                          effective integration of video and images into
                                                          mobile commerce, improving the user experience and
                                                          increasing user adoption.
10. ShapeWriter / Productivity / iPhone



                                                             Significance

                                                               •   Initial tests show that users are able to type
                                                                   many times faster on the new interface.

                                                               •   Utilizing extensive data on writing patterns, the
                                                                   word selection algorithm significantly reduces
                                                                   typing mistakes.

                                                             Outlook
                                                             Although the experience is intuitive and easy to pick
                                                             up, it may face adoption challenges from users that
                                                             are reluctant to learn a new way to type. However,
                                                             users that have been reluctant to purchase touch
                                                             screen devices due to inferior text typing experiences
                                                             may incorporate this new application into their device
                                                             purchase decision.




Description                                                  1 Source: Gartner Worldwide Smartphone Sales 3Q 2008.
ShapeWriter provides an entirely new way to write              http://www.gartner.com/it/page.jsp <http://www.gartner.
text. Instead of pecking at letters, users can slide a         com/it/page.jsp> ?id=827912
finger from letter to letter on a touch screen keyboard.     2 Source: App Store Hits 500 Million Downloads. Burrows,
Recognition algorithms turn an approximate gesture             Peter. Business Week. January 16, 2009. http://www.
into a word. For example, a user can start on the letter       businessweek.com/technology/ByteOfTheApple/blog/
                                                               archives/2009/01/the_app_store_s.html
“m” and drag their finger along an uninterrupted path
to the letters “o”, “b”, “i”, “l” and “e” to spell mobile.   3 Placeshifting is consumption of media content, delivered
                                                               via data networks or the Internet, on mobile or remote
                                                               devices.




                                                                                                                          77
Uti
                                         lizi
                                             ng
                                                  mo
                                                       bil
                                                             eG
                                                                  PS
                                                                       to
                                                                            l




                                                                            oc
                                                                                at
                                                                                  e
                                                                                 fa
                                                                                   vo
                                                                                      r
                                                                                      ite
                                                                                       re t
                                                                                          ail
                                                                                            er s
                                                                                              •
W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G



Getting Smart
With Mobile
Marketing:
How Mobile Marketing Is
Evolving in Europe and the U.S.
By Stefan Mohr, Director of Mobile, Berlin
Over the past year, mobile marketing has been gaining
strength and credibility. The cell phone has become a unique
platform for communicating brand messages to customers, and
has the potential to play a leading role in the marketing mix of
the future.

The reasons are obvious:
                                                          •   Cell phones are multi-faceted. They are cam-
  •   Cell phones are a life tool. No one leaves home
                                                              eras, MP3 players, Internet tools, photo albums,
      without their keys, wallet, and, now, their cell
                                                              social networking command centers, navigation
      phone.
                                                              systems and video players.
  •   Cell phones are personal. Each cell phone
                                                          •   Cell phones are local. Each of us lives where
      belongs to just one person, and it is always with
                                                              our phone is; therefore, information accessed
      them.
                                                              through our cell phone has a component of
                                                              locality, which can be used to bring brands and
                                                              consumers closer together at any given time.




                                                                                                                 79
Of course, mobile presents a strong opportunity             QR code programs are a good example. While there
to marketers, as evidenced by market data:                  are positive instances of the intelligent use of these
                                                            two dimensional bar codes, which mobile phones
  •   There are more cell phones worldwide than
                                                            can read to connect users directly with a URL, they
      households with TVs or Internet connections.
                                                            are often used as a gimmick to draw attention from
  •   The U.S. mobile advertising market, consisting of     print or flyers to a particular Web site. In many cases,
      mobile messaging, display and search advertising,     the URL in question could have just as easily been
      is forecasted to grow from $805 million in 2007       reached via simpler methods, such as text messages,
      to $3.6 billion in 2010 according to like estimates   keywords or short codes.
      by eMarketer and Nielsen Mobile.
                                                            Mobile is reaching a critical juncture this year, pend-
  •   Cell phones aren’t only used by younger demo-
                                                            ing the outcome of factors in a handful of areas.
      graphics. Mobile branded entertainment formats
                                                            At Razorfish™ Germany, we will be watching several
      and text messaging are used by people of
                                                            key areas in the coming months:
      all ages, as was seen during the 2008 Olympic
      Games in Beijing.                                       •   Improvements in the device experience. The
                                                                  iPhone has raised the bar for how cell phones
Mobile and the skeptical marketer                                 can meet consumer needs. This year, watch out
                                                                  for OEM’s across the board to rise to the chal-
Until recently, consumers primarily used mobile
                                                                  lenge and compete.
phones for voice communication. The resulting skep-
ticism from marketers about whether there would               •   The declining price of data. Data-plan subscrip-
be widespread adoption of platform and data services              tion fees, which used to be expensive, are rapidly
has made them hesitant to jump into mobile programs.              declining in price. Look out for big jumps in mobile
                                                                  data consumption as a result of cheap, ubiquitous
Marketers have also felt that the mobile industry has             data access.
focused too much on building out features in new
                                                              •   Designers get the hang of WAP and apps. WAP
cell phones, rather than tapping into needs and de-
                                                                  and application designers are starting to make
sires of consumers. It hasn’t necessarily thought
                                                                  what they design mobile-friendly, and are getting
about what consumers really wanted out of their mo-
                                                                  the resources and momentum to execute on their
bile experiences.
                                                                  ideas. Look for improved user experiences in mo-
                                                                  bile browsing, which will drive consumer consump-
                                                                  tion and expectations of availability.
•   Location, location, location. GPS-enabled            Brands accessed via a cell phone should fulfill
      handsets are finally a reality, unlocking the long   the brand promise the exact same way they do on
      awaited promise of geo-targeted local advertising    the stationary Internet. In the future, strong digital
      services with high degrees of personalization.       brands will integrate the mobile channel in this fash-
                                                           ion, customizing it to meet user needs and add value.
How mobile marketing will get smart                        Mobile has to position itself as one of many parts
                                                           of a unified digital marketing program — in conjunc-
As the mobile channel evolves, marketers who build
                                                           tion with all other channels of the brand. Mobile
mobile programs with the user as the focus will be
                                                           will not impress users as a singular, self-serving, non-
able to serve their needs transparently. The key lies
                                                           integrated channel.
in making the mobile Web experience a match for
the stationary Web experience, and in building mobile
                                                           Another part of mobile’s maturation process will be
portals and applications that can intelligently meet
                                                           building “intelligent” mobile portals and applications
the where, when and how of consumer needs.
                                                           which can adapt according to changes in context.
                                                           Two examples are:
As the mobile channel reaches maturity, consumers
are maturing, too, no longer concerned with whether          •   A mobile email portal for multiple email accounts
they use a PC or a cell phone when they interact                 which can ensure the emails from the user’s
with a brand. Consumers expect that major brands                 office account, will be hidden on days off or on
should be there whenever they want to access                     weekends.
them. Period. Therefore, brands need to produce a
                                                             •   A mobile real estate and apartment search that
persistent mobile presence for themselves. It’s not a
                                                                 is so intelligent it can, using geo-data, identify all
question of whether it makes sense any more; it’s
                                                                 the apartments for rent in the surrounding area,
simply a matter of brands making sure they are there
                                                                 displayed on a map according to the user’s search
when consumers want them.
                                                                 profile.

                                                           Mobile is no longer a “nice to have” component of the
                                                           media ecosystem. This year, there will be two classes
                                                           of brands in the digital landscape: those that are capi-
                                                           talizing on connecting with their consumers in mobile,
                                                           and those that are missing a huge opportunity.




                                                                                                                          81
topics on
                    our minds
                               Looking for the Pulse Online in 2009    84
       The Future of Retail: The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey      88
                                 Think Inside Someone Else’s Box:     96
                       Business Model Innovation in the Digital Age
Converged Connections: Moving Brands Across Multiple Experiences      100
Email Marketing: Increasing Marketing Connections in a Social World   104
Checkin
                   Re
                      ad
                     ing




                                                         g bu s s c h e du
                       Face
                            bo
                           ok’s Live




                                                              les •
                                     Feed •




TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S



Looking for
the Pulse
Online in 2009
By Grant Owens, Director, Account Planning, New York
With the exception of social networks and breaking news
sites, most of today’s digital media is best described as pre-
recorded, pre-packaged and downloaded. Internet servers are
teeming with on-demand information, but they lack the immediacy
received by tuning in to radio, watching on-location broadcast
news or even listening to the buzz all around.

However, digital media is about to break free from        In a setting that nears sci-fi clichés, one might picture
these limitations. In 2009, the whole of the Web will     a connected map of the world where, in one sec-
become more live — and alive. Not only will the Web       ond, you can sense a deep digital thump emanating
become more social; it will also become instantly         from the MySpace page of a high school hockey
reactive. Through users and technology, the world’s       player named Levi Johnston and, in the next, that
events will collectively form an instant digital pulse.   same pulse moves over to a Twitpic of a US Airways
                                                          jet floating in the Hudson River.
Unlike user reviews and periodic blog posts, the pulse
will communicate what’s happening now — instead of
delayed reports on what’s happened in the past.




                                                                                                                      85
Technologies transmitting the pulse                      Distributed sampling: The pulse is shared, quite
                                                         literally, using efforts like Stanford University’s
The online consumer audience will graduate from
                                                         “quake catcher” network, in which seismic activity
simply tapping into digital resources, to seeing who
                                                         is measured by tapping into the sensors commonly
is also tapping them, and getting alerted to whatever
                                                         found in consumer laptops. If a certain number
else they should consider consuming. The tech-
                                                         of laptops in one area sense movement, an alert is
nologies that carry the pulse are developing quickly
                                                         sounded. Other examples of distributed sampling
among fresh startups and existing popular online
                                                         include the gathering traffic patterns; traffic data
services. Examples include:
                                                         companies often place beacons on commercial
                                                         vehicles and then track the pace of their flow. The
  Activity feeds: Facebook’s Live Feed isn’t just
                                                         implications of this tactic can go beyond traffic
  populated with periodic and explicate status
                                                         detours — imagine comparing restaurants with the
  updates; it posts any user activity. Also, keep an
                                                         longest wait times, versus how long it might take
  eye on startups like icerocket.com that are attempt-
                                                         you to get to one with a shorter wait.
  ing to tap into real-time, online conversations
  and feed user commentary based on personal
                                                         Live streaming media: YouTube recently hosted
  affinities and preferences.
                                                         the first YouTube Live event. Although IPTV may
                                                         eventually conquer the live broadcast challenge, this
  Micro-blogging: Twitter remains the poster child
                                                         simple streaming business model has been wildly
  for micro-blogging and up-to-date information
                                                         successful for groups such as Major League Base-
  feeds, but the idea has more potential than the cur-
                                                         ball with MLB.TV, CBS’s March Madness and
  rent offering provides. As an example, technology
                                                         even traffic cams. Look for more live feeds to come
  and media entrepreneur John Battelle created
                                                         online in 2009.
  a unique experience for the Outside Lands Music
  & Arts Festival in San Francisco. He encouraged
                                                         Data-centric mobile devices: With the iPhone
  festival-goers to submit thousands of camera
                                                         being a key catalyst, wireless carriers are pushing
  phone pictures, handheld digital video recordings,
                                                         unlimited data plans like never before. Smart
  blog posts and “tweets” while at the event. This
                                                         phones, GPS and geo-location applications within
  information feed created a “database of experi-
                                                         phones such as Loopt or Google Latitude act as
  ences” so that non-attendees could see near real-
                                                         nodes for receiving and sharing the pulse with your
  time activity over the three-day event.
                                                         community. Spurred by the connectivity of phones,
                                                         we’ve definitely moved beyond the Web site-based
                                                         metaphor of a pulsing “online now” gif.
Real-time site analytics: As an example of               events, and then choose whether or not to raise a
  advanced-user data, take a look at Woopra — an           flag for our peers. Stranger and acquaintance online
  analytics tool that allows live tracking of Web site     activity feed off each other.
  traffic. Instead of waiting hours or even days to see
  usage results, site owners (and potentially users        Implications for media and marketing innovators
  themselves) can get an instant snapshot of content
                                                           As a fellow netizen, you can sit back and enjoy
  that is hot — and what is not. Digital media com-
                                                           access to this information, but if you are a marketer
  panies should consider a practice of letting users
                                                           or media entrepreneur, tapping into the pulse
  see the usage analytics that are normally behind
                                                           could also be very meaningful to you in three ways:
  the firewall. Everyone could benefit from seeing a
  heat map of activity.                                     1. Create a pulse-taking product: Develop a
                                                               feature that becomes as ritualistic for users as
Don’t always take it personally                                Twitter or Facebook’s Live Feed. The potential
                                                               for ad dollars or paid subscriptions will follow.
The data behind the pulse is broader than deliberate
submissions from any one password-protected                 2. Optimization or R&D: The pulse contains deep
community, and much of the value derived from the              insights into consumer perceptions. Marketers
pulse isn’t personal like Twitter feeds or Facebook            can get real-time feedback on campaigns that are
Connect data.                                                  resonating, and others which may require revi-
                                                               sions. Content or product creators can even seed
Aggregate and anonymous information can have real              ideas to see if they have legs.
value in the larger Web world. Feeling the pulse of
                                                            3. Foresee consumer trends and capitalize
your Facebook friends most certainly delivers impor-
                                                               on them: A perennial example of value in trend-
tant influence, but many other connected consumers
                                                               ing data comes from Wall Street. Having your
aren’t as active in divulging their activities. Non-per-
                                                               finger on trends can mean the difference between
sonally identifiable movements among the Web share
                                                               profit and loss.
an important place in our sense of connectedness
as well. Pooling those movements to form the pulse
                                                           The increase in real-time data and ability to monitor
has significant implications.
                                                           the pulse of digital consumer activity will shape both
                                                           our actions as individuals and the online opportunities
Knowing the anonymous pack movements, and
                                                           of marketers. This year we’ll close the gap between
the little buzz-starting sparks, is often what allows us
                                                           archived information and what’s going on right now.
to bring an idea to our personal circle. We observe




                                                                                                                     87
• In-stor
                                                         e di g
                                                                  it a l s
                                                                             igna
                                                                                    ge
                                                                                         has
                                                                                               po
                                                                                                 ten
                                                                                                    t ia
                                                                                                           l fo
                                                                                                                  ra
                                                                                                                       ho
                                                                                                                            li s
                                                                                                                                   ti c




                                                                                                                                      ex
                                                                                                                                         per
                                                                                                                                          ie n
                                                                                                                                             ce
                                              Mobil
                                                   ei    s th
                                                             ec
                                                               on
                                                                 ne
                                                                              ct
                                                                                ive
                                                                                      tis




                                                                                         su
                                                                                            e
                                                                                            in
                                                                                               ret
                                                                                                   ail
                                                                                                       •
TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S



The Future of Retail:
The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey.
By Patrick Moorhead, Director, Emerging Media, Chicago
We’ve all had the following retail experience: you pull into
a half-acre parking lot, finally parking your car a mere quarter-mile
from the entrance to the store. As you walk through the double-
door entrance, you are confronted by a cavernous, impossibly
overwhelming sea of products, bathed in the bleak pallor of fluo-
rescent lights dangling from the rafters above. From there, the
common American retail journey truly unfolds.

You ask yourself: “Where in this maze is the product      has not. And while shopping (and buying) will soldier
I want? I wonder if I’m getting a good price. Why is      on, the consumers’ move toward digital technology
children’s clothing located across the aisle from auto-   begs the question: what happens if retailers endeavor
motive? Where am I? Does this store know I shop           to adapt to, assimilate and ultimately collaborate with
here all the time?”                                       consumers’ preferences, desires and technologies
                                                          of choice? To answer this question, retailers need
This is a dramatization, but, unfortunately, not much     to study three issues surrounding how technology and
of one. The problem is that while consumers — and         customers intertwine to make shopping a different
their technology — have advanced considerably over        experience than it once was: the new informed,
the past 10 years, the basic experience of shopping       dynamic consumer, shopping as a holistic experience,
                                                          and the non-linear consumer retail journey.




                                                                                                                    89
The new informed, empowered consumer                      A look at a poll conducted last year by BusinessWeek
                                                          gives a sense of how today’s consumer is simply
Today’s consumer lives in a constant state of change,
                                                          shopping differently:
adaptation and complexity. Technology is at the root
of this, enabling once-segregated activities like           •   69% research products online before going
TV viewing and email to bleed into each other, and to           to the store to make a purchase.
occur whenever and wherever the consumer wants
                                                            •   62% have looked at an online review at least
them to.
                                                                once before making a purchase.

This basic change includes they way consumers are           •   61% want to be able to scan bar codes and
shopping today. In tough economic times, consum-                access information on other stores’ prices.
ers are being challenged to rethink the very way they
                                                            •   39% compared a product’s features and price
approach shopping: where, when, what they buy
                                                                across online retail outlets before buying.
and why, are constantly being evaluated and re-evalu-
ated, making it increasingly difficult for retailers to     •   9% used a cell phone to text message a friend
pin them down. Even attempting to categorize                    about a product while shopping.
shoppers among classic buckets like “high-end”
or “bargain hunter” is challenging, because shoppers      Digital is creating a new generation of shoppers who
are simply using more sophisticated tools and strat-      expect stores to provide them with answers to their
egies to get what they want, without regard to these      continually-evolving questions, to know them better
classifications.                                          over time and adapt to the way they shop. Consumers
                                                          expect no distinction between online and brick-
Beyond considerations of price, quality and style,        and-mortar shopping — they simply want the same
consumers are becoming accustomed to attaining            features, products, access and service no matter
large amounts of information about the products           where or when they decide to shop.
they buy. This information can range from where and
how things are made, to how individual products           Unfortunately, many American retailers have been
reflect their ever-evolving sense of personal identity,   slow to adapt to this new cultural dynamic. In fact,
or how the social sphere will perceive their purchase.    some have resisted it altogether. The result has been
                                                          dramatic and serious; retailers, particularly depart-
                                                          ment stores, are becoming increasingly irrelevant to
                                                          modern shoppers.
They are perceived as not evolving along with con-          A simple illustration is this: for a loyal online customer,
sumer taste and needs. While the financial crisis has       going to visit a brick-and-mortar store is essentially
severely injured retail sales, retailers need to continue   like being a first-time shopper — even though the
to focus on knowing their consumers and delivering          online channel of this retailer has detailed information
value to them at every touchpoint.                          about the customer’s purchase history, demograph-
                                                            ics and tastes. None of that information is put to use
The remedy is not a simple one. Data consistently           when that customer walks through the front door.
reflects that consumers will patronize retailers to         Similarly, the frequent brick-and-mortar shopper
whom they perceive as like them, preferring over-           is treated like a first-time customer when they decide
whelmingly to shop where they find the best re-             to shop online.
sources, content, products and shopping experience
for their own unique retail fingerprint.                    Digital media has the ability to solve this dilemma for
                                                            both the retailer and the consumer. Below are a
The future of retail is, in part, beginning to view the     number of digital opportunities available to retailers
retail experience through the consumer’s eyes,              to accomplish a holistic experience.
without the burden of organizational silos of direct,
digital and in-store. Retail’s future should create a       In-store digital. Extending digital tools to the physi-
360-degree, holistic experience that is personal and        cal store goes well beyond offering a kiosk for registry
relevant to shoppers on an individual basis.                shoppers. Developing a signage network that enables
                                                            highly-relevant messaging and promotions to be
Shopping as a holistic experience                           delivered to specific geographies, dayparts and de-
                                                            mographics can begin to enable an in-store custom
As consumers increasingly employ text messaging,
                                                            dialogue similar to online for shoppers who prefer to
mobile Web, in-store digital signage, social networks
                                                            browse the aisles. Interactive interfaces, whether
and ecommerce in shopping, integrating digital
                                                            kiosk, projected display, interactive windows, touch
into a growing ecosystem of retail touchpoints has the
                                                            screen or wireless, can bring the store to life for the
potential to yield a holistic experience. In so doing,
                                                            consumer, providing a range of tools from price com-
it will close a critical connection gap that continues to
                                                            parison, to product recommendations, store offers
frustrate consumers. The gap lies mainly in a sense
                                                            or promotions. This can all be done at the same time
among consumers, that while retailers provide a
                                                            that the retailer gains ever-increasing visibility into
handful of different ways for them to shop, the meth-
                                                            the habits, tastes and purchase behavior of individ-
ods are disconnected from each other, leaving con-
                                                            ual customers on an ongoing basis. Touch interfaces,
sumers to continually have to re-introduce themselves
                                                            in particular, present a dramatic new method of
to the store.




                                                                                                                          91
engaging a consumer on-premise, uniting the best           The modern day masters of FID in retail have thus
features of both online and in-person shopping within      far been grocery chains, which have invested
a compelling, next-generation experience.                  significantly over the past decade, to enable loyalty
                                                           and discount card programs to function identically
Linking these types of digital platforms to other as-      whether used online or at a physical location. Ap-
pects of the consumer experience, such as online           parel and department store retailers have made vari-
shopping profiles, preferences and loyalty programs,       ous attempts to create a similar, single identity for
and even traditional media, can begin to create an         their customers through loyalty club programs and
entirely new level of interaction between the individual   merchant charge cards.
consumer and the retailer. Imagine the value of the
consumer profile data — and the attached consumer          Yet in both cases, retailers are only scratching the
— who creates a shopping cart online, then visits the      surface of the potential for FID to provide individual
store and can retrieve that cart to review styles, fits    shoppers with a sense that each interaction they have
and alternates with a touchscreen or live associate        with the store, regardless of where and when it hap-
on the floor. Bringing digital experiences to the brick-   pens, is recognized and compensated for. In coming
and-mortar environment is a critical step toward           years, retailers who embrace and implement FID
letting the consumer control his or her experience,        across their sales and marketing channels will reap
and lets them know the store understands them.             the rewards of an entirely new level of loyalty from
                                                           consumers. This kind of granular cross-channel in-
Federated Identity. As a corollary to the notion of        sight can and should extend to media and advertising
bringing the online store closer to the brick-and-         as well. Imagine a not-too-distant future where ad-
mortar one, the notion of Federated Identity for shop-     vertisements and promotions that reach the individ-
pers has recently emerged as a key competency              ual, from online banners to text messages to television
for retailers striving to meet the shifting needs and      commercials, are able to leverage a detailed con-
tastes of an increasingly diverse and fragmented con-      versation and purchase history to deliver an unprec-
sumer marketplace. Briefly, Federated Identity (FID)       edented level of personalized and relevant messaging
is the virtual reunion, or assembled identity, of a per-   on an individual basis.
son’s user information, stored across multiple distinct
identity-management systems. Data is joined together       Mobile is the connective tissue. Mobile is poised to
by use of a common token, usually the username,            be the most potent digital opportunity of the year and,
customer ID, account number or other unique personal       perhaps more than any other sector, retail stands to
identifier accessible from a variety of touch points.      gain immensely from broad adoption of mobile media
                                                           and technology tools.
The always-on, always-with-you nature of mobile             • Social  shopping lets consumers “shop” socially
phones will allow them to become the connective tis-         using text and MMS messaging. Retailers that
sue that unlocks the fundamental power of person-            provide tools to facilitate this emerging behavior
alization in retail, linking together online, in-store,      will foster new connections with its engaged users.
Federated Identity, purchase history and social media
                                                            • Mobile  media and location-based services
interaction all within one platform.
                                                             bring personalization through the front door
                                                             of the store by using the location-based targeting
Below are just some of the exciting mobile media
                                                             ability of mobile media to drive consumers to
technology opportunities available to retailers seeking
                                                             stores near them, and to know where and when
to leverage it:
                                                             they are in the store.
  • Mobile couponing provides ease of access
   for consumers, higher redemption rates and cost        While these opportunities represent a very futuristic
   savings by eliminating weekly FSI printing.            vision of the holistic experience, and one that may
                                                          pose significant challenges to implement, the oppor-
  • QR code and bar code readers use sophisti-
                                                          tunity remains clear. Retailers should start experi-
   cated, high-capacity bar codes (QR codes) and
                                                          menting today. Instead of just making a mobile site for
   bar code readers on mobile devices, allowing
                                                          the sake of having it, retailers should carefully exam-
   consumers to connect directly with merchandise.
                                                          ine how mobile can support, augment and extend
  • Store plan-o-grams take the customer relation-        existing digital efforts in a manageable and sustainable
   ship to a new level by providing dynamic, inter-       way this year. Pretty soon, this nice-to-have technol-
   active floor plans and merchandise directories to      ogy will become the price of entry.
   customers while they are in the store.

  • Mobile commerce allows consumers to com-
   plete commerce transactions from the phone.
   Campaign data from several programs executed
   by Razorfish™

  • RFID and mobile wallet enable consumers, via
   the next generation of handsets, to speed through
   checkout with digital payment, while remaining
   linked to their FID and loyalty information.




                                                                                                                     93
The non-linear consumer retail journey                       It is not just the customer journey that needs to be
                                                             re-thought. Brands themselves, now released from
In addition to adjusting to the shifting sands of the
                                                             the confines of physical space and a purchase funnel,
new informed, empowered consumer, and the holistic
                                                             will also be forced to evolve their relevancy in an
digital shopping experience, retailers will need to
                                                             increasingly transparent and convergent retail envi-
re-imagine their perception of the consumer’s retail
                                                             ronment. Stores as physical locations will mean less.
journey. With so much personalization, and increasing
                                                             What attracts a person to a store will need to be
adoption by consumers of the technologies that
                                                             built on information, transparency and the character
facilitate it, retailers must abandon the notion that a
                                                             of a brand — beyond product and promotion.
consumer journey begins with awareness of the store
and its products, and move on to purchase and
                                                             Daunting as it may be, the retailer of the future will
loyalty. The consumer has escaped that longstanding
                                                             find that abandoning conventional notions of store,
paradigm.
                                                             loyalty, relationship, media, and the consumer retail
                                                             journey in favor of dynamic, personalized, relevant
Today’s digital consumer may enter this continuum
                                                             and holistic experiences, will unlock the power of the
at any point, perhaps becoming loyal to the store,
                                                             brave new digital world.
prior to ever making a purchase because of positive
word of mouth, or have an affinity for a product cat-
egory prior to being aware of that product’s avail-
ability at the store. The digital consumer may, in fact,
purchase a product directly from the retailer with
little or no awareness of that retailer’s true merchan-
dise composition. To assume that the consumer
enters into interaction with the store at a certain point,
and proceeds along a linear path carved out of
years of pre-digital shopping behavior, discounts the
disruptive effect of technology, and the control that
technology provides consumers in negotiating an
increasingly complex landscape of product, brand and
purchasing options.
95
TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S



Think Inside




                                                               •C
                                                               om
                                                                  p
Someone Else’s Box:




                                                                arin
                                                                    g he
                                                                      r sp e
Business Model Innovation




                                                                        n d in g h a
in the Digital Age




                                                                        bits to those of her
By Amy Vickers, Vice President, Enterprise Solutions, Global




                                                                      pe e r s
Business model innovation is an increasingly popular
concept — witness the development of innovation practices within
consulting firms, the creation of innovation management tech-
nology solutions and the rising tide of media on the subject, espe-
cially the writings of Harvard Business School Professor Clayton
Christensen.

Companies actually engaged in business model inno-       Beyond the innovation hype, real opportunities exist
vation include Virgin, whose prolific brand spans        for companies and their brands to endure tough times
myriad industries; Netflix, whose monthly subscription   — and perhaps even flourish through them — by
service disrupted the prevailing product rental          reconsidering business models, especially as relates
paradigm; and Spanish clothing retailer Zara, whose      to digital. No longer simply a delivery channel, digital
model for design-to-distribution revolutionized the      has evolved to be foundational to business strategy.
industry. Certainly in the current economic downturn,    One rich source of opportunities lies at the intersec-
the concept takes on greater gravitas and urgency.       tion of social computing and Web services. Both have




                                                                                                                    97
undeniably impacted how people perceive and interact         owner, dealership and manufacturer; account
with brands, products and services. Companies                holder, financial advisor and financial institution;
can take advantage of their intersection by doing the        patient, provider and healthcare institution; con-
following:                                                   sumer, content producer and content publisher;
                                                             and the list goes on. The online applications
1. Optimize data services
                                                             and Web sites that support these ecosystems
   While many companies collect more data on
                                                             tend to focus exclusively on individual tasks and
   consumers, partners and employees than ever
                                                             discount group activities. For example, imagine
   before, few aggregate and analyze it across orga-
                                                             a scenario about resolving an insurance claim.
   nizational silos; this is to their detriment. By in-
                                                             A single incident sets off a flurry of activity (online
   vesting in data services that create holistic views,
                                                             and offline) between a group of people (policy-
   companies can deliver higher value experiences
                                                             holder, provider, insurance agent, etc.), and
   while reducing overall costs. A holistic view of
                                                             yet the digital touchpoints supporting the claims
   a consumer, across all online and offline touch-
                                                             process are disconnected and do not promote
   points, lets companies deliver more targeted
                                                             interaction among the group. Now, imagine
   content and offer better service, be more effec-
                                                             the same process supported by a solution that
   tive in cross-selling and up-selling, and have
                                                             facilitated processing and tracking the claim in
   better-informed support services. Likewise,
                                                             a collective and unified way. By expanding focus
   a holistic view of a partner — be it agent, dealer,
                                                             from individual tasks and views to include col-
   provider, vendor or other — promotes brand
                                                             laborative systems, companies can deepen
   extensions, fosters effective service delivery and
                                                             engagement and improve efficiencies while also
   advances business process optimization. Com-
                                                             promoting increased transparency.
   panies can realize additional bottom-line ben-
   efits when holistic views of consumers and             3. Leverage existing infrastructure to
   partners are used to optimize the marketing mix           create new products and services
   and reduce cost-per-action.                               In an economy where everyone is being asked to
                                                             do more with less, companies should think
2. Support collaboration in business processes
                                                             anew about existing content, data and functional
   Although business processes are inherently social,
                                                             infrastructure, and seize opportunities to extend
   most consumer and partner solutions fail to
                                                             them in the creation of new revenue-generating
   acknowledge, much less support, the importance
                                                             products and services. Across most industries —
   of dialogue and collaboration among groups.
                                                             automotive, financial services, health care, retail
   Consider the relationship between various indi-
                                                             and others — consumer data could be aggre-
   viduals in different industry ecosystems: vehicle
gated and transformed into a benchmark service       By seizing these opportunities and having the forti-
   to help people understand their activities in the    tude to not retrench digital or IT budgets, companies
   context of their peers and make better decisions.    can deepen relationships with consumers and
   In B2B contexts, a similar move could lead to        partners, gain competitive advantage and position
   the creation of business performance tools that      themselves well for continued growth.
   partners could subscribe to for a fee, or that
   could serve as a platform for sponsors. For many
   large companies, the enterprise infrastructure
   itself could be extended as a service to small and
   medium-sized businesses that seek hosted self-
   service operations.

4. Think inside someone else’s box
   Beyond the specific content, products and
   services offered by companies, what people
   value are experiences delivered through brands.
   Experiences let consumers connect with their
   passions, find peace of mind or simply make the
   everyday a little more fun. Find fresh perspect-
   ive on what your brand could deliver by thinking
   inside the box of another industry. Brands pro-
   ducing significant thought leadership — like
   financial, professional and technology products
   and services — should think like publishers about
   mobilizing and monetizing intellectual capital.
   Brands having lifestyle aspects — like automotive
   and travel — should take cues from entertainment
   and premium retail about celebrating personalities
   and empowering these personalities to curate
   unique brand experiences for consumers. Further
   consider business model innovations through
   partnerships, in both the front and back offices.




                                                                                                                99
TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S



Converged
Connections:
Moving Brands Across
Multiple Experiences




                                                                                T he ever
By Francis Anderson,
Vice President, Connections




                                                                                         -a c t
                                                                                       i ve
Planning, New York




                                                                                           na
                                                                                                  ti v
                                                                                                      es
                                                                                                     ar
                                                                                                           ge




                                                                                                       e
                                                                                                                t ti
                                                                                                                       ng
                                                                                                                            re s
                                •D




                                                                                                                                   tl e
                                                                                                                                          ss
                                igit




                                                                                                                                               •
                                 al
                                     im
                                       mi
                                       gr
                                          an
                                            ts
                                             re
                                               pr




                                                    en
                                                 es




                                                         t8
                                                              5%
                                                                   of
                                                                        th
                                                                             eU
                                                                               .S .
                                                                                       ad
                                                                                              ult
                                                                                                     pop
                                                                                                           ulat
                                                                                                                       ion
From viewing to doing
It was the futurist Mark Prensky who introduced us to the notion
of “digital natives” and “digital immigrants” in 2001 — the latter
raised primarily as passive consumers of traditional media and the
former demanding content when they want it and how they want it.

 It’s indisputable that each generation is becoming       and behaviors learned during their pre-digital past.
more digital, and that digital immigrants are learning    We still need to delineate whether brands’ targets are
from the natives. That said, immigrants — essentially     natives or immigrants when recommending solutions
anyone born before 1984, representing 85% of the          to our clients, determining whether they are used to
U.S. adult population — still retain what might be        more passive consumption of media, or accustomed
called an “accent,” which manifests itself in attitudes   to actively participating in digital experiences.




                                                                                                                   101
From scarcity of media to scarcity of attention          Both approaches — though created with the best
                                                         motives in mind — potentially ignore the fact that
The way in which brands have historically expressed
                                                         different touchpoints (or experiences) offer radically
themselves has been shaped by the dominant
                                                         different opportunities. Take online video, which
medium of the time. One example is the ascendance
                                                         sometimes is the manifestation of a repurposed TV
of the 30-second TV spot. In that case, the form of
                                                         spot, and sometimes is a custom, interactive and
brand communication was film, and the scarcity and
                                                         social experience, hand-made for digital consump-
high cost of inventory meant these films were deliv-
                                                         tion. Talking about ideas separately from the milieu
ered in short, half-minute increments.
                                                         in which they exist isn’t intuitive, and may well
                                                         mean missing out on the most creative opportunities.
Digital changed the equation in that limitations of
form and scarcity faded away. Brands could be com-
                                                         These approaches also ignore the fact people are
municated through text, sound, function, game or
                                                         social — and now digitally-enabled — beings who
film, with no scarcity; although advertisers do buy ad
                                                         interact, participate, modify and reinterpret.
space online, many distribution channels are free,
be it the client Web site, YouTube or consumers who
                                                         In his book Convergence Culture, David Jenkins
freely distribute advertising content they like. The
                                                         (Professor of Comparative Media, MIT) points to The
scarce commodity now is attention — a commodity
                                                         Matrix as an example of “a narrative so large that
that cannot be bought, and is hard to earn.
                                                         it cannot be contained within a single medium.” The
                                                         Matrix franchise extended to three films, The
Learning to mold the message to the medium
                                                         Animatrix series of short films, video games, comics
The model, adopted by many in response to this new       and a host of fan sites, blogs and mash-ups. Each
environment, has been called “360-degree planning”       contributes different — but complementary — parts
— or a similar term. The idea is to develop a single     of The Matrix story, and each piece stands on its own.
organizing thought, better known as a Big Idea, which    However, when combined, they create a much deeper
is then iterated relentlessly across all touchpoints.    experience, and we begin to understand the complex
This approach was itself a reaction to an earlier pro-   Matrix universe much better. Pierre Levy (Professor
to-integration practice of spreading (or ”blowing        at the University of Ottawa) writes, “the distinction
out”) a TV advertising idea across all communications    between authors and readers, producers and
channels, often without regard to its suitability to     spectators, creators and interpreters [has started to]
these other channels.                                    blend.”Therefore, in this new world, rather than using
                                                         multiple channels to communicate a singular idea,
every brand should be brought to life across a broad      This new approach calls for more scope and
range of experiences. People then pull different parts    complexity, with the brand idea becoming, in effect,
of the story together themselves, participate, remix      the brand narrative: a series of self-contained ele-
and repackage, then pass them onto their social net-      ments, which build and grow to create a larger brand
works, forming converged connections. In the pro-         world. As Henry Jenkins says: “The key is to produce
cess, the brand communication becomes stronger            something that both pulls people together and
and more powerful, not weaker and more fragmented.        gives them something to do…I don’t have to control
It takes on the voice of its consumers.                   the conversation to benefit from their interest.”

Some examples from the Razorfish™ network include
our work for Levi’s in the U.S. around Project Run-
way, and our work for Smirnoff in Australia around the
Smirnoff Experience Secret Party. The Levi’s cam-
paign gave a typical TV sponsorship life beyond the
show itself, and bred a social community for passion-
ate designers as well as a fan culture of its own
— supported by multiple media channels, from bar
napkins to billboards. The Smirnoff Secret Party cam-
paign, a multi-channel scavenger hunt for exclusive
tickets to the party of the year, was a clever strategy
to engage consumers in a social and participatory
digital experience beyond the party itself. Each
campaign was born digital and social, and successfully
blended digital advertising, microsites, streaming
video and social media groups with out- of-home
billboards, in-store activity and live events. The cam-
paigns further bridge the digital and offline divide
by leveraging Bluetooth and GPS technology.
                                                          * Source: Mark Prensky³ Digital Natives Digital Immigrants²
                                                            (2001), US Census (2007)

                                                           David Jenkins ‘Convergence Culture’ (2006)

                                                           Puppets in photo created by Andrea Everman
                                                           (owlyshadowpuppets.com)




                                                                                                                        103
12
                                                                                           5




                                                                                                 em
                                                                                                   ail
                                                                                                    s/
                                                                                                     2t
                                                                                                       ex
                                                                                                          t
                                                                                                         me
                                                                                                            ssages
                                                                                                                   •
                                                                                       sages •
        messages




                                                                                      xt mes
25 text




                                                                                     te
                                                                                  15
           ils /




                                                                                s/
                                                                               a il
      e ma




                                                                           em
                                                                           2
                   •2




                                                                          5




                        TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S



                        Email Marketing:
                        Increasing Marketing Connections in a Social World
                        By David Baker, Vice President, Email/eCRM Solutions, Global
As late as the fourth quarter of 2008, the Direct Marketing
Association was reporting that email as a marketing medium
returned $57 for every $1 spent. While this is an aggressive assess-
ment of email’s Return on Investment (ROI), there is no doubt
that it is a valuable business communications tool. It is ingrained in
everything that businesses and consumers do, and is widely em-
braced by the marketing community as a customer retention service.

The email services landscape is relatively small, repre-   shift, however. Creative fees will flat-line as template
senting roughly three to four percent of an average        development and automation ease the burden of
marketing budget. It is poised to grow over the next       personalizing emails. Instead, the largest shift in email
four years and, according to Forrester, will represent     marketing spend will be centered around strategy,
a $4 billion industry by 2011. Marketers see it as a       technology and integration. Integration will become
low-cost communications tool, and this will become         more and more important as social — and even mobile
an even greater focus in the next few years as budgets     SMS programs — begin pushing the definition of next
tighten. The types of services marketers pay for will      generation CRM.




                                                                                                                       105
Email usage behavior among                                email has different intrinsic values for learning, edu-
businesses and consumers                                  cation, professional affiliations and healthcare. Some
                                                          have commercial value and some have brand value.
There are four different ways that businesses
and consumers use email:
                                                          Information is no longer just for Web sites
  •   As a way to gather information
                                                          Niche newsletters are the greatest phenomenon in
  •   As a notification and customer service              email over the last two years. Virtually every publisher
      mechanism                                           offers some type of e-newsletter, monetizing it in
                                                          various fashions. Even traditional marketers are now
  •   As a promotional device
                                                          seeking mechanisms to monetize their email data-
  •   And increasingly, as a conduit for social           base through such things as ad inserts and opening
      management and networking                           up inventory to ad networks. E-newsletters have
                                                          forced the email industry as a whole to mature as a
For many industries, email is a cost-efficient way
                                                          content publishing vehicle, and put greater impor-
to conduct ecommerce, notify consumers about the
                                                          tance in managing permissions and relationships with
status of a pending delivery, and deliver monthly
                                                          subscribers to an email list.
statements and account updates. But with the popu-
larity of social media sites, email has become an
                                                          Information used to be a currency largely restricted
increasingly important tool for managing updates,
                                                          to Web sites, but today, Web sites are relying more and
networks and events that surround the social per-
                                                          more on email and social media to increase the value
sona. Additionally, email has increasing value as con-
                                                          of their content to the subscriber. For instance, the
sumers grow older. Younger generations are not as
                                                          healthcare and pharmaceutical industries use email
entrenched in email, and use it sparingly as a noti-
                                                          as the catalyst for their eCRM strategies, seeking
fication mechanism. They use it even less to manage
                                                          to maintain a communications outlet with prospective
their affiliations, information needs and social con-
                                                          patients, caregivers, doctors and institutions. The
nections. The approach of college graduation usually
                                                          financial and automotive industries have shifted some
changes this behavior, as students use email for job
                                                          of their marketing focus to email, recognizing that the
search: communication with prospective employers
                                                          purchase cycle is longer than a single purchase. This
and professional connections. Once these new
                                                          realization is requiring them to invest in maintaining
graduates enter the workforce, email becomes part
                                                          a connection with their customers in a very efficient
of their day-to-day lives. As we progress through life,
                                                          manner over a longer period of time. Most marketing
                                                          and customer service organizations have diversified
their email portfolios to support the many needs          Moving email marketing beyond
of the consumer and business.                             commerce activities

                                                          One of the challenges marketers face in today’s envi-
Moving email marketing beyond commerce
                                                          ronment is being able to manage technologies and
activities
                                                          data — and evolve these types of programs over time.
The challenge with most marketing organizations is        With the average email marketing team being roughly
that they see email solely as a promotional and ecom-     three full-time employees, marketing groups in
merce vehicle. While there is no doubt that email         many organizations struggle to manage the day-to-
is valuable in driving prospective customers to buy       day campaign needs — much less build a road map
products and services, building relevant communi-         for data integration or systems integration. Most
cations is the key to sustaining customers over time.     organizations support disparate delivery systems,
With average email database attrition of over 2.5%        using one for interaction management, e-commerce
per month and a diminishing response from consum-         communications, customer service communications
ers after the first 90 days, marketers are forced to      and even social media connections, while using
change tactics to be more exact in how they target,       hosted SaaS (Software as a Service) solutions for
how often they communicate — and to monitor               marketing needs. While the middle-market CRM sys-
response trends actively.                                 tems and campaign management systems boast
                                                          email functionality, they are far from ideal for robust
New deliverability and certification standards have       marketing programs. This creates challenges in
somewhat stabilized the commercial email market, but      data integration and the ability to provide real-time
the increase in spam has caused ISPs to both employ       communications to track response and manage a
image blockers and put stringent filters in place; this   cohesive view of this effort. The future of email will
has resulted in a decline in both open rates and click-   be predicated on marketers’ abilities to take action on
through rates. Batch-and-blast approaches no longer       data as quickly as possible without having to make
return the punch they did in the past. Trigger- and       the data integration process increasingly sophisti-
event-driven communications drive much larger returns     cated. Many will focus on hosted data warehousing
than mass mailings, which is why these behavioral-        solutions, global marketing dashboards, licensed
driven communications are the real future of email.       email delivery systems, and the integration of interac-
                                                          tion management and delivery solutions.




                                                                                                                    107
It will become vital that these delivery and targeting
systems have a connection with social strategies,
as the two collide. Customers on an email database
will be viewed with an added dimension and evolve
past traditional high-value or low-value, product and
transactional segments, and support extended views
as high-value social connectors, social advocates
and social influencers. These channels and strategies
will merge.

The three driving initiatives critical to investing in the
future of email marketing and eCRM will be finding
economical data warehousing solutions, key integra-
tion of messaging into a cohesive customer experience
and leveraging social media as an emerging exchange
between the businesses. Each initiative will force
marketers to deliver more relevance in their messag-
ing, time it according to the experiences that are valued
most by the business and the consumer — and
bridge social connections to deepen customer life-
time value.
109
consumer
conversations
                     Catching Up With the Connected Class   112
Connecting With Digital Mom Through Emerging Technologies   118
Ch
                                           e ck
                                               sF
                                                 ace
                                                     b
                                                  ook 1
                                                       0 times a day •



C O N S U M ER C O N V ER S AT I O N S




                                                                                             t wic e •
Catching Up
                                                                                           icide —
With the
                                                                                      ce su
Connected Class
                                                                                   y Spa
                                                                                    ed M
                                                                              m it t




By Brandon Geary, Group VP, Experience Planning, Seattle
                                                                          om
                                                                         sc
                                                                         Ha
To better understand how user behavior is evolving,
Razorfish , for the third year in a row, conducted in-depth
               ™




interviews with 25 people between the ages of 18 and 25. This
group exhibited a high propensity for using a variety of digital
platforms, including blogs, social networks and video sharing.

We call the people we interviewed, and those like       The connected class becomes a discerning class
them the Connected Class, and believe they repre-
                                                        When we conducted our research last year, we found
sent a behavioral bellwether among both their digital
                                                        the members of the Connected Class using various
native peers and the broader digital community.
                                                        forms of digital media to express different sides of




                                                                                                               113
themselves. We called the phenomenon “the prolifera-        Nonetheless, we found that the Connected Class is
tion of the digital you.” This year, our research reveals   rapidly getting accustomed to new functionality on
the Connected Class is becoming more choosy and             social platforms and devices, and using social media
sophisticated in its use of digital. Members of the         more intelligently. They’re a little smarter, and a
Connected Class want to reduce the volume of social         lot faster. Their connections are evolving to become
connections in order to track a smaller network in a        more meaningful. Simply put, they’re taking it up a
more meaningful way. They’re also becoming more             notch — to a higher level of connectedness.
selective in their choice of video content and iPhone
applications.                                               This level of connectedness most certainly means a
                                                            higher volume — over 60% of all U.S. teens now
In short, the Connected Class is becoming a discern-        use text messaging. In fact, in a study conducted with
ing class, which carefully edits, refines and controls      Harris Interactive, Verizon Wireless found a doubling
its digital footprint across multiple platforms.            of text activities over its network in each of the last
                                                            two years.
The rest of this article gives highlights in more detail
into how the habits of the Connected Class evolved          But the usage statistics and sales data for new de-
during 2008, and how we expect them to continue             vices don’t completely capture the story that’s unfold-
evolving in 2009.                                           ing. We have found that connections among users
                                                            are deeper, more frequent and more natural than ever
Taking it up a notch:                                       before.
A higher level of connectedness
                                                            Today, it’s not simply volume — such as the number
From the perspective of the Connected Class, 2009
                                                            of text messages or number of friends — that’s inter-
looks like a continuation of 2008 in many ways.
                                                            esting. Rather, it’s the degree to which the Connected
The use of social networking sites and applications
                                                            Class is getting better at putting digital platforms to
continues to grow and evolve.
                                                            work for them to make more meaningful connections,
                                                            follow along more closely and intelligently discover
The speculation surrounding which platforms will
                                                            new things.
win the race for social supremacy remains. And the
rapid proliferation of mobile devices and platforms
continues to create a tidal wave of application
usage. Behaviors once reserved for the desktop are
increasingly occurring on the go.
Going deeper: Connections get more meaningful             Hyper-tracking:
                                                          The rise of the Friend Positioning System (FPS)
In 2007, our interviews with the Connected Class
reflected the rapid proliferation of social networking    While the building and maintenance of one’s network
and the emerging status associated with participation.    undoubtedly remains important, we found more im-
Users spoke of their desire to have a large number        portance placed on tracking every aspect of their ex-
of friends and to use emerging channels to find           isting circles’ lives. Commented Jaclyn, 22: “I don’t
as many old contacts or meet as many new people           want to miss out on anything.”
as possible.
                                                          As a result, not providing coordinates can create
For two years, the Connected Class was experi-            concern among friends in a matter of hours, and not
menting and pushing the limits of friendship and self-    following others can create an immediate sense
expression.                                               of isolation. Said Jaclyn: “I went for a hike and didn’t
                                                          bring my phone and within two hours people were
Certainly, that has not changed. But more recently,       like, ‘are you OK?’”
we have found a strong desire to reduce the volume
of connections in an effort to track a smaller network    Going wider: Friends-of-friends build momentum
in a more meaningful way.
                                                          Despite our finding that people are aspiring to become
                                                          engaged in increasingly relevant, more meaningful
For instance, Mayra, 24, commented that she was
                                                          networks, they are perhaps more influenced than ever
“outgrowing the MySpace whore” stage in life,
                                                          by people further away from their inner circle.
not afraid to occasionally start with a clean slate and
make sure friends were really friends. “It’s called
                                                          The rapid evolution of the news feeds on Facebook
MySpace suicide,” Mayra explained. “I’ve killed
                                                          and MySpace from mere status changes to broad-
my profile three or four times and just started over.
                                                          er social activity creates a sense of momentum that
Now I have like, 40 friends, but I know them all.”
                                                          was less evident in our previous research.

                                                          This is not to suggest social networks or social
                                                          behavior will shrink in scope. Instead, the Connected
                                                          Class is more comfortable commenting, weighing in
                                                          on a topic and providing an opinion in a concentrated
                                                          way. With more ways of doing so, more people have
                                                          the opportunity to see it.




                                                                                                                     115
The result is more momentum and faster information         superficial. But we found users enthusiastically describ-
spread, even with a smaller network. It’s a sort of        ing a sort of cumulative effect, where short, daily
network efficiency.                                        updates often provide deeper clues about what’s really
                                                           going on with their friends. Said one interviewee: “When
Now it’s personal:                                         I do talk to people, I feel like I already know what’s
Frequency creates a cumulative effect                      up with them. I can just pick up [where we left off].”

Both the rapid rise of text messaging and the digital
                                                           Furthermore, regular updates over time are creating
native’s comfort with the form and execution of
                                                           a richer portrait of people than when the emphasis
the communication medium are well documented.
                                                           was on the appearance of one’s site or profile page.

We found users elevating their text behavior to
                                                           Mindful serendipity:
another level of frequency, while extending it across
                                                           Getting smarter about content consumption
platforms. In fact, the connectedness that short-form
messaging provides is natural to the point of being        In past research, we found users enthusiastically
subconscious.                                              describing their so-called “snacking” behavior in the
                                                           digital world. They relied on friends to help them
Users reported answering texts in their sleep. Han-        stumble across new things — a link to a video, a ran-
nah, 18, explained: “Sometimes I’ll answer it at night     dom addition of a widget or application download.
and not remember what I wrote.”
                                                           While content snacking behavior is alive and well, the
It also means relying increasingly on friends to deliver   Connected Class appears to be getting smarter
the morning alarm. Said another: “I get a text from        about their content consumption. They reported using
a friend every morning at 7 a.m. I really don’t need an    YouTube not just on random occasions, but for spe-
alarm clock anymore.”                                      cific clips that interested them. And the majority we
                                                           spoke with had watched long-form content online.
On the surface, the increased volume of short-form         One 19-year-old male stated: “I love Hulu. I would feel
communication like text messages, status updates,          stupid for just sitting through TV the old way.”
comments and tweets can appear frivolous and
                                                           The rise of DVRs and on-demand platforms have
                                                           been lauded for several years as the catalyst for an
                                                           age of consumer control. However, we found users’
                                                           expectations are elevating rapidly to include not just
when content is consumed, but also how. Said the            Pushing brands:
same interviewee: “When I graduate, I’m not sure I          How to penetrate a higher level of connectedness
would pay for cable. I may just watch everything on
                                                            In summary, we found that the Connected Class is
the Internet. I think I’ll always be out.”
                                                            beginning to achieve a higher level of connectedness
                                                            by making more meaningful connections, while
Getting selective:
                                                            lev-eraging their distant connections better. They’re
It’s all a servant to the social agenda
                                                            better able to track their friends and interests. They’re
While much has been made of the iPhone application          consuming content more mindfully. And they’re
store, the increasing capabilities of smartphones           getting a lot more selective in the applications they
and the applications available on social platforms, we      choose in an effort to serve their social agenda.
found the Connected Class is getting more selective
about what they actually use. Said one: “I down-            But what does it all mean to marketers?
loaded a bunch of apps at first [on Facebook]. But I
                                                            Marketers will have to rely less on user experimenta-
don’t use them.”
                                                            tion when planning their digital activities. In the past,
                                                            users seemed willing to friend a brand, join a group,
And while a number of our users praised the iPhone
                                                            watch a video or download an application simply
for its touchscreen and design, not all of them
                                                            because of the novelty.
were craving its games or PC-like functions. Instead,
they were focused intently on its ability to help them
                                                            Our findings suggest marketers will need to work
improve their social experiences. One interviewee
                                                            harder in 2009 to plan activities and develop applica-
explained: “As long as we have a guy in our group with
                                                            tions that offer something useful, relevant and
one [iPhone], we’re fine. He’s going to be our navigator
                                                            meaningful to the user — to plan activities with an
that night.”
                                                            eye on utility.

As new applications continue to proliferate, it appears
                                                            And while utility sounds easy, delivering it is further
the Connected Class will measure their value primarily
                                                            complicated by the need to connect usefulness to
on the degree to which they enhance their social
                                                            the unique qualities of the brand — its essence and/
interactions, not just their interactions with the device
                                                            or point-of-difference.
or platform itself.

                                                            Utility alone may be just that — utilitarian — if it lacks
                                                            the magic of the brand.




                                                                                                                         117
Mo
                                                        ms
                                                            un
                                                                 de
                                                                  r3
                                                                       5
                                                                         ar
                                                                                ad




                                                                           e
                                                                                     op
                                                                                          ti n
                                                                                                 gs
                                                                                                      oc
                                                                                                           ia l
                                                                                                                  net
                                                                                                                        wor
                                                                                                                            ks   a nd SMS
                                                                                                                                            •


                          •
                              M
                                  om
                                       so
                                         ve
                                            r   45
                                                     a re
                                                            ad
                                                                 op
                                                                      ti n g
                                                                               o n li
                                                                                        ne n
                                                                                                 ew s
                                                                                                            and p
                                                                                                                        odca sts
C O N S U M ER C O N V ER S AT I O N S



Connecting With Digital
Mom Through Emerging
Technologies
By Terri Walter, Vice President, Emerging Media, Global
with analysis by Ella Chinitz, Senior Consultant, Consumer Insights Group, New York
Moms are the ultimate multitaskers

According to Nielsen NetRatings, there are 32 million women in the
U.S. who have children under 18 and go online, which translates
to about 40% of all women online in the U.S. today. This changing
segment carries so much weight in the household: moms are typi-
cally the key influencers and purchasers for both themselves and
their families. But have moms changed with the media landscape?
What is the role of digital technology in their lives?

To answer these questions, Razorfish™ surveyed 1,500       found was that moms are the ultimate multitaskers;
online moms who are reported users of at least two         they are leveraging digital and emerging technol-
Web 2.0 technologies and have actively researched or       ogies more than ever before, but in ways you may not
purchased online in the last three months, a group         expect.
we call “digital moms.” Through our research, we set
out to answer the following questions: Who is the digi-    Digital Moms are mainstream and multidimensional
tal mom, and how is she using digital technology?
                                                           How moms prioritize and balance the roles of self,
Do her habits differ by age? How does she manage
                                                           mom, wife, employee friend may differ, but one thing
her interests versus her child’s interests? What are her
                                                           is certain: digital technologies are making things
motivations for engaging in social media and other
                                                           easier. According to our survey, more digital moms
emerging channels? What channels does she respond
                                                           today interact with social networks (65%) and SMS
to best, and does this differ by interest/vertical
                                                           (56%) than with news sites (51%), and just as many
market? How should marketers engage her? What we




                                                                                                                  119
can be found gaming online or via a gaming console         such as interacting or monitoring their children online,
(52%). These findings demonstrate just how main-           as well as the likely differences in leisure time activi-
stream these new channels have become.                     ties among moms of children 12 and older, might play
                                                           a factor in the adoption of these technologies.
Digital moms are multidimensional in their online
behaviors, and their interests extend beyond parent-       Digital channels are strong at all stages
ing. Digital moms are more likely to connect with          of the purchase funnel
friends than with family using digital technologies,
                                                           Compared to other media sources like magazines,
and they are not afraid to seek advice or companion-
                                                           newspaper and radio, digital channels continue to
ship from known or anonymous friends. Addit-
                                                           wield influence in all phases of the purchase de-
ionally, interests like Clothing/Fashion and Cooking/
                                                           cision cycle among digital moms. In our questions to
Food remain the most popular, and consistently
                                                           digital moms who have researched or purchased
so, regardless of a woman’s age; while other category
                                                           a product in one of twelve major product categories
interests like Baby/Parenting, Telecommunications
                                                           in the last three months, the following trends were
and Medication/Medical Conditions are lifestage-ori-
                                                           discovered:
ented and change as their children grow.
                                                             •   The gap is closing between TV and digital
The digital divide:                                              channels in creating initial awareness of a product.
Age matters, both the mom’s age and the child’s
                                                             •   Web sites, search engines and friends/family,
But which technologies digital moms use most                     along with social influence channels and maga-
depends on factors including the age of the mom, the             zines, are more widely used and trusted for
age of the child and motivation. Moms under 35 are               researching/learning than any other sources.
significantly more likely to leverage newer communi-
                                                             •   Social activities continue to play an important role
cations platforms like social networks, SMS and
                                                                 in influencing digital moms. Since many social
mobile browsing; while moms 45 and older are more
                                                                 environments contain more than one social activ-
likely to utilize informational tools like online news,
                                                                 ity, it is important to consider the combined
consumer reviews and podcasting. Interestingly,
                                                                 effect of social influence channels — online con-
online video consumption (41% vs. 36%) and gaming
                                                                 sumer reviews, RSS, social networks and blogs.
(57% vs. 51%) are highest among moms with children
12 and older (versus moms with children under 12),
and this group is also more likely to be online monitor-
ing their children. Razorfish™ believes that motivations
•   Emerging channels like mobile and podcasting               in the last three months. Channels included: social
      are also having influence at different stages              media, text messaging (SMS), mobile browsing,
      in the purchase funnel, although this varies by            online video, real simple syndication (RSS), instant
      vertical, and penetration is still relatively low.         messaging, gaming, online consumer reviews,
                                                                 blogs, digital video recorders (DVRs/TiVo ) and
These trends indicate the growing power digital                  audio/video podcasting.
channels have in influencing a mom’s numerous pur-
                                                             •   Moms must have also researched, sought advice
chasing decisions, both for herself and her family.
                                                                 or purchased online in at least one of twelve
It is evident that as consumption patterns shift, chan-
                                                                 vertical markets in the last three months. Vert-
nels like social media, mobile and gaming must be
                                                                 icals included: Baby/Parenting, Banking Services,
better understood for marketers to effectively reach
                                                                 Brokerage Services, Cars, Clothing/Fashion,
digital moms, both in their roles as individuals and
                                                                 Electronics/Computers, Food/Cooking, Health/
as caregivers.
                                                                 Fitness, Homegoods/Appliances/Furniture, Medi-
                                                                 cation/Medical Condition, Telecommunications
Methodology
                                                                 and Travel.
The Razorfish™ survey looked at two major trends:
                                                           Findings project out to 84% of the population of
1) the current penetration and usage of digital/
                                                           moms online in the U.S., or about 27 million women,
emerging technologies; and 2) the impact of different
                                                           (Nielsen NetRatings @Plan Winter 2008/2009), and
channels in the media mix across 12 verticals.
                                                           all data analysis is statistically significant at the 90%
                                                           confidence level.
To meet these goals, we collected 1,500 survey
responses among a demographically representative
                                                           For a copy of the Digital Mom report by Razorfish™
sample of women, aged 18-64 with at least one
                                                           and CafeMom, go to http://digitalmom.razorfish.com
child under 18 years old in the household. The survey
                                                           or contact Terri Walter at Terri.Walter@razorfish.com.
was conducted by Insight Express via panel email
recruitment in October, 2008.

The learnings are representative of panel recruited
participants we are calling “digital moms:”

  •   Moms must have reported active engagement            Footnote:
      with two or more Web 2.0 technology channels         4. Findings project to 84% of online women with children
                                                              under 18 in the household, as per Nielsen NetRatings @
                                                              Plan Winter 2008/2009




                                                                                                                        121
the evolution
of research and
  measurement
      Bringing Media Mix Models Into the Digital Era   124
                         Social Influence Research:    128
             The Confluence of Consumer Research
                              and the Social Graph
     Social Influence Measurement: What’s It Worth?    136
Made a purchas
                          e ba s
                                   ed o
                                          na
                                               n in
                                                      -st
                                                         ore
                                                               pr
                                                                 om
                                                                   ot
                                                                     io




                                                                      n
                                                                          •




                                                                              Watc




                                                                                                                 •
                                                                                                                  test novel from Ama zon.com
                                                                                   hi
                                                                                ng the t
                                                                                        op 10 Super Bowl ads •
T H E E VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T



Bringing Media
Mix Models Into

                                                                                                                  load e d la
the Digital Era
                                                                                                                 Down
By Andy Fisher, Director, Analytics, New York and National Analytics Lead
Most major marketers do some form of media mix modeling.
In fact, many of these companies have decades of media
modeling results they use to guide their media spending decisions.
Unfortunately, in the last few years, these models have started
to fail. As media consumption changes among consumers, and
marketers include more digital and disparate channels in the
mix, it is more important than ever to develop new models that
recognize the intricacies of channel interaction in the digital age.

The problems with media mix                              typically smooth out the inputs and then model a
modelingin a digital age                                 response variable (sales, profit, brand equity and so
                                                         forth) as a function of the media inputs.
First, let’s analyze how media mix modeling works —
it looks at historical data to determine optimal media
                                                         Since the media inputs and the response variable vary
spend and channel allocation. Media data such as
                                                         by geography and time, a robust model can be built
TV ratings points, radio ratings points and online im-
                                                         that yields the ROI for each type of media. This allows
pressions are the inputs into the models. The models
                                                         advertisers to better allocate media dollars. For




                                                                                                                   125
instance, if a CPG campaign, running on radio, dem-       impact on sales is very different than the model fore-
onstrates a higher level of grocery store sales in the    casted. This issue is relatively new and is being seen
markets where it airs — as opposed to sales after         by advertisers who actually validate their models.
its TV commercials — the retailer may decide to shift
dollars to radio.                                         Here is the heart of the matter: most media mix mod-
                                                          els treat the inputs to the model as independent of
Incorporating digital media into media mix models         each other. This makes sense for broadcast media;
has caused those models to break down, increasingly       if you see a TV ad for a particular product, it doesn’t
producing results that are either absurd or non-          change the amount of radio ads you hear about that
predictive. An absurd — but true — example is that        product. However, digital works differently. If some-
of a mature, category-leading CPG brand that spends       one sees a TV ad, they will be more likely to search
$50 million on TV advertising and $2 million on digital   online for that product. Because they searched,
advertising. Its model says that digital is responsible   they are more likely to go to the product’s Web site.
for 40% of its sales and TV is responsible for 3%         Because they went to the product’s Web site,
of sales. Clearly digital can’t drive 40% of sales for    they are more likely to be retargeted with digital dis-
a mature category leader, particularly not when its       play advertising. In other words, consumption of
budget is 96% less than it is for TV. Those results for   media changes what digital ads a person consumes.
digital are simply impossible.                            We believe this is what’s causing the problem.

Conversely, there are also models that show digital       For example, imagine that an advertiser is running
has no impact (or even a negative impact) on sales        TV ads and bidding on paid search terms, and sales
when the digital data (and common sense) show oth-        go up 10%. Since TV is driving some level of search,
erwise. We are increasingly observing this “digital       the model doesn’t know how to allocate the impact
results are too good or bad to be true” issue as mod-     of each media properly. Is TV driving 5% and search
elers incorporate digital into their models. Sadly,       5%? Is TV 10% and search 0%? Or is TV 30%
a common approach is for modelers to give up and          and search -20%? (Technically this issue is called
simply not incorporate digital into the model at all.     collinearity, since some inputs predict other inputs.)

The second way a model can fail is when it loses its      Another example is the way some advertisers evalu-
predictive power. This is a new phenomenon in the         ate Super Bowl ads. Advertisers often look at the
last couple years. An example of this is when a model     increase in the number of searches to show that a TV
forecasts results from a change in TV spend. The          spot was effective. In this case, search behavior is
advertiser then changes the TV spend, but the real        the output of the model. So is digital media one of the
inputs into the model (as a paid media channel), one       Marketing mix models have served us well for the
of the outputs (as a response to other media) or both?     last several decades. However, the media landscape
                                                           has changed. The models will have to change and
We believe that the digital media causal relationship      adapt. Until this happens, models that incorporate
is the reason the media mix model results for digital      digital media will need an extra layer of scrutiny.
appear widely variable (the “too good or bad to be         But simultaneously, the advertisers and media com-
true” problem). Unfortunately, the impact of this issue    panies need to push forward and help bring the
is becoming worse. This is because when digital is         time-honored practice of media mix modeling into the
2% of a budget it will have minimal modeling results       digital era.
as compared to other broadcast media. But when it
becomes 30% of the budget, then the impact of this
issue on other broadcast media can become sub-
stantial. Hence, the predictability of media models for
TV is also becoming questionable.

How to incorporate digital into media mix modeling

There are several steps we can take to address this
critical issue. The first is for modelers to develop
new models, incorporating all the causal relationships
of digital media. We have discussed this issue with
several media mix modeling vendors; each is working
on this issue. The second is that more research can
be done by agencies, modelers and advertisers into
how broadcast and digital media interact. More stud-
ies, that do things such as overlaying TV-matched
markets with digital, would at least yield insights into
the magnitude of this issue. Though studies like this
have been done, they need to be done more aggres-
sively. Third, after delivery of a model, it should be
standard procedure to validate the model.




                                                                                                                  127
Subscribes t
                                                                       o R SS
                                                                                   feed
                                                                                           s th
                                                                                                      at h
                                                                                                             ave
                                                                                                                 b         ee
                                                                                                                                nr
                                                                                                                                  ec
                                                                                                                                       om
                                                                                                                                         m
                                                                                                                                             en
                                                                                                                                                  de
                                                                                                                                                       d
                                                            • One in tw




                                                                                                                                                       by
                                                                       e nt y
                                                                                who




                                                                                                                                                           fri
                                                                                                                                                            en
                                                                                    wa
                                                                                       s




                                                                                                                                                             ds
                                                                                                inc
                                                                                                      lin




                                                                                                                                                                 •
                                                                    Has t                                 e   d
                                                                         he p                                     to
                                                                             ote                                       s
                                                                                 nti
                                                                                     al




                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                          to




                                                                                                                           ile
                                                                                               in
                                                                                                 fl




                                                                                                  ue
                                                                                                     n ce
                                                                                                          hu
                                                                                                            nd
                                                                                                               re      ds
                                                                                                                           daily
T H E E VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T




                                                                                                                                 •
Social Influence
Research:
The Confluence of Consumer
Research and the Social Graph
By Andrea Harrison, Strategy Director, New York
and Marcelo Marer, Vice President, Research, New York
As any good marketer knows, research is core to under-
standing what customers think — as well as the ability to pro-
vide insights that help craft messaging, design and functionality.
But with so much changing in regard to the ways in which custom-
ers are influenced, are old approaches to research still relevant?

Increasingly, we’re finding the answer is this: only     Recently this evolution has included methodologies
if they are used in conjunction with what we can learn   that reference the social Web; researchers now ask
from the social graph. As the social Web becomes a       consumers if, and how, they participate across social
bigger part of consumers’ day-to-day lives, research-    media and social networks. They try to identify con-
ers are challenged to evolve their methodologies         sumers who display influencer and follower behavior,
to create robust quantitative and qualitative programs   and create segmentation or persona types to reflect
across these new touchpoints.                            social Web consumers. However, these efforts still
                                                         model themselves on traditional research principles.




                                                                                                                 129
Most research programs are used to define individu-           •   How do they define trust within their network?
als or aggregate consumer insights against a persona
                                                              •   Whom do they admire?
or segment type.
                                                              •   Whom do they compare themselves to in their
In order to truly understand the influence of individuals         network?
across their social networks, we must include their
                                                            Social networks — formal or informal, digital or not,
social graphs in our research methodology, including
                                                            hard to map, since they inform decision-making and
social graphs that allow researchers to better under-
                                                            ultimately play a key role in influencing purchases and
stand how consumers are influenced — and influence
                                                            opinions on products and offerings. An individual
others — in their networks.
                                                            could be an “influencer” in one network and “influ-
                                                            enced” in another. [See Figure.1]
With that in mind, we would like to introduce a new
type of research that leverages the unique interactions
occurring among social graphs, and the insights
that can be gathered within them — we call it Social
Influence Research.

How Social Influence Research works

The evolution of our research programs began with
a new approach designing research questionnaires
and data-collection programs that can extend beyond
the individual. Adding categories that query the size
and relationship of a participant’s social network is
a great start. In building these research programs, we
ask questions including:

  •   How do participants make decisions about
      purchases?

  •   Whom do they turn to for advice or validation?

  •   What is the relationship of these individuals to
      one another?
Figure 1




           131
In addition, recruitment should be designed to incor-     In addition to recruiting the target audience, we
porate a participant’s social graph. When we recruit a    identified and recruited additional participants for the
focus group, or individuals for qualitative sessions,     interviews based on their relationship to the decision-
traditionally we have made our selections based on        makers. These included users of the technology,
a set of demographic or behavioral criteria; the par-     their managers and others within the organizational
ticipants have no relationship to one another. Using      structure surrounding the decision-makers. This
Social Influence Research, we recruit an individual       multi-dimensional approach to recruitment allowed
who meets the audience criteria, but then ask them        greater insight into the culture of the company and
to bring three members of their social graph with         influencer network within the organization than a
them. As the individual represents the target audi-       traditional panel made up of only decision-makers.
ence, the additional participants represent their
 immediate network and provide insight into how the       In another research project, we interviewed entire
relationship extends to decision-making and influ-        nuclear families to understand how its members man-
ence. In quantitative scenarios, we can create ques-      aged and allocated financial resources. Families are
tionnaires and surveys that allow the participant to      the oldest and most established “social networks.”
send it to friends, and track the additional people       As such, they have fairly clearly delineated exchange
who complete the questionnaire back to the original       and influencing processes to make decisions. To
participant.                                              map how those decisions were made, we interviewed
                                                          parents and children separately, and then together.
In one instance, we used Social Influence Research        In addition we worked with the family to create a
to conduct qualitative research for a Web site targeted   digital photo diary for an entire week. Through those
at teen girls. Participants were recruited and asked      “mapping” interviews and exercises, we were able
to bring two friends to an interview. The research-       to canvas how financial decisions were made, how
ers used the interview to observe the behavior of the     parents implicitly and explicitly passed along “money
group and the dynamics that occurred among the            values” to their children, how children implicitly and
individuals in it. As a follow-up, the group was given    explicitly absorbed the parents’ “financial lessons”
a video camera and asked to document a trip to the        and ultimately how the family network functioned
mall. The video provided tremendous insight into          around financial matters, as outlined in the diagram.
the influencer and follower behaviors that were natu-     [See Figure. 2]
rally occurring in the group. We have also used it
recently to conduct qualitative research for a specific
hardware and software manufacturer, to understand
how best to market to senior-level decision-makers.
Figure 2




           133
Social graph analysis                                       2. Customer research produces market segments
                                                               primarily adopted to inform advertising and mar-
In each of the previous examples, the analysis and
                                                               keting efforts. It relies on a blend of quantitative
reporting of the findings included mapping the social
                                                               and qualitative methods to identify market needs
graph of the target individual and the relationship
                                                               and patterns. The metaphor is the “market seg-
of their network by order of influence to the target.
                                                               ment” as an aggregate that stands for a share of
                                                               the market that is personified in the “customer.”
This allowed for the opportunity to explore the influ-
ence and role of the individuals within the graph,          3. Social Influence Research produces social graph
as well as the target individual. As a result, we derived      maps that could be used for design, advertising
greater understanding of how to create messaging,              and marketing purposes. It relies on listening to
design and functionality that would resonate across            new online and offline forms of consumer expres-
the social network of the individual.                          sion, in addition to qualitative and quantitative
                                                               methods. The metaphor is the “network” as a
Knowing how the pattern of social influence occurs in          snapshot of a set of relationships — as opposed
given situations allows marketers to create for this           to individuals, be they personas or customers.
new channel. As a result, in addition to personas and          [See Figure.3]
market segments, we now have a third research out-
come when we include an overlay of the social graph
against analysis and reporting:

 1. User research produces design personas mostly
    adopted for design purposes. It relies primarily
    on qualitative face-to-face interviews to identify
    patterns and unmet user-needs for a given sets
    of tasks. It also helps design decision-making
    and political buy-in within organizations. The
    metaphor is the “user” as a single entity; it stands
    for a set of cognitive or emotional patterns that
    are personified in the “user.
Figure 3




Generating social graph analysis and reporting helps      opportunity for digital marketers and researchers
to identify not only the attributes of influencers, but   to harness a consumers’ social influence across their
shows us who they are, where they are, what makes         online network and create advocates and champions
them influencers and, most importantly, where they        for their brand.
cross other networks.
                                                          Social Influence Research is a new approach to pro-
Of course, social networks are nothing new; marketers     ducing insights to better understand how your
have observed and responded to influencer rela-           consumers’ social graphs fit into your digital market-
tionships across categories for many years. However,      ing programs.
the evolution of the social Web has created a new




                                                                                                                   135
T H E E VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T



Social Influence
Measurement:
What’s It Worth?
Modeling and Creating Measureable
Outcomes of Social Media Engagement
Marc Sanford, PhD, Consultant, Strategy and Analytics, Seattle
                                           •2
                                             0. 3
                                                    m
                                                        il l i
                                                          on




                                                                 is




                                                                                                                                                                                 ch
                                                                      its                                                                                                            un
                                                              v




                                                                            to                                                                                                  la
                                                                                 Ob                                                                                        06
                                                                                      am                                                                              20
                                                                                           a’s                                                                   er
                                                                                               You                                                    mb
                                                                                                  Tu         b e c ha nn e l s in c e it s S     epte




                            •
                                Th
                                     ep
                                          r ac
                                                 ti c
                                                        eo
                                                             fm
                                                                  eas
                                                                            u r in
                                                                                     g RO
                                                                                            I in v i                                                         t
                                                                                                       r a l e f fo r t s                           xisten
                                                                                                                            i s a lm o s t n o n - e
As social media goes mainstream, there are many debates
over how to prove its worth. But how do you define a consistent
approach to measurement when there are numerous ways
marketers are playing in the space? Marketers deliver many types
of experiences through social platforms, from standard banner
ads, to widgets and applications, to video, to being a part of online
communities.

Furthermore, social media differentiates itself from    viral marketing is heavily dependent on interpersonal
standard advertising because it is highly dependent     influence, and thus requires new methods of mea-
on human interactions and influence, which demands      surement.
a new form of marketing; as we said in last year’s
report, we call this Social Influence Marketing™, or    Regardless of approach, we must be able to answer
SIM. For the purposes of this article, we will take a   some of the most basic questions asked by our
close look at how one element of SIM, viral marketing   clients around SIM: what is the ROI of a social or viral
should be measured. As a part of the SIM sphere,        media campaign? What rates as ”good” in terms of




                                                                                                                   137
viral spread? Do people who get information from        Framework and modeling viral media
peers (friends and family) act differently than those
                                                        Many have come to realize that applying standard
who find it organically (through paid media, search,
                                                        measures of success, engagement, or ROI to a SIM
or other efforts)? What does successful engagement
                                                        effort often provides little insight and perhaps even
look like within social media applications?
                                                        incorrect perceptions of how the effort performed.
                                                        Moving beyond models that are used to measure ROI
Answering these questions, and understanding
                                                        for other forms of online advertising, we believe that
the impact of social or viral media, has to be done
                                                        SIM efforts have unique characteristics that must be
in three ways:
                                                        modeled and measured. Saying a marketing program
1. By developing a framework and model                  is social (has a viral component) implies two things
   the behavior so that it can be understood            that differentiate it from other marketing efforts: it has
   and benchmarked                                      shareable elements and it has elements that are
                                                        associated with people. In viral SIM, people are now
2. By using various technologies to track viral
                                                        the owners and purveyors of information and not
   media efforts
                                                        passive receivers of impressions. We believe the
3. By creating metrics around engagement                incremental value of a social media program is distin-
   and social impact that can be tied to sales,         guished by these two differences.
   conversions, or brand perception.
                                                        Specifically, the added value of a viral SIM campaign
However, prescribing an approach is not enough          comes from two sources: the incremental reach
to demonstrate the power of its application. Using      as elements are socially passed along, and the
data from real clients, we see the importance of each   “endorsement effect” — the effect that receiving media
of these steps to measuring viral aspects of SIM.       or recommendations from friends has on key brand
                                                        metrics and sales. The next two components go into
                                                        measuring each of these.
Base and Incremental Value for Social Media Campaigns


Value driver                       Campaign value               Approach to measurement and optimization



Value of “paid” impressions                                     Correlate original downloaders of social media
& engagement                                                    (e.g. widgets) with observed conversion behavior
                                                                and/or surveyed purchase intent



Value of incremental reach                                      Model the piece of social media (e.g. a widget)
(users pass it on)                                              asan infectious disease and attempt to maximize
                                                                total number “infected”



Value of endorsement effect                                     Correlate viewers and users of social media
(badging, association with other                                (e.g.widgets) with observed conversion behavior
users)                                                          and/or surveyed purchase intent



Total value of social media                                     Accumulate incremental value of all effects relative
campaign                                                        to non-exposed and non-user of the social media




                                         Incremental value of
                                             social media




                                                                                                                       139
Tracking viral spread                                   (MySpace, Facebook, etc.) and non-social network
                                                        environments (desktop applications, etc.). The Gen-
New approaches to marketing and advertising require
                                                        erational Tag allows users to not only calculate viral
new approaches to measurement and quantification.
                                                        spread, but to assess the value of the paid versus
Whatever the measurement tactic, it needs to tap into
                                                        non-paid (viral) spread when used in conjunction with
the two fundamental aspects of SIM described above:
                                                        Atlas tags. The code works by looking at the source
that it has shareable elements and it has elements
                                                        of the application download and creating a variable
that are associated with people.
                                                        to be carried inside of the widget or application itself.
                                                        When a user downloads an application from a paid
In order to measure the social or viral nature of a
                                                        source the user is assigned a generation of 0. When
campaign, a tagging or tracking approach needs to
                                                        a user downloads the application or widget from
not only differentiate between users who receive
                                                        a friend, the Generational Tag looks at the generation
a piece of viral media from a friend and those who
                                                        of the source and increments it by one (creating viral
came across it through other means, such as an
                                                        generations 1 though n).
ad banner or paid seeding approach, but must also
be able to track successive generations of a piece
                                                        Using the concept of generations with viral or social
of social media and attribute value to each of those
                                                        media will be critical to understanding the effect-
generations of users. Doing so measures the power
                                                        iveness of free spread created by SIM and to under-
of the endorsement effect as the content spreads
                                                        standing the ROI of users who receive media from
to new sets of consumers. Quantifying viral spread
                                                        friends versus those who receive it from paid sources.
of social media is not just about measuring free
                                                        Measuring generations will help us answer the
downloads or exposures, but understanding how
                                                        importance of breadth versus depth for generational
individuals pass along viral media to their friends,
                                                        spread, the value of social, the value of generations
how their friends act in return, and the value around
                                                        and ultimately identify key influencers (not through PII).
each of these groups.
                                                        In due course, understanding the value of key influ-
                                                        encers is necessary for ensuring successful message
Using the Generational Tag (Razorfish™ patent pend-
                                                        propagation and retargeting.
ing) we can track successive generations of users and
begin to understand the value of generations and
of the owners of each cookie exposed to SIM media.
The Generational Tag is a set of code that allows for
the creation and tracking of viral spread for widgets
and applications in both social network environments
Understanding the Viral Spread of SIM



                                                                        Viral Media
  Generation = 0
                                                                        Paid Source



  1st Generation                                   Cookie 1                                    Cookie 2



  2nd Generation                     Cookie 3                      Cookie 4                    Cookie 5



  3rd Generation                     Cookie 6                      Cookie 7                    Cookie 8




Tying SIM metrics to conversions                              Engagement with social media is important to un-
                                                              derstand both in the context of the SIM effort itself
Measuring engagement (various measures of usage
                                                              and how that effort compares to others, so that one
and utilization) is becoming more common in viral SIM
                                                              can begin a benchmarking process. The reason for
efforts, but the practice of measuring its ROI is almost
                                                              this is that while engagement is not a tactic unique
non-existent. However, understanding both engage-
                                                              to SIM or viral marketing, engagement within the
ment and ROI with viral efforts is necessary to inform
                                                              social media space is not understood well. Looking
key decisions by business leaders and brand man-
                                                              at two client examples it becomes clear that increased
agers. As creators of viral media marketing efforts,
                                                              engagement (measured in time spent with the widget)
we need to understand not only if users are engaging
                                                              leads to not only increased page views on the client
with our efforts, but also if those engagements are
                                                              site (indication of further brand engagement) but to
meaningful in terms of conversions, brand awareness,
                                                              higher average revenue generated per user.
or purchases downstream.




                                                                                                                       141
Time spent with widget resulting in average                     Perhaps more insightful than tying revenue or further
client site unique page views                                   brand engagement to SIM measures is assessing
                                                                the social impact of SIM efforts. Getting additional
                                           29                   spread from a viral media effort is great, but if it is not
 5+ minutes                                                52   engaging users further down the social chain than it
                 3                                              is doing little good.
1 - 5 minutes        6
                                                Widget 1
                         8                                      There are significant differences in both engagement
<60 seconds                  11                 Widget 2
                                                                and media spend between those who discovered
                                                                the application or widget through media versus
                                                                those who were referred by friends, who, of course,
Average revenue generated per user by length
                                                                received it with no media spend being incurred by
of engagement with widget
                                                                the marketer. Not surprisingly, having a piece of mar-
                                                                keting content referred by a friend yields much
                                                  $37.33        better results. We estimate that people who discov-
  5+ minutes
                                  $12.96
                                                                ered the application via a friend are two to four times
                $-
1 - 5 minutes   $-                                              more likely to download the application, are two to
                                                Widget 1        eight times more likely to spend money on the client
                 $8
<60 seconds      $11                            Widget 2        site and have an average order value of 10 to 30
                                                                percent higher than those who are exposed only
                                                                through media. The chart demonstrates this for an
                                                                actual client case.
Impact of social referral on download
of widget, spending money and AOV


                           8%
 Download
                                                     23%
 Spend on       1%
Client Side                  9%

   Average                                      $205
Order Value                                            $261
                                 22% increase in AOV

                Widget obtained organically through media

                Widget obtained from a friend




What’s my SIM effort really worth?

The future of SIM lies in our collective ability to
show clients what kind of value they are getting from
their social media expenditures. The only way to
do this, of course, is to ensure that a comprehensive
modeling and measurement approach is in place.
It doesn’t matter if your viral media effort has all
of the bells and whistles, if you can’t convey its value.
What you can say about the success of a viral media
effort is wholly dependent on measurement and the
ability to tie those metrics to something meaningful.




                                                              143
tv at a
            crossroads
                               The Digitalization of Television:     146
             Challenges and Opportunities as TV Turns a Corner
                          Jack Myers on the Future of Television:    154
Realities and Opportunities for Media Companies and Marketers
                                 TiVo on the Future of Television:   158
                                            A Call for Innovation
                           Xbox LIVE on the Future of Television:    160
                             A Window Into the Next Generation
                          Comcast on the Future of Television:       162
                     New Opportunities for Enhanced Television
                     Navic Networks on the Future of Television:     163
     As TV and its Audiences Fragment, How Will It Be Funded?
                          Google TV on the Future of Television:     165
                                  An Interview With Mike Steib
•S
                                                                  ha r
                                                                   in g
                                                                       an
                                   W
                                    at




                                                                         ew
                                      ch
                                      ing




                                                                            b
                                                                          r o ad
                                           pr
                                             og
                                             r am




                                                                            ca st
                                                  sw




                                                                                with
                                                  hen




                                                                                   f r ie nd
                                                      eve
                                                          r, w




                                                                                     s
                                                         here
                                                             ve
                                                             r•
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



The Digitalization
of Television:
Challenges and Opportunities
as TV Turns a Corner
By Terri Walter, Vice President, Emerging Media, Global
Television is experiencing a fundamental shift. And it is not
just because of the recession or the transition from analog to digital
broadcasting (now slated for June), both of which are putting
pressure on future growth. TV is going digital in all aspects — from
its infrastructure to its content distribution models to its advertis-
ing and audience measurement models. The changes afoot, while
challenging, are long overdue.

Fragmentation challenges the TV business model         challenges: declining viewership on a show-by-
                                                       show basis within broadcast TV, challenges to the
Technology has ushered in a new era of entertainment
                                                       business model of premium content production
and digital video alternatives, and consumers are
                                                       and distribution, and hence, risks of declining adver-
dividing their time among their computer screens, TV
                                                       tising revenue, which could change TV advertising
sets, mobile devices, gaming systems and set-top
                                                       as we know it.
boxes. With audience fragmentation comes numerous




                                                                                                                147
While cable TV continues to fare well as audiences         forms of digital rights management (DRM) solutions
move towards niche content, the pressure broadcast         by companies like Auditude are also helping content
TV is experiencing from declining viewership is real:      owners track and monetize their content across
collectively, the Big Five networks (including the CW)     numerous screens. Auditude is currently working with
are down 13% among adults 18-49 versus last year.          MTV, MySpace and YouTube to identify and serve
Given this new reality, as well as pressure from the       advertising into premium content wherever it gets
recession, the economics of investing in the production    distributed on the Web, and is enabling purchasing
of premium content is hitting home, and for the first      directly from overlays within the video. This type of
time, broadcast networks like NBC and ABC are              DRM will help networks and other premium content
considering scaling back their live programming.           owners monetize their content as they try to recoup
NBC’s announcement in December that it is moving           production costs lost from TV in other channels to
Jay Leno to primetime five nights a week, which            sustain their business models.
would save NBC the costs associated with producing
five premium shows, is a dramatic shift that under-        Interactive television: Ready for primetime?
scores the financial struggles networks are beginning
                                                           Advertising on broadcast was roughly 63% of the
to face. These changes could have a trickle down
                                                           total $76 billion TV advertising market in 2008,
effect within the TV ecosystem; local network affiliates
                                                           according to PricewaterhouseCoopers. Over the past
which rely on live programming to drive audiences
                                                           few years, broadcast networks have profited from
into local news slots may be negatively impacted as
                                                           the economics of a supply-demand model by raising
well. Declines in premium content production may
                                                           their CPMs as gross ratings points declined and
also, over time, cause viewers to look elsewhere — to
                                                           ad inventory decreased. However, that strategy is not
cable, online video or emerging content platforms like
                                                           sustainable in the long run. Donna Speciale, presi-
the Xbox — to get what they are used to receiving.
                                                           dent of Publicis Groupe’s MediaVest, said on a Febru-
                                                           ary panel discussion sponsored by the Advertising
These challenges make it more important for content
                                                           Women of New York, “It is up to agencies to put
producers to find ways to monetize their content
                                                           pressure on the networks to pull their pricing in line.
across multiple screens and across an infinitely-frag-
                                                           Over the long-term, and particularly in this economy,
mented video landscape. And many players are
                                                           increases like this are not sustainable any more.”
investing in just that. As even broadcast goes niche,
new platforms like Navic Networks (which, like
Razorfish™, is owned by Microsoft) and Google TV
Ads are promising to aggregate and monetize the
impending growth of the long tail of television. New
As we begin to experience reductions in broadcast           Cablevision) is working on standards for interactive
television audiences, says Alec Gerster, CEO of             TV and they, along with TiVo, Google and Microsoft,
Navic, “There are simply too many dollars and too few       are betting on a brighter future, particularly since
GRPs in the TV media community,” meaning dollars            DVR consumption is poised to grow to 50 – 60 million
will need to flow elsewhere as audiences continue           households in the next three years. In the last year,
along a path towards fragmentation. Cable has already       both Comcast and Google TV Ads have broadened
benefited, with steady year-on-year increases as            their solutions and are now aggregating enough reach
cable nets have improved content and have drawn             to garner decent investments from their clients.
loyal niche audiences. But as consumers get savvier         According to Mike Steib, Director of Google TV Ads,
and begin to expect the same level of interactivity         “We are now a scalable buy, and are beyond being an
they get online on their TVs, and as TV itself begins       experiment among our client base.”
to fragment beyond the point of manageability, where
will dollars flow?                                          TiVo has introduced new ad units with deep function-
                                                            ality, including ecommerce via its platform — TiVo
Interactive TV, a small $60 million ad market in 2008       subscribers can now order a pizza from Domino’s
according to eMarketer, has been emerging for many          via their remote controls, or movie tickets from
years, but adoption by marketers has been slow,             Fandango. It also has a highly regarded real-time
mainly due to issues of scale. This is particularly         measurement platform that uses set-top box data to
true when compared to alternatives like online video,       report actual audience views and interactions
which, with limited barriers, has been able to achieve      with ads. Cablevision released the Power: 30SM
mainstream penetration and ad investment (the               in January 2009, which, according to Barry Frey, the
ad market was $619 million in 2008, or 10 times iTV’s,      company’s Senior VP of Platform Sales, “uses the
per eMarketer). With DVR penetration still low at           30-second unit as the entry-point into video-on-
roughly 25% of households, multiple infrastructure          demand (VOD) and interactiveTV (iTV) channels dedi-
barriers and a lack of standards in terms of media          cated to a certain advertiser.” In the last nine months,
buying and measurement, the basics of interactive           interactive TV has been making strides in building
TV have proven challenging. Said NBC Universal CEO          reach, getting smarter about addressability and
Jeff Zucker at this year’s NAPTE convention, “While         targeting, and proving the case that telescoping func-
TV faces large challenges, the alternatives are not quite   tionality, which enables deeper interactions within
ready for primetime.”                                       the ads, is paying off for advertisers. We expect more
                                                            traction to build here as TV moves from analog to
But Project Canoe, the consortium of cable com-             digital this year.
panies (including big players such as Comcast and




                                                                                                                       149
Innovation in TV: Now or never                             sion in 2008, resulting in declining valuations, are
                                                           also making it more important than ever for media
In the past few years, ad skipping via DVR devices
                                                           companies to innovate.
has become a major threat to linear, appointment-
based television, leading the industry to introduce
                                                        Innovation in television is clearly happening in inter-
                                                                         active TV, as described above, but at
                                                                         the same time, new entrants into the

 “You can’t be bound by
                                                                         market — including premium content
                                                                         aggregators such as Hulu, Veoh,
                                                                         Joost and even Xbox — should not be
  the way you’ve always                                                  underestimated as they begin offering
                                                                         premium and custom content, and
            done things.”                                                enter the battle for attention in the liv-
                                                                         ing room and beyond. As online video
                                                                         and TV converge, alternative platforms
                             — Jeff Zucker, CEO, NBC Universal,
                                                                         like VUDU and Boxee may also rise up
                               at Razorfish™ Client Summit 2008
                                                                         and challenge the “controlled TV en-
                                                                         vironment” that consumers are used to.

new audience metrics such as Nielsen’s C3 currency,        As we look at the future of TV, we see a few defining
and new ad models, such as TV networks, offering           trends:
fewer commercial pods and more integrated spots.
Needing a new currency that would account for               1. The rise of the long tail of television
ad-skipping behavior and enable media buyers to                Broadcast TV will begin moving from mass to
pay only for impressions that were viewed, Nielsen             niche in both audiences and programming. This
introduced commercial audience ratings — which                 will spark the development of a long tail in
measures viewing of commercials — and C3 in lieu of            television, and will increasingly put broadcast
its long-time way of looking at the TV audience: the           TV on a more equal playing field with niche-ap-
live viewer rating. C3 recognizes impressions viewed           propriate channels like cable, online and print.
live and within three days of original programming,            Is it possible that broadcast TV will go the way of
but content owners only make so much back with C3;             cable and eventually begin charging consumers
they are still challenged to monetize ad-skipped               subscriptions for premium programming? If
content. Economic realities brought on by the reces-           viewership on a program-by-program basis, and
the economics of the industry continue along a          census-based audience measurement in lieu
   downward spiral — and advertising aggregation           of sampling and major players including Nielsen
   cannot offset the costs — we may see this happen.       release tools, we can expect to see aggressive
                                                           discussions about standards, more addressabil-
2. The digitalization of the television
                                                           ity in TV advertising and, potentially, new metrics
   infrastructure
                                                           to emerge beyond GRPs.
   As television becomes a more fragmented land-
   scape, technology will be needed to help manage      4. The personalization of the TV
   the buying, planning, ad serving and measurement        advertising experience
   of next generation TV across numerous channels.         Cable companies and other interactive TV provid-
   Platforms like Google TV Ads and Navic, which           ers are working with technical solution providers
   introduced a supply-demand model for buying             like Visible World to enable creative executions
   and selling, will grow in importance because they       to be personalized on-the-fly based on demo-
   offer sophisticated targeting in television beyond      graphics, geography, weather and so forth. Imag-
   just demographics, simplify the trafficking             ine the elements of your TV spot (lead character,
   and reconciliation process, and provide real-time       featured product, setting) changing via the target-
   measurement solutions.                                  ing process based on region, gender, age, time
                                                           of day and weather conditions. While this has
3. The transition from sampling to
                                                           been possible for years, we should see more per-
   real-time measurement
                                                           sonalization of advertising among large brands
   Currently there are many experiments within the
                                                           as Project Canoe rolls this out uniformly across
   TV industry to understand how real-time mea-
                                                           providers. However, due to the implications this
   surement from set-top box data relates to the
                                                           has on creative production and quality (more
   audience metrics that the industry has been built
                                                           expensive production costs, lower quality due to
   upon. Through set-top box data like TiVo’s
                                                           on-the-fly splicing), it remains to be seen if the
   Stop||Watch™, advertisers can now see — down
                                                           economics of this type of personalization will pay
   to the creative execution level — exactly how
                                                           off.
   many households watched their ads, when they
   did so (real time versus delayed viewing) and at     5. The socialization of television
   which point in the spot they tuned out. But be-         Web 2.0 technologies
   yond that, through data overlays, advertisers can       Social networks, instant messaging, blogs and
   also understand who these people are in the             RSS — they are not just changing how con-
   household — their demographics and psycho-              sumers interact with Web sites and each other;
   graphics. As the industry continues to adopt            they are also beginning to alter video consump-




                                                                                                                 151
tion. Online broadband channels and video              accessing content, the definition of television will
   players have had chat functionality for some time,     continue to change. In fact, the word “television”
   but with the launch of Facebook Connect in late        will eventually mean something new — it will
   2008, consumers can now leverage their per-            need to move beyond the platform itself. It is
   sonal network or social graph, and bring their         important to understand how convergence may
   friends with them anywhere Facebook Connect is         affect the media ecosystem and the business
   available. CNN’s incorporation of Facebook             models that the TV advertising community oper-
   Connect, which launched in time for Obama’s            ates around. Technology will continue to change
   presidential inauguration in January, created          how consumers access and consume content,
   quite a stir. For the first time, users could watch    but unless advertising models continue to evolve
   live TV online, invite their friends, chat with them   as well — particularly as a means to fund the
   while viewing and enjoy a social experience            development and distribution of premium content
   around Internet TV. CBS has also recently intro-       — we may be at risk of losing premium content
   duced a “social viewing room” on its Web site          altogether. It is critical for all parties in the televi-
   around premium content to experiment with a            sion ecosystem to look not just at what is in store
   similar consumer experience. Alternative TV plat-      in 2009, but to look ahead at how digital tech-
   forms like Xbox, which already are social com-         nologies are evolving, to ensure there is a “televi-
   munities in themselves and enable massive              sion” that content consumers know and love as
   multiplayer gaming and community-driven video          platforms converge.
   experiences, are bringing this into the living
   room. As the world of TV evolves and consumers
   look for new ways to experience the water cooler
   effect, we can expect “social viewing experiences”
   to change the concept of TV as we know it.

6. The ubiquity of content
   Nothing defines what TV was and what it will
   be as specifically as the word “content.” As we
   see advances in technology increasingly enable
   mobile video and content in the cloud, or new
   business models like Slingbox, HAVA and Boxee,
   that break down the conventions and gateways
   we have in place around
When TV turns a corner, what business
models will be there to meet it?

As we look toward 2009, one thing is certain: TV is going digital. In a fragmented,
consumer-controlled media world, there is no doubt that content creation and
distribution strategies are more complex and costly than ever, and advertising models
and the underlying infrastructure of the TV industry must evolve in response. We
can expect more interactivity, measurement, personalization and portability of content
as the underpinnings of the industry begin to use digital technology to modernize.


We can also expect TV to go social, and audiences to fragment even more, ushering
in a long tail of TV ad opportunities and new buying mechanisms based on supply
and demand, that look similar to online ad networks. But how quickly can the TV eco-
system respond? If there was ever a time for innovation, it is now. Will convergence
displace TV as we know it? We will have to live through it to find out.


No one knows more about the challenges and opportunities in television than
our colleagues living in the space: Jack Myers, President of Jack Myers Publishing,
and media futurist/columnist; Tom Rogers, President and CEO, TiVo; Davina Kent,
Director of Strategic Alliances, Comcast; Alec Gerster, Chief Marketing Officer of Navic
Networks; Mark Kroese, General Manager, Entertainment and Devices, Microsoft; and
Mike Steib, Director, Google TV Ads. The following articles from these experts reflect
some issues in the industry in 2009 as TV turns a corner.




                                                                                           153
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



Jack Myers
on the Future
of Television:
Realities and Opportunities
for Media Companies and Marketers
By Jack Myers, President, Jack Myers Publishing Inc.
and media futurist/columnist

The foundations of the media and advertising business
have eroded. While much of the beachfront real estate represented
by traditional media continues to be highly-valued by marketers,
enabling them to sustain relatively stable year-to-year revenues,
the pillars are unstable — and Wall Street valuations have been
washed away. The economic models that have served the media
business well for nearly eight decades are less relevant today and
will be irrelevant in the near future.
The current, troubling state of the TV industry                •   Newly-empowered consumers have the technol-
                                                                   ogy to avoid marketing messages, and are
While these crashing waves have been most deeply
                                                                   spending increased time on non-ad-supported
felt by the print media, they are also lapping at the
                                                                   media, such as social networks.
foundation of television, the medium that, for decades,
has been the most popular advertising medium of all.
                                                             Because viewing behavior is changing, the advertis-
Television is not exempt from the following depressing
                                                             ing and media business shouldn’t expect a turnaround
facts, which beset all media:
                                                             in the general economy to significantly enhance its
  •   The core value of advertising, such as TV              business prospects. Instead, what the advertising re-
      commercials, is under siege.                           cession (depression?) doing is accelerating the speed
                                                             with which traditional media companies and agen-
  •   More than 90% of all media-related ad buying and
                                                             cies will need to embrace things such as interactive
      selling activity operates in a supply-and-demand,
                                                             media, cost-per-action measurement, ad exchanges
      transactional model that commoditizes services
                                                             for media buying and selling, social networks, user-
      and drives prices and compensation toward zero.
                                                             generated content and other emerging media oppor-
  •   Misguided economic principles have depleted the        tunities.
      resources of the media and advertising industry,
      and have led to a dramatic decline in valuations.      So is there any good news? Yes. Those who can free
                                                             themselves from traditional paradigms and organ-
  •   Organizational dependence on outdated business
                                                             izational structures designed decades ago can reap
      models, such as the focus on media exclusively
                                                             the rewards of this dynamic, disruptive new media
      for mass eyeball impressions, without relevant
                                                             marketplace. It is incumbent upon all media and ad-
      targeting or engagement measures, has fostered a
                                                             vertising companies to do so.
      bleak, long-term outlook for traditional advertising
      and subscription-dependent media companies.
                                                             What are media companies and
  •   A likely year-on-year decline in ad revenue through    marketers to do now?
      2010 is causing layoffs and cutbacks at a time
                                                             While there are several long-term trends that the
      when media companies and marketers need to
                                                             TV and advertising industries need to pay attention to,
      foster innovation.
                                                             such as interactive TV and the rise of online video
  •   A rapid acceleration of media fragmentation has        (see further below), there are several near-term oppor-
      increased ad inventory, driving down prices.           tunities that will both build revenue and give these
                                                             industries the learning they need to plot a better future.




                                                                                                                          155
For one, television networks and studios will be most     Interactive TV and online video
successful when they focus on the power and potential     muddy the advertising picture
value of programming “brands.” Strongly-branded
                                                          By any standard, the evolution of interactive television
series such as American Idol, Dancing with the Stars,
                                                          as a viable advertising medium has been exceptionally
Battlestar Galactica and Lost, offer multi-platform
                                                          slow. As far back as 1998, cable and satellite oper-
and off-screen merchandising, event and promotional
                                                          ators were demonstrating iTV applications that are
revenue models. The TV industry needs to build
                                                          not significantly different from those being developed
programs that will allow marketers to associate them-
                                                          by Canoe Ventures, the joint venture of six major
selves with selected content throughout the lifespan
                                                          cable companies that promise to bring addressable
of that content. They can then use the program
                                                          advertising to the cable universe. Yet even Canoe
brands to emotionally connect with audiences and
                                                          CEO David Verklin acknowledges it will be 24 to 48
integrate themselves into the lives of consumers.
                                                          months before major applications will be available on
                                                          a widespread basis.
Second, marketers need to stay close to what is hap-
pening with TiVo; it is the most valuable tech resource
                                                          The obstacles to addressable advertising are eco-
available to marketers today, because the TiVo house-
                                                          nomic, not technological, because there is no clear
hold personifies the interactive and integrated house-
                                                          evidence that marketers will pay significant premiums
hold of the future. This enables marketers to invest
                                                          for advertising more specifically targeted to users.
a small budget to gain relevant experience and pre-
                                                          In fact, the promise that better targeting will drive
pare for the TV marketing realities and opportunities
                                                          higher CPMs remains unfulfilled in online media, which
that will be the norm in just a few short years.
                                                          has been offering advanced behavioral targeting
                                                          capabilities but hasn’t seen commensurate increases
One of the most important services TiVo currently
                                                          in media values. Even with behavioral targeting,
provides to the marketing and media communities is
                                                          online advertising costs have declined dramatically.
its active measurement of how viewership changes
with the ability to time-shift programming. Through its
                                                          It’s still true that the vast majority of TV and online
Stop||Watch™ ratings service, TiVo gathers important
                                                          media buys are based on reaching audiences in the
intelligence on viewing behavior for both commercials
                                                          most cost-efficient manner. So, while addressable
and programs.
                                                          advertising theoretically has unquestioned value, mar-
                                                          keters’ willingness to pay significant premiums for it
                                                          remains unclear.
The addition of online video to the mix further comp-     leadership will discover a marketplace that is far
licates the TV picture. In an industry that measures      more receptive to them than to their competitors who
value based primarily on audience reach, there is no      continue to depend on the “tried and true.”
reason to differentiate between a commercial deliv-
ered via the television and one delivered via the
Web, but those two distribution channels are treated
differently today.

As TiVo, the DVR and video-on-demand become
increasingly commonplace, the most important
interactive TV developments won’t center around
addressable advertising per se. Instead, they’ll be the
ones that bring Internet-like functionality to TV,
such as telescoping and bookmarking technologies,
that enable consumers to respond directly to a
TV message by requesting more information or placing
an order. As marketers review future TV advertising
options, they are likely to incorporate performance
and cost-per-action based techniques that optimize
the models of the direct marketing and sales promo-
tion industries.

                                                          About Jack Myers:
Despite obstacles, the time to innovate is now
                                                          For more than two decades, Jack Myers has been among
The new realities of the TV industry, and how the         the media industry’s leading visionaries and economic
                                                          forecasters. He has consulted on business transformation,
audience consumes media, create exceptional
                                                          revenue-development and relationship best practices with
opportunities for companies that invest aggressively,     more than 250 media companies, marketers and agencies.
intelligently and with coherent vision in growth          Jack speaks internationally on transformative business
models and organizations that are differentiated, rel-    strategies and works closely with select clients to enhance
evant to marketers and economically sound for in-         the value of their brands and implement monetization
                                                          models for social communities, user generated content,
vestors. Those that focus their attention on innovative
                                                          addressable and commercial-avoidance technologies, per-
business models and optimized services in the next        formance-based media and Emotional Connections™ re-
several years, and who offer vision, expertise and        search. Jack’s weekly commentaries can be read at www.
                                                          JackMyers.com and he can be reached at jm@jackmyers.com




                                                                                                                        157
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



TiVo on the Future
of Television:
A Call for Innovation
By Tom Rogers, President and CEO, TiVo, Inc.



As the entire country grapples with tough economic times,
there is one thing we can be sure of: if companies such as the
defunct Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers had seen this financial
crisis coming, they would have conducted themselves very, very
differently.

I hope we don’t have to say the same for marketers,   years; the majority of television is time-shifted by these
when they look back on the downturn that will come    viewers. Advertising circles like to talk about great-
for brands that do nothing while their consumers      er addressability and better targeting of TV ads, but
get better and better at avoiding their commercials   we’ve seen time and time again that these factors only
                                                      marginally stop people from fast-forwarding. Viewers
There are over 25 million households with a digital   do not passively take in ads anymore; to them, TV
video recorder today, and analysts agree DVRs will    has become much better because they can skip ads.
reach 50 – 60 million households in the next three
The consumer is permanently in control.                    sector has a chance to get ahead of this kind of
                                                           dislocation.
In order for television advertising to survive, we
have to find newer, better ways to effectively engage
                                                           Making TV advertising that consumers actually want
the viewer and ultimately cause him or her to watch
                                                           to see is much bigger than TiVo. I see a day when TV
the ads. We can’t ignore this imperative. We’ve
                                                           advertising is more powerful and yields better return
already seen what ignoring clear signs has done to
                                                           on investment for companies, because ultimately
other parts of the media sector, with the most ex-
                                                           it is far more valuable for the consumer. If the industry
treme examples being what happened to the music
                                                           stays focused on creating a better advertising experi-
industry when free downloading became popular,
                                                           ence, I’m convinced that day will come.
and the newspaper business when consumers
shifted to online news content. The time to act is now.

Fortunately, there are already a variety of incredibly
effective ways to engage these fast-forwarding
viewers on TiVo — tags, full-screen billboards, entry
off the user interface, delete screens — and we are
actively developing new forms of interactive adver-
tising for Comcast, Cox and DirecTV. Just as impor-
tantly, TiVo has second-by-second measurement
tools providing data that demonstrates exactly which
commercials are seen and which are not, giving
television advertising all the accountability of the In-
ternet, and marketers granular data to create a more
engaging ad. Factor in HDTV, which offers better,
crisper pictures, and the television advertising experi-
ence can be more informative, interactive, immersive
and influential than ever.

I know this industry is capable of moving swiftly, but
I also know the daily grind of dealing with immediate
issues can work heavily against quick progress. For
once, with the rise of better TV ad models, the media




                                                                                                                       159
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



Xbox LIVE
on the Future
of Television:
A Window Into the Next Generation
By Mark Kroese, General Manager, Advertising Business Group,
Entertainment & Devices Division, Microsoft;
and Dean Carignan, Director, Advertising Business Group,
Entertainment & Devices Division, Microsoft




With broadband penetration in the living room continuing
to rise, the question of how TV usage will evolve is increasingly
topical. The Xbox LIVE service — an online, social entertainment
platform available through Xbox 360 — provides a sneak preview
into the changes that will come to TV in the not-too-distant future.
Seventeen million members strong, Xbox LIVE is               tion of the service by all users, core and casual alike.
described as the “largest social network connected to        We saw substantial increases in the following metrics
the TV,” but with over 25,000 different pieces of con-       during the first two months after launch:
tent that can be distributed digitally, it’s also a window
                                                               •   The average number of downloads per
into the behaviors of the next generation of TV con-
                                                                   user increased by 60%.
sumers. Here are some things we’ve learned from
observing this vibrant community of early adopters:            •   The average number of friends per user
                                                                   grew 33%.
 1. T-commerce is real and growing. So-called
                                                               •   The average amount of time users spent on
    T-commerce, or commerce conducted over
                                                                   the service increased by more than 20%.
    digital TV, has been used by Xbox LIVE users to
    buy roughly $1 billion digital purchases since           As the TV ecosystem continues to evolve, we’re
    November 2005. These purchases — primarily               seeing that the television set is becoming a vibrant,
    game enhancements and video content — show               social, interactive platform combining the most
    that TV can be a viable platform for commercial          compelling aspects of the Web with traditional TV.
    transactions.

 2. Users want interactivity. In a typical month,
    over 60% of Xbox LIVE members utilize the ser-
    vice’s interactive and commercial features. Click
    through rates on Xbox LIVE ad campaigns are,
    on average, nearly 10 times greater than banner
    ads on Web pages.

 3. TV viewing is becoming a social experience.
    Xbox LIVE users exchange nearly four million
    instant messages per day, and an average of 20
    million online “friends” are made each month.

While many Xbox LIVE members are faster adopters
of interactive services than the TV population at l
arge, our relaunch of the service last fall showed that
modifications such as a simplified, intuitive interface
and expanded content, dramatically improved adop-




                                                                                                                        161
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



Comcast on the Future
of Television:
New Opportunities for Enhanced Television
By Davina Kent, Director of Strategic Alliances, Comcast



In addition to worries about the economy, today’s ad execu-
tives are worried about audience fragmentation, non-linear viewing,
multi-tasking viewers and commercial skipping.


Ad budgets are expected to decline in 2009 so market-      traditional TV advertising with interactive TV adver-
ers will be expected to do more with less. We forecast     tising and target using demographic and psycho-
that money will migrate to media that offers target-       graphic data. For many years testing interactive and
ing or addressability, interactivity and accountability.   addressable TV advertising has proven successful,
                                                           but scale has lagged. Now, with 28 million subscrib-
As the landscape continues to grow, cable operators        ers, Comcast is deploying unique interactive and
have begun to develop new standards for interactivity      addressable advertising products to make TV adver-
and addressability across their footprint of 70 million    tising more engaging, efficient and effective.
cable subscribers. This vast footprint opens up
new opportunities for advertisers to enhance their
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



Navic Networks
on the Future
of Television:
As TV and Its Audiences Fragment,
How Will It Be Funded?
By Alec Gerster, Chief Marketing Officer,
Navic Networks, a Microsoft company




There are some fundamental, structural patterns to the
television business that will come under more and more pressure
as the industry continues to expand from its heritage of limited,
controlled channel space to include non-linear distribution models
and video delivered over the Internet.


                                                                     163
There is none more basic than how the ad-supported         advertising defies the conventional model of selling
ecosystem will continue to fund the production of          and necessitates the use of solutions that utilize
high-quality content that will continue to compel audi-    set-top box data and other methods to effectively sell.
ences — even as those audiences fragment.                  As the long-tail is traversed, the size of individual au-
                                                           diences approaches the numeral one, and with that,
To date, ad-supported models have benefited from           it becomes nearly impossible to sell without a solution
the walled garden of limited VHF spectrum or the           such as an ad exchange to manage inventory.
expanded, but still centrally controlled, world of
today’s cable operators. Content consumption is be-        In order to fund content, this new world will increas-
coming progressively audience-driven as consum-            ingly change the emphasis from the direct control
ers decide where, when and how they want to watch          of distribution, to a combination of those media
the content of their choice — with little regard to        brands that can consistently and simultaneously drive
how it’s paid for. Such options as video-on-demand,        audiences in a non-linear environment: a VOD or
digital video recorders and video available over the       subscription model that works in this world, a related
Internet have all become huge challenges to the linear     ad capability and a video version of today’s multi-site
television model — a model that has relied not only on     Internet network approach. Being able to monetize
limited channel availability and therefore ad inventory,   the long-tail of television, in addition to non-linear
but also tiered pricing models and direct subscript-       properties through an exchange, gives the industry
ion revenues to exist. Unless the industry is ready        an adequate revenue stream to continue to produce
to settle for a world dominated by user-generated con-     compelling content that will drive audience prefer-
tent, it is important to figure out how to consistently    ences and reinvigorate the ad-supported ecosystem.
monetize across today’s infinitely fragmenting video
landscape.

With this fragmentation, media becomes increasingly
challenging to sell and thus, much harder to profit
from. This potential inability to drive ad revenue will
directly affect the quality and availability of content
and will continue to negatively affect the ad-supported
ecosystem by underutilizing inventory. The mid- to
long-tail of TV viewing, which represents a significant
share of ad-supported TV’s audience, has also gone
unused. The reason is that non-linear and long-tail
T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S



Google TV
on the Future
of Television:
An Interview With Mike Steib




In January 2009, Razorfish asked Google TV Ads Director
                              ™




Mike Steib to explain what he thinks the main challenges are for
television advertisers in the digital age, and where Google TV
Ads (which essentially expands elements of Google’s ad model
to TV) fits into the landscape. These are his thoughts:


                                                                   165
TV is becoming like the Web: lots of channels, niche       Google TV Ads address these challenges because
content, fragmented — but passionate — audiences.          it makes buying more targeted, increasingly account-
It used to be OK for advertisers to just buy 10 or         able and better measures TV commercial viewing.
15 channels on which to run their campaigns. Today,        We’re working with leading media companies like Dish
smart marketers need to reach their audiences across       Network, NBC Universal, Bloomberg and Hallmark
a long tail of television, and to find their target cus-   to make some of their inventory available to advertis-
tomers at the moments when the context is right. On        ers through this platform.
the Internet, when millions of Web sites emerged, it
took a while for advertiser behavior and ad technol-       Advertisers and agencies can select channels and
ogies to catch up to consumer behavior. TV is some-        shows in Google TV Ads — or they can generate
where in that development cycle today.                     detailed lists of programs and dayparts using our psy-
                                                           chographic targeting features. For instance, they
Online, advertisers know what works; they know if          can search for programs that deliver to young women
someone clicks on their ads. They’ve come to really        who make $100,000-plus and who are interested in
like that. This has led them to demand more account-       cooking. Alternately, they can find the right context
ability from their television buying as well; they now     for their ads using our search tools, asking to find any
ask questions such as “Which audiences are watch-          programs that involve for example, crime, college
ing what ads?” and “Which ads are being avoided?”          hockey or weddings. Just as with Google AdWords,
Increasingly, if an ad is not relevant to a viewer, he     advertisers set a maximum price for each, as well
or she is not going to watch it, and we all need to deal   as a daily budget, and our system optimizes to those
aggressively with that reality.                            goals. Advertisers reach their target customers
                                                           across, potentially, a hundred channels in a relevant
However, even if a marketer is able to learn that          context. This takes maybe an hour or two per week
this ad over here is working and that ad over there is     for the agency to execute.
not working, it is not nearly as easy to shift media
placements on-the-fly in TV advertising as it is in        To measure all those channels, we employ millions of
online advertising. The needs for more accountability,     set-top boxes and bill advertisers only for the TV
better measurement and a transactional model               sets that are tuned in to the ad. No waste. This also
that can scale to hundreds of TV channels are some         enables us to measure every channel on television,
of the main challenges for TV advertisers in this          including previously unmeasured channels, so
digital world.                                             advertisers can buy the “long tail.” The next day, we
                                                           tell each advertiser what percent of the audience
                                                           watched each ad all the way through, what percent
tuned out and whether they watched it live or
time-shifted on a DVR.

There are no commitments by the advertiser, and there
is no bundled media. Some agencies and advertisers
set up campaigns and let them run for weeks; others
make frequent changes based on new data.

In many ways Google TV Ads is similar to online ad-
vertising because it empowers advertisers to target,
measure and quickly adjust their TV buying. Our
partners are using it to make their ads more relevant
to the viewers. We’re pretty psyched about it.




                                                        167
three things
every executive
  should know
       in 2009
                   The Web Gets a Pulse    170
       Fragmentation Moves Beyond Media    172
            When the Going Gets Tough...   174
T H R EE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E
S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9



The Web
Gets a Pulse

The “real time” nature of the Web is taking on a new dimension:
this year, we will close that gap between archived information and
what’s going on right now. Not only is the Web becoming more
social — it is becoming instantly reactive. From twittering and
yammering to live online social events to intelligent, location-aware
mobile connectivity, the Web is beginning to take on a pulse —
or, a life — of its own. Social Web users, whether they are con-
nected teens or digital moms, are increasingly unable to draw
boundaries where their physical and virtual worlds divide, or
to distinguish between their known and anonymous peer groups.
And as Obama demonstrated, there is untapped momentum in
social media environments, which, when leveraged well, can
create a movement of scalable proportion. However, movements
cannot happen alone. In this environment, marketers need to
listen, monitor and learn. They need to understand what value they
bring and how to work with their agencies and media partners to
create their own dynamic experiences. Does your brand —
whether you are a media company or a marketer — have a pulse?




                                                                     171
T H R EE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E
S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9



Fragmentation Moves
Beyond Media

It is no surprise that audience fragmentation continues to challenge
marketers, but in 2009, it is increasingly challenging to content
owners. Media content was once relegated to a platform with an
established, advertising-supported business model: TV, print,
online, mobile or out of home. But as consumer attention splinters,
so, too, will the content, the platform and the media revenue
model. With economic pressure and ever more complex distribution
channels, will our business models sustain themselves? Will pre-
mium content survive? While the long tail of the Web depends
on technology and data to monetize its inventory, traditional business
models with long-standing histories and complex infrastructures
like TV have not been as quick to change. 2009 will be a test
for premium content owners, the TV and print advertising estab-
lishments and the digital world as we brace for potential and
unexpected change to our business models brought on by years
of continued fragmentation. What will define the media company
of the future? The ability to let content travel across a myriad of
platforms, devices and lifestyles. The will to embrace new forms of
measurement, data, technology and digital infrastructure to
manage complexity. And the vision to compete on the future.




                                                                      173
T H R EE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E
S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9



When the Going
Gets Tough...

No doubt the recession is on everyone’s minds as we enter a new
year. A flat year would be a good outcome for digital advertising
in 2009, and while many major publishers will see a year-over-year
drop, there will be winners. We are in the midst of a historic time,
when industries that some would argue were the foundations of our
economy may be challenged like never before, but there is also
an opportunity for new business models to take root and thrive.
2009 will be a tough year for all media, even digital media; it will be
a time for exploring new buying methods — such as conducting
business through ad exchanges — and learning how to employ
social influence marketing strategies that have value for consumers
and brands alike. While growth may be curbed, there is no time
like the present to innovate. Innovation will take many forms — new
messages, new channels, new products, new business models.
Whatever happens, one thing is for certain: we’ll all learn how to do
more with less. And be smarter for it.




                                                                        175
About Razorfish™

Razorfish™, formerly Avenue A | Razorfish, is one of the largest interactive marketing and technology companies
in the world, and is also one of the largest buyers of digital advertising space. With a demonstrated commit-
ment to innovation, Razorfish™ counsels its clients on how to leverage digital channels such as the Web, mobile
devices, in-store technologies and other emerging media to engage people, build brand loyalty and provide
excellent customer service. The company is increasingly advising marketers on Social Influence Marketing™,
its approach for employing social media and social influencers to achieve the marketing and business needs of
an organization. Its award-winning client teams provide solutions through their strategic counsel, digital
advertising and content creation, media buying, analytics, technology and user experience. Razorfish™ has offices
in markets across the United States, and in Australia, China, France, Germany, Japan and the United Kingdom.
Clients include Carnival Cruise Lines, MillerCoors, Levi’s, McDonald’s and Starwood Hotels.
Visit www.razorfish.com for more information.




For additional information:                                For media inquiries:

Sarah Baehr                                                Sally O’Dowd
VP, Media                                                  Public Relations Director
+1 (212) 931-5976                                          +1 (312) 696-5068
Sarah.Baehr@razorfish.com                                  Sally.O’Dowd@razorfish.com

Terri Walter                                               For information on our
VP, Emerging Media                                         thought leadership:
+1 (212) 798-6735
                                                           Lauren Nguyen
Terri.Walter@razorfish.com
                                                           Associate Director, Marketing
                                                           +1 (415) 369-6454
                                                           Lauren.Nguyen@razorfish.com
Razorfish™ Locations

United States                  Asia/Pacific
Atlanta 404.739.5050           Hong Kong 852 3102 4512
Austin 512.532.2000            Shanghai +86 21 5237 8811
Boston 617.250.2500
                               amnesia.com.au
Chicago 312.696.5000
                               Sydney +61 2 9380 9317
Fort Lauderdale 954.202.3700
Los Angeles 310.846.5400       dentsu-razorfish.com
New York 212.798.6600          Tokyo +81 3 5551 9885
Philadelphia 267.295.7100      Osaka +81 6 6360 1461
Portland 503.423.2900
San Francisco 415.284.7070
Seattle 206.816.8800

Europe
neuedigitale.com
Berlin +49 (0) 30 2936388 0
Frankfurt +49 69 704030

London +44 020 7907 4545

wysiwyg.net
Madrid +34 91 308 11 30

duke-interactive.com
Paris +33 (0) 1 53 44 19 19
©   Razorfish, LLC. All rights reserved.

Digital Outlook Report 09 by RazorFish

  • 1.
    digital outlook report09 digital outlook report 09
  • 2.
    The following reportcontains statements that are forwardlooking, including expectations and predictions regarding future industry trends and developments. Actual results may differ materially from our expectations or projections. This report also contains opinions, estimates, and forwardlooking statements by industry leaders. Such statements are the personal opinions of the individuals quoted and should not be attributed to any other entity or individual. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon forward-looking statements, which speak only as to the date of this document. Except as required by law, neither Razorfish, LLC nor any of its affiliated entities undertake any obligation to update any forwardlooking or other statements in this document, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. © Razorfish, LLC. All rights reserved.
  • 4.
    contents a new role for agencies Social Object Theory: 56 The Secret Ingredient for Powering From Breaking Campaigns to 4 Social Influence Marketing™ Campaigns Building Client Businesses For Here or To Go? 62 outlook How Portable Media Is Like Fast Food Trends to Watch 10 Top 10 Mobile Applications to Watch 66 Shifting Their Focus: 16 Getting Smart With Mobile Marketing: 78 A Look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending How Mobile Marketing Is by Razorfish™ Clients Evolving in Europe and the U.S. Trends in Social Influence Marketing™ 26 topics on our minds Search Outlook 2009: 32 Pushing Search Forward Looking for the Pulse Online in 2009 84 in a Volatile Marketplace The Future of Retail: 88 Publishers of the Year 40 The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey Think Inside Someone Else’s Box: 96 what’s emerging Business Model Innovation in the Digital Age Digital Media Escapes From the PC: 44 Converged Connections: 100 Unlocking Opportunity for Consumers Moving Brands Across Multiple Experiences and Marketers Email Marketing: 104 Ad Exchanges: Revolutionizing 52 Increasing Marketing Connections the Buy-Sell Process in a Social World
  • 5.
    consumer conversations TiVo on the Future of Television: 158 A Call for Innovation Catching Up With the Connected Class 112 Xbox Live on the Future of Television: 160 Connecting with Digital Mom 118 A Window into the Next Generation through Emerging Technologies Comcast on the Future of Television: 162 New Opportunities for Enhanced Television the evolution of research and measurement Navic Networks on the Future of Television: 163 As TV and Its Audiences Fragment, Bringing Media Mix Models Into the Digital Era 124 How Will It Be Funded? Social Influence Research: 128 Google TV on the Future of Television: 165 The Confluence of Consumer Research An interview with Mike Steib and the Social Graph Social Media Measurement: What’s it Worth? 136 three things every executive Modeling and Creating Measureable should know in 2009 Outcomes of Social Media Engagement The Web Gets a Pulse 170 tv at a crossroads Fragmentation Moves Beyond Media 172 The Digitalization of Television: 146 When the Going Gets Tough... 174 Challenges and Opportunities as TV Turns a Corner Jack Myers on the Future of Television: 154 Realities and Opportunities for Media Companies and Marketers 3
  • 6.
    A N EW R O L E FO R AG EN C I ES From Breaking Campaigns to Building Client Businesses By Clark Kokich, Chief Executive Officer I spent the first 30 years of my advertising career focused on saying things. What do we need to say to persuade people to buy our product or service? How do we say it in a unique and memorable way? Where do we say it? How much will it cost to say it? How do we measure consumer reactions to the things we say to them?
  • 8.
    Now, after 10years in the digital space, I find myself Agencies haven’t played this role very long. They spending my time talking to clients about building used to, but, with the rise of strong client marketing things. What do customers need to make smart deci- groups, agencies have focused squarely and sions? What applications do we need to build to exclusively on producing great advertising, on saying satisfy that need? Where are our customers when things. they make a decision? That limited perspective won’t cut it anymore. Clients How do we make sure the things we build can be are desperately dealing with a laundry list of chal- delivered wherever (and whenever) they need them? lenges: A sinking economy. A connected, in-control How do we build a link between the digital and the consumer. A drive for lower costs. The disruption physical world? How do we help consumers share of traditional media channels. An expansion of global the things we build? competition. The list is long and growing. This isn’t news to anyone; we’ve all seen it coming In this environment, clients need ideas that will trans- for awhile. At every industry conference you’ll hear form their business. In the past, when our only tool someone make a compelling case that the future was paid media, it was virtually impossible to develop of creating and sustaining brands is in building an idea that could change a client’s fundamental experiences, not just in producing great advertising. competitive position. Now, digital has the potential to re-imagine a consumer connection, or reinvent a What’s not so apparent is the impact this change business model. And we have a long list of consumer is having on the role that advertising agencies play touchpoints with which to work, starting with the within client organizations. It’s not just about the Web, then expanding to mobile applications, social, work that agencies do, but rather, it’s about the gaming, viral, digital-out-of-home, widgets, gadgets actual role they should be playing in setting business and more. Now, anything is possible. strategy, designing product and service offerings, delivering service after the sale, creating innovative With this expanded palette, we can build experiences distribution channels and developing new revenue that become an integral part of the brand. Experiences models. For a growing number of brands, the digital that have the ability to add value, create new cate- experience is becoming as important as the actual gories, surprise, delight, serve, simplify, entertain and physical product. tell a story in an entirely new, richer way than ever before possible. We are beginning to put examples of transformational business ideas into market for global brands such as Levi’s, which views the company and
  • 9.
    the consumer experiencein totality across all departments — from product development to new collections to the digitally-enhanced fitting room. This is the role that agencies must fill now. Clients need us to bring them business ideas. They need us to expand beyond our traditional role of being great communicators. We need to be great thinkers and problem solvers as well. They need us to understand how their consumers and markets are changing, and then bring them strategies that fundamentally improve their competitive position. Finally, they need us to turn those ideas and strategies into reality — by building transformational experiences. We’ll still need to be good at saying things. Tradition- al, one-way advertising will continue to be a power- ful marketing force. But it won’t be enough. We need to make the things we say real by building experi- ences that truly deliver on the promise — experiences that establish a concrete and direct connection be- tween the consumer and the brand. It’s a new role. One that will challenge the status quo. One that will stretch all of us to expand our view of what it means to be a great agency. One that will require new skills. And one that will drive deep col- laboration between creative, technology, media, user experience and analytics. It’s a tremendous challenge. And it’s a huge opportunity for those marketers who embrace it fully. 7
  • 11.
    outlook Trends to Watch 10 Shifting Their Focus: 16 A Look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending by Razorfish™ Clients Trends in Social Influence Marketing™ 26 Search Outlook 2009: 32 Pushing Search Forward in a Volatile Marketplace Publishers of the Year 40
  • 12.
    • Conver tedto d ig it a l c a b le O U T LO O K • Addicte d to i Pho n ea pps Trends to Watch • S k ip s th e com me rci als
  • 13.
    1. Advertisers willturn to “measurability” and “differentiation” in the recession As the economy softens, advertisers will be asking more from their budgets. Even those with healthy financials are likely to push for, and command better price terms and concessions from media companies, who are eager to fill the vast supply of ad space available. Agencies and advertisers will look to established pub- video and targeted media, or it could mean high qual- lishers with reliable models to focus their investments ity engagement opportunities with select partners as more scrutiny is placed on return on investment. who deliver unique brand engagement. The pressure Depending on an advertiser’s goal, this might include points will be on “measurability” and “differentiation.” proven performers like search, ad networks, online 11
  • 14.
    2. Search willnot be immune to the Web site and across the Web. We can also impact of the economy expect new social advertising formats and new social research approaches to emerge that lever- Budget cuts will be a reality for search marketers age the complex relationships that occur within for the first time in recent memory, requiring them a social graph. As social behaviors go main- to do more with less in an increasingly volatile stream, Social Influence Marketing™ is going to landscape. Nevertheless, we expect the search be glue that binds every digital strategy together. landscape to continue to evolve and innovate, with an increased focus on measurement and 4. Online ad networks will contract; search engine optimization (SEO), and the rise of open ad exchanges will expand compelling opportunities in local and mobile search. In 2009, the online ad network world will see both contraction and expansion: 3. Social Influence Marketing™ • The traditional ad network world will contract will go mainstream as competition for declining ad dollars increases. 2009 is going to be the year that Social Influence There are simply too many broad networks Marketing truly goes mainstream. According to competing for the same inventory and not telling Forrester Research, 75% of the online population a new story. is now engaged in online social behaviors, and • At the same time, branded networks will expand. with social strategies getting more integrated and Large publishers (e.g. the Fox Audience Network accountable, marketers are going to depend on and Turner Entertainment) will continue to take their customers, more than ever, to do the mar- back control of their inventory and monetize keting for them. Marketers this year will learn how it themselves, or they will work with fewer ad to deploy Social Influence Marketing campaigns networks to ensure quality and maximize value. more successfully compared to 2008, which had its fair share of experimental failures. • Expansion will also come in the form of Ad Exchanges like Right Media, DoubleClick and As new tools gain adoption like Facebook Con- AdECN, which are newer open markets for on- nect, which has the power to make an individual line ad inventory that increase buying efficiency viewing experience social, and we begin to by delivering unprecedented transparency in deepen our understanding of consumer interac- the process. Development of this ecosystem will tions in social environments, we should see put further pressure on small and mid-tier ad the lines blurring between marketing efforts on a networks to survive. If Ad Exchanges are widely
  • 15.
    adopted, it couldrevolutionize how online media you want it. As GPS functionality and loca- is bought and sold. tion-based intelligence begin to improve content delivery and advertising through the mobile 5. This year, mobile will get smarter device, mobile will get smarter, and marketers who leverage it will, too. “The year of mobile” has come and gone with the advent of the iPhone. Mobile is still an area of 6. Research and measurement tremendous growth but the idea that it will have will enter the digital age a “break-out year” has passed. There is a risk that the recession will curtail R&D spending in the Due to increased complexity in marketing, estab- newer of new media and that mobile will take lished research and measurement conventions a hit, but smart marketers will take advantage of are more challenged than ever. For this reason, continued growth and opportunities — like 2009 will be a year for research reinvention. mobile rich media ads, applications, mobile search and location-based opportunities — to gain Current media mix models are falling down; they an advantage. Despite tremendous growth in the are based on older research models that assume mobile browsing population in 2008 (mobile media channels are by and large independent browsing grew from 13% to 20% of all U.S.-based of one another. As media consumption changes mobile users from Q1 2008 to Q1 2009 as per among consumers, and marketers include more comScore’s M:Metrics), advertiser interest as well digital and disparate channels in the mix, it is as the ad model infrastructure is still catching up. more important than ever to develop new media mix models that recognize the intricacies of The question brands need to ask themselves now channel interaction. Since online media is often as it relates to mobile is: how can they add val- linked closely with other media (TV can drive ue to their customers’ lives in this environment? search, search can drive magazine usage and so A good example is the iFood Assistant mobile forth) we need to adopt new ways of measuring application powered by Kraft, which offers recipe to account for the true complexity of media in the and dinner ideas, or Wikitude AR, an augment- digital age. ed reality application that, using a Webcam and GPS functionality, overlays information from Wikipedia onto your visual location. Both of these applications provide the convenience of relevant information at your fingertips when and where 13
  • 16.
    7. “Portable” and“beyond-the-browser” ways to search, discover, browse, organize and opportunities will create new touchpoints for “touch” rich content like video. This will change brands and content owners how we interact with the Web, our mobile devices and our televisions moving forward. Collectively, It was only a few short years ago that the bulk these changes are opening the doors to incredible of rich content was consumed via TV sets, home new ways for advertisers to connect with con- entertainment systems or desktop computers. sumers. The notion of portable media conjured up images of retro Game Boys and clunky laptops. But Ap- 8. Going digital will help TV modernize ple’s iPod changed all that, launching a portable media revolution that continues to churn today. As TV signals convert to digital in June 2009, we Advances in smartphones and entertainment will see an opening of opportunities in advanced devices have delivered endless on-the-go options television. Through their media platforms and for music, video, social networking, news and real time set-top box data, TiVo, Google TV and email. The Web environment has witnessed start-up Navic Networks, which, like Razorfish™, tremendous growth with embeddable content was recently acquired by Microsoft, have been through widgets and applications, creating a offering limited scale options for increased modular environment where people can share accountability and metrics in the TV space. This information and influence their networks online or coverage and opportunity will expand in 2009 remotely. Portable media has also come to mean with the digital conversion. that content unhinged itself from legacy devices; music is free from the turntable, primetime Advanced television providers, including the broadcast is no longer limited to the TV, and so cable companies, are also growing their audience on. The very things that define a media platform bases and their opportunities for marketers in have become rather blurry. And it’ll only get the form of branded VOD channels, featuring long more confusing — portability is phase 1. Further form content or t-commerce (purchasing through evolution is clearly visible on the horizon, with television), both of which are often reached content becoming more social and non-linear. by telescoping out from traditional 30-second TV spot overlays. It is expected that progress In addition, interface innovation ranging from by Project Canoe, the consortium of cable gesture and object recognition tools like the Wii companies working on standards for television to interactive, multi-touch storefront windows, in addressability, creative versioning and meas- to new browsers like Cooliris, is enabling new urement, will also push the industry forward.
  • 17.
    As social mediaelements begin to influence video (CNN’s social TV experience on the Web around the inauguration was well-regarded), and alternative television providers like Xbox provide social commu- nities in the living room around premium content, we may also see TV go social. The desire for more for your money as well as more interactivity, measurability and community will be especially apparent in the TV space as it struggles to modernize. 15
  • 18.
    • Ad ver t is e rs co n ti nu et o su pp or O U T LO O K ea ts rc h — Shifting Their Focus: de sp ite th e ec on om ic d A look at 2008 Digital Ad Spending own t urn by Razorfish Clients ™ By Sarah Baehr, Vice President, Media, New York and National Media Lead
  • 19.
    The increased potencyof social networking is just one example of why 2008 was a year that empowered Razorfish’s ™ flexibility and command of a deeper, wider, more sophisticated digital channel. Just as President Obama discovered he could build engaging users. As you’ll see from the statistics on a movement and win an election through social our clients’ spending below, we saw several trends media channels, our clients also recognized the power which underscored that last year, our focus had that well-built digital strategies have on building mo- to become less about how much digital we do, and mentum for brands, reinventing business models and more about how well we manage broader demands. 17
  • 20.
    Broad trends inRazorfish™ client spending 2008 Media Distribution As in the past, the net ad spend of Razorfish’s™ clients was widely distributed. It spread across 1,024 Web sites last year, as opposed to 1,832 Web sites in 2007, 12% indicating a continued trend towards niche targeting and the diversification of media choices. We saw a 37% 16% decline in ad spend beginning late in the third quarter across the agency, and the typical fourth quarter overflow of budgets did not materialize. Growth from the third to fourth quarter was 7%, versus 17% in 2007, showing the first sign that the online market had 35% been impacted by an increasingly weak economy. Search A closer look at the distribution of ad spend by Verticals Razorfish™ clients reveals several trends, including: Portals • An increasing reliance on ROI and proven Ad Networks channels like search • A continued shift of budget away from portals • Renewed fragmentation in the ad network space
  • 21.
    Share of searchspending increases In 2008, paid search allocation grew, with share of Advertisers continue to support search despite total ad spend among our clients increasing to 36% the downturn because it delivers a strong ROI, and from 31% in 2007. While there was no fourth quarter for the most part, it continues to outperform other spike as in previous years, there was very little tactics. While the marketing and media industries variance quarter over quarter, indicating our clients’ speculate on whether search is recession-proof, desire for consistent presence in search. we do anticipate that as budgets tighten, search will also be impacted by the economy this year. Among our clients, Google captured 72% of the total category. Yahoo! continued at a distant second at 22%, while Microsoft continued to be challenged with a 4% share. Spend Distribution 2004 — 2008 50% 47 42 39 40% 37 37 Verticals Search 28 28 35 30% Portals 31 31 19 Networks 20% 24 15 16 13 10% 12 12 11 11 12 0% 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 19
  • 22.
    Vertical placements moveemphasis away from portals Vertical placements saw a slight decrease year-on- In the U.S., unlike previous years, we have seen year, from a 39% share in 2007 to 35% in 2008. While the dominance of general ad networks wane and the still prominent and strategic partners for marketers, opportunity to buy similar inventory in premium portals continued to trend downward in 2008, garner- branded environments rise. The ability to buy and tar- ing a 16% share, versus 19% in 2007. Scale still get within the gated environments of premium sites matters, but the choices available that deliver depth is a boost to the vertical category and offer new, and breadth outside of the portals continue to more transparent choices as advertisers look for both rise. Outside the U.S., however, the portal category safe and efficient options to promote their brands received a large percentage — nearly 26% of share in this economy. of spend, indicating that the scale and quality of por- tals abroad still dominates. Vertical Spend Comparison 25% 23 20% 19 2006 18 17 17 16 2007 15 15% 13 2008 12 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10% 9 8 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5% 4 0% ity s ts ce t ch el lth ss en ew av or ne un n Te ea m re Sp N Tr si m H in fe Bu om rta Re te C En
  • 23.
    2008 Vertical Spend In entertainment, sites with strong video and audio capabilities drove the growth of this category. Stand- outs are Pandora, which saw a 142% increase, and 6% Hulu which went from zero in 2007 to a 3% share 7% of the category last year. These dramatic increases 24% 7% reflect the maturation of the video landscape in terms of the growing audience and the offerings it provides 10% advertisers. 15% 10% Lifestyle sites as a subset of entertainment grew at the expense of the health category, as pharmaceutical 10% 11% advertisers in particular showed they were com- fortable with advertising on sites outside of the health Entertainment category. Pharmaceutical advertisers had a much Community broader appetite for diversity of content and affinity- Reference based targeting, and a growing trust in digital as a Travel branding medium. Similar to the concentration of Health dollars we see in ad networks, the top five publishers Business in the health category amassed 68% of the ad spend; News WebMD remains the leader with a 36% share of the Sports category. Tech In a year in which we had a historic election and the Olympics, news as a category was down. In 2008, we saw newspapers and magazines continue to As we look at vertical spending in the U.S., two trends struggle and our data supports the notion that print emerge: a significant jump (18% to 24% year-on- dollars are not translating to online. Thirty-eight year) in money allotted to the entertainment category, percent of the spend in the news category was which includes video and lifestyle sites, and a decline spread out amongst 25 traditional print publishers, in spending within the health category (from 15% in pointing not only to the tremendous fragmentation of 2006 to 10% in 2008). online advertising but also suggesting that traditional ad powerhouses continue to struggle to establish a similar presence online. 21
  • 24.
    Category Share vs.Site Growth 150% 142 100% 81 62 50% 27 0 0% -15 -50% t r ity a l t en ve so ke or un m a vi nd uc Tr Ad m in ob Pa ta om ip ot er Tr C Ph t En Unlike video, spending in the community vertical, which marketing cannot be achieved with banners; instead, is still one of our top two categories and includes they placed their attention on leveraging social as social media spending, seems to have flattened out a core part of their overall marketing strategy. In the from 2007 to 2008. Facebook and MySpace still short term, this trend indicates that there won’t garnered 24% of the ad spend in the category, while be an influx of spend in social media; however, it dem- About.com, Federated Media and Photobucket, which onstrates that our clients are approaching social saw a 63% growth year-on-year, rounded out the top media not as a tactic but as a foundation upon which five in this category. While industry standards around to build an effective communication strategy. ad models related to social media are still evolving , clients last year realized that effective social influence
  • 25.
    Ad Network Consolidation 100% 80% All Others Top 5 60% 40% 49 63 76 62 20% 0% 2005 2006 2007 2008 2008 was the first year that we saw mobile ad spend- ities to diversify their buys. As said above, advertiser ing pop; it represented 1% of the vertical category concerns about transparency and efficacy have re- and 3% of the entertainment category. While still a sulted in spending growth within broad premium envi- fledgling area, we saw a strong desire from marketers ronments or “branded networks” like CondéNet, NBC to test and subsequently expand their efforts in Universal and Fox Interactive Media (not including mobile. We believe that despite the poor economy, MySpace). Branded networks represented 15% of the marketers will continue to invest in mobile marketing, spend in this category. although growth may be limited to the single digits in the near term. Despite the drive towards increased efficiency because of the recession, ad networks as a category saw Consolidation and fragmentation only a slight increase in share year-over-year. One trend within ad networks reversal we saw was in the concentration of spend amongst the top five ad networks dropping to 62% The ad network category saw 62% of spending con- from 76% in 2007. A few things contributed to this centrated within the top five ad networks and 72% change in direction. The first is a rise in spend outside within the top ten. This continues to illustrate a move the U.S. and the development of branded networks towards consolidation but the trend is slightly down such as Forbes, Turner Entertainment and Fox Audi- year-on-year; buyers continue to look for opportun- 23
  • 26.
    ence Network, andthe move of many premium adver- media — but it will also be an opportunity to explore tisers away from general networks. Additionally, the new buying methods, such as conducting business rise of specialty vertical networks like the community through ad exchanges, and learning how to employ sites BuzzLogic, Six Apart, Lotame and BlogHer social influence marketing strategies that have value has further fragmented this category and put a refo- for consumers and brands alike. cus on testing the emergent opportunities. Whatever happens, one thing is for certain: we’ll all Another trend we expect in 2009 is the increased learn how to do more with less. And be smarter for it. usage of ad exchanges (like those offered by Yahoo!’s Right Media and Google’s DoubleClick), and tools that allow agencies to directly buy within those environments. CPM pricing pressure and the buyer’s market mentality will only further muddy the 2009 landscape, but the battle to maintain pricing and manage inventory pools among publishers is sure to be front and center. The continued rumblings of anti-ad network sentiment by premium publishers is only going to increase pressure on the small- and mid-tier ad networks to differentiate, leading to a significantly-altered and, perhaps, consolidated network landscape going into 2010. 2009: A glass that is half-empty may be half-full The world, in the year to come, is one in which many of us in advertising will see as a glass half-empty. A flat year would be a good outcome for digital adver- tising in 2009, and while many major publishers will Footnote: see a YOY drop, there will still be winners. We are in Note that in previous Digital Outlook Reports, Razorfish™ the midst of a historic time when industries, that some has released total media billings for the previous year. In the 2008 report, we have included more detail on spending by would argue were the foundations of our economy, category and publisher than we have in past years. Because may be doomed — but there is also an opportunity many of our publisher contracts preclude us from publicly for new business models to take root and thrive. Yes, disclosing total spend with specific publishers, we have 2009 will be a tough year for all media, even digital opted not to release total billings for 2008.
  • 27.
  • 28.
    O U TLO O K Trends in Social Influence B ou ght a Marketing ™ new l aptop ba By Shiv Singh, Vice President and Global Social Media Lead s e d o n c o n s u m e r r ev i ew e• li n on s• ng pi op sh as tm ris Ch h er D o e s 87 % o f • og bl n s ig de ne w a o ut ab nd ri e il af ma to e in g Is go
  • 29.
    A year ago,we developed a hypothesis that the way people were influencing each other — online, in small groups, through peer pressure, reciprocity or flattery — was giving rise to a whole new form of marketing that we called Social Influence Marketing (SIM). ™ We defined it as marketing to the network of peers Today, SIM is not just a hypothesis. It is a driving that surround and influence the customer across force that affects everything we do as an agency and, social platforms and on brand Web sites. The rise of as we’re impressing upon our clients, it matters more SIM reflected the emerging thinking in our agency that than ever in this economic downturn as consumers the social Web and the mainstream Web were con- across the country are losing faith in large institutions verging, and that digital marketers needed to deliver and experts, and instead are turning to each other better value exchanges to consumers and allow for for advice. In fact, we believe it is as important a mar- influence more directly. keting dimension as the traditional pillars of brand marketing and direct response. It is even bigger than we thought it was. 27
  • 30.
    Now, as SIMbecomes more mature, 2009 will be the more attention. An event like the Motrin episode, year in which differentiating between good and bad in which a group of social media-fluent mothers SIM will get easy — a year in which every campaign, managed to force Motrin to pull down an online every marketing effort and even every digital bus- video they found offensive, will not happen iness transformation activity (where digital is used to quite as much this year because marketers will transform core business processes) will need a social focus on SIM more. influence component. It will be a year in which com- panies realize that social influence must be harnessed 2. The focus will shift to influencers. Who are strategically if they want to transform their brands, these people that influence your customers their relationships with their customers — and their and how does their influence actually work? This businesses too. It will also be a year in which mar- will come into sharper focus, as reaching the keters discover which agencies truly grasp SIM and influencers gets easier via the social graph and which ones have only a tenuous hold on it. the plethora of technology vendors that make targeting easier. Different influencers will matter With those broad themes as a guide, what exactly at different stages of the marketing funnel, too. can you expect in 2009? Here are 10 specific trends For example, at the point-of-purchase, friends to look for: and family may matter the most in determining what a consumer buys, while at the awareness 1. Social media usage will result in more influ- stage, key influencers, like the bloggers at ence. As social media adoption climbs exponen- Edmunds.com, carry more weight. We’ll also find tially, so too will the influence conversations a way to put a valuation on each consumer’s in a social context have on brand affinity and pur- potential influence for specific product catego- chasing decisions. Participating in a conver- ries. Google and a few others are already taking sation online, sharing an opinion and influencing a crack at defining your influence rank. a purchasing decision explicitly or implicitly are becoming second nature for more and more consumers. The only thing that will prevent these 3. Top-down branding will continue to lose messages from spreading is that a lot of this effectiveness. Most brand managers are used influence happens in small groups within the to defining their brands in relative isolation of the walled gardens of the social networks and there- marketplace — or they do extensive customer fore goes unnoticed. That will change in 2009 research and see it as their jobs alone to define as social network analysis vendors help us peek the brand (or the manifestation of the brand) over the wall and, as a result, marketers pay in different forms. That’s going to change as
  • 31.
    sumers define thebrands by the sheer volume 5. The portable social graph will fuel marketing of their opinions; they’ll be shaping the brands innovation. Arguably, the most successful more than the brands will be shaping them. manifestations of the social graph we’ve seen As a result, in order for them to be remembered, so far are in the news feeds and activity streams brands will be forced to deliver much stronger that reside on social platforms like Facebook value propositions to their customers. Cute adver- and Twitter. Expect to see new innovations that tising won’t be enough as the focus shifts to harness the social graph imaginatively, especially value exchanges. If you’re a brand manager, you at the awareness and consideration stages of can either fight this or treat it as an opportunity the marketing funnel. The early implementations to take your career in a different direction. of Facebook Connect, which extends users’ connections with their Facebook friends to other sites, barely scratch the surface of what’s pos- 4. Social advertising will grow up. We’re all tired sible. For example, imagine your personal profile of hearing about the failures of advertising being used for targeting content and advertising. on social platforms. Not surprisingly, IDC calls And imagine this happening across the Web, advertising on social networks “stillborn,” as it and not just on the social network where the pro- has been plagued by low click-through rates and file resides. confusing advertising formats. Although there are many formats, such as so-called app-vertis- ing, hypertargeting and engagement ads, we 6. Not just friends, but friendsters, will start to haven’t found what really works. That will change matter. There have been a lot of debates about in 2009 as ad units evolve to work more harmoni- whether a person’s “real” friends matter in a ously with user behavior on social platforms. social graph — call it the tension between friends Display advertising in the broader Web, too, will and friendsters. In 2009, we’re going to realize become more social, as linking display adver- that loose ties (like your friendsters on Facebook) tising to forms of social marketing — like blogger are as valuable as your strong ties (close friends) outreach, social credits, engagement programs because they’re the ones that bring new ideas and widgets that let you mix in your own content into your world and share your opinions with — become more important. However, there are people who are further removed from you. You’ll no guarantees that this will be completely figured be less conflicted about them and you’ll share out within the course of the year. more of your life with them. And the best way to understand this trend will be by paying more attention to academia and researchers like Mark 29
  • 32.
    Granovetter, Barry Wellmanand Duncan J. porations to rethink how they are organized, Watts, all of whom have shaped theories govern- including agencies. Niche social media consulting ing influence across social networks. firms will find it harder to compete as SIM goes mainstream. 7. Social influence research will become more important than social measurement. Do 9. The intranet will join the Web. By virtue you want to know how? By focusing on meaning of buying media for our clients, building massive rather than measurement. To think in terms of Web sites and designing intranets too, we have social as a channel that should be measured like a unique perspective on all things digital. And TV, print, radio or digital is missing the point. something we’ve learned in the last few years is Instead, the greatest value in social for marketers that the boundaries between the corporate Web will be in the real-time insights it provides. We site and the intranet are blurring. Your employees call this Social Influence Research and it is going want to collaborate and share knowledge with to drive marketing campaigns, product devel- peers who work outside your organization too. opment and customer service programs. There Your intranet is going to need to encourage and will be an evolution from measuring sentiment allow for that kind of collaboration if you want to understanding opinion and synchronizing to be competitive in this economic environment it with the Net Promoter scores. Why? Because with fewer employees having to do more work. marketers care about opinion much more than The best ideas can come from anywhere and the they do about sentiment. best people will look for others like them to col- laborate with. They may be in your company — but they may not be. If they aren’t, you better give 8. Marketers will organize around Social Influ- your employees the tools to reach them. ence Marketing™. In today’s organization, SIM is everyone’s stepchild. It is part public relations, part direct response, part brand marketing, part 10. Your CEO will join Facebook. We believe it’s customer intelligence and part sales support, finally going to happen this year — your CEO just to name a few categories. That will change is going to succumb to the pressure from employ- in 2009 as marketing organizations discover the ees and join Facebook, or at the very least, benefits in approaching it holistically. Budgets LinkedIn. If he (or she) is smart, he’ll be on a blog- will be put behind SIM and it will be treated as the ging or micro-blogging service too, sharing his third dimension of marketing with its own team, perspective in an authentic fashion. Why does objectives and initiatives. This will also force cor- this matter? Because by doing this, he is going to
  • 33.
    finally realize thatsocial is not a fad; it is fund- amentally changing how we relate and interact with each other and with brands online. He is going to want to get on board. It also means that, if you’re not already, you had better get on board yourself or you’ll be left behind. These are the 10 Social Influence Marketing™ trends we’re predicting for 2009. Like we did last year, we’ll evaluate these trends in July and then again at the end of the year. Now that SIM is so obviously real, we’ll see which brands are able to truly capitalize on it. Those that do will transform their business relation- ships with their customers, employees and partners. 31
  • 34.
    •M ap sa nd di r ec ti o ns co ns ti t ut e 69 of % m ob il e se ar ch es O U T LO O K Search Outlook: Pushing Search Forward in a Volatile Marketplace By Matt Greitzer, Vice President, Search, New York and National Search Lead and Josh Palau, Vice President, SEO, Global
  • 35.
    It’s expected that2009 will likely be a challenging year for search marketing. While budget cutbacks won’t be as severe as in other channels, they are still a reality for search marketers — for the first time in memory. This requires them to do more with less in an increasingly volatile landscape. Nevertheless, we expect the landscape to continue mobile arenas. In this article, we identify the key evolving, with an increased focus on measurement factors that will shape the search market domain over and search engine optimization (SEO) and the rise the next year. of compelling opportunities in the local search and 33
  • 36.
    Volatility in thepaid search landscape suspicious of last-click, search-driven attribution models, and also less willing to accept the validity of 2009 represents perhaps the first year in the brief portfolio optimization, wherein high-performing history of paid search advertising where same-client keywords subsidize low performers. This means the budgets are declining year-over-year. To that extent, standard optimization toolkit of search engine the Razorfish™ client base is representative of the marketers may need to be restocked with new tools search marketing industry overall; same-client bud- — and therein lies the opportunity. Now, more than gets in 2009 should be flat to down 10% versus the ever, marketers are intensely interested in revisiting previous year. These budget pullbacks will drastically their assumptions about ROI and how it is measured. shift the paid search competitive landscape in In this new period of open-mindedness, marketers unpredictable ways, as previously entrenched com- with multi-channel approaches are developing cus- petitors pull back on their paid search efforts, and tom attribution models that take into account search abandon certain categories entirely — a trend that marketing’s impact beyond immediate, click-based has already begun. These pullbacks will create pock- direct response — and working to understand value ets of opportunity within keyword categories, prev- outside whether or not those clicks lead to online iously unattainable due to cost constraints. To some purchases. By combining quantitative and qualitative extent, we expect search engines to mitigate CPC information, they are developing key purchase indi- (cost per click) pricing volatility through their built-in cators that help determine how search-driven traffic pricing controls (e.g. quality score). Nevertheless, corresponds with purchase intent off the site. pockets of “undervalued” inventory are emerging. Search marketers able to take advantage of these This approach is valuable for all search marketers opportunities will keep a keen eye on the competitive with sales channels beyond their Web site, and landscape, and look for shifts in competitive activity is transformational for non-transactional advertisers. that may signal an opening. Indeed, the proliferation of accepted methods for valuing search-driven traffic beyond direct response A focus on new metrics is perhaps the brightest spot in search marketing The more conservative spending environment will in 2009, as marketers in the consumer packaged- also result in increasing scrutiny of metrics. In 2009, goods and pharmaceutical categories embrace search advertisers will be reassessing long-held meaningful metrics to inform their search marketing beliefs about how they measure success through the investments. They will no longer have to guess the search marketing channel, presenting both a threat value of search clicks; these advertisers will increase and an opportunity to the search marketing industry. their search marketing investments with a solid That threat is easily defined: marketers today are grasp on what their investments are truly worth.
  • 37.
    Focus on thesite-side Two forces are converging to hasten this develop- ment. First, after three years of intense focus on If the shift toward a new approach to measurement paid search, advertisers are more confident they are represents the inward focus of search marketing covering the relevant ground in that area. They can in 2009, so too does the increased focus on the mar- now shift their attention to how they appear in unpaid keter Web site — and its connection with the search listings, using SEO — a tactic many have neglected. marketing experience. With growing budget con- Second, pressure on marketing investments is caus- straints, search marketers will focus on getting more ing advertisers to get more from less. With average out of their investments through more effective site- SEO engagements in the low six figures, this tactic side experiences. No longer a secondary consider- provides a compelling opportunity. We expect this to ation, conversion path optimization and field analysis be expressed in the following ways: will take hold in 2009 as a standard tool in the search marketer’s toolkit. Additionally, 2009 may finally see The creation of search-centric content the end of the “point and shoot” philosophy in paid Content continues to be a dominant factor in strong search marketing — whereby advertisers simply point search engine performance. Now, more than ever, paid search clicks at the most relevant pre-existing Web site owners are using search query activity pages on their Web sites. Advertisers are making in- to drive how they develop content on their sites, creasing investments in search-centric landing pages linking user experience and content strategy with and mini-sites with the intent to align their content search engine marketing to create content that with searcher intent. The focus on the site in 2009 will aligns with searcher intent. CondéNet, for example, allow advertisers to get more from their search mar- used search query data to inform the launch keting dollars, and nowhere is that more true than in of its Portfolio.com Web site, building out specific the increasing focus on SEO. content pages for key business executives who garner large search query volume. Through their Focus on SEO effectiveness in organic search rankings, these If investments in paid search marketing are under pages are among the most trafficked section of the increasing pressure in 2009, the opposite is true of Portfolio Web site. investments in SEO. In fact, 2009 will likely be the year larger advertisers finally give it its rightful place in the marketing arsenal. 35
  • 38.
    An emphasis ondriving more Marketers will have to make use of assets such search “shelf space” as press releases, videos, news feeds and product Content created in multiple formats allows market- reviews as ways to seek relevant links. As SEO ers to increase their search footprint and control implementation demands persist, link development the search experience. Marketers now have the continues to be a great way to succeed in search opportunity to optimize their product page, create engine results pages without straining resources. a video on product usage, post commercials featuring their spokesperson, create new product Local search: An ongoing shift from press releases and tag product images, creating print directories to online what we call additional “shelf space” for their own By Danny Huynh, Associate Search Director, Seattle content on the search results page. In addition, and National Local Search Lead and Rob Aronson, social media savvy marketers may develop blogs, Vice President, SEM Product Development, Philadelphia Twitter profiles or Facebook groups that engage active audiences. All these assets can be crawled 2008 saw local search engines surpass print and ranked by search engines, providing not only directories as the leading source of local information. the opportunity to increase marketers’ search With the digital landscape dominating local search shelf space but also to develop more links to their information in 2009, marketers with brick-and-mortar content. locations can no longer ignore the local search opportunity. And though Google is increasing The continuing importance of links its presence in local search, local is by no means a Without engaging in the paid link debate (which is one-player game. Consumer usage is distributed certainly spilling into 2009), there is no arguing that across search engines, Internet yellow pages, niche links are still important. The created — or optimized local directories and review sites. In fact, the primary — assets can be used in several ways. Some may challenge in local search marketing is no longer not pass link value but can still be used as link one of scale; it’s execution. The task of launching and bait. And significant link value can be attained if an maintaining a local search campaign can be daunt influential blogger or Web site links to your assets. ing, and advertisers of all sizes will increasingly turn There are many areas from which link strategies to automated feed management solutions to maintain may emerge, and big ideas must be implemented accurate local search listings across varied search swiftly before they become obsolete or overused. engines and directories.
  • 39.
    Expect some consolidationin 2009 as the three critical role in helping users access and navigate biggest search engines, and yellow pages companies, the robust amount of content and offerings available. seek to solidify their position in local search. Either As users spend more time glued to the handset be- through acquisitions of niche sites such as Yelp cause of new user interfaces and applications, search or Angie’s List, or through the distribution of local is in a position to become its centerpiece. In short, search marketing platforms, this consolidation as the habits and needs of mobile users begin to mir- will mean the local search landscape will simplify in ror a PC user’s, so too does the way information is 2009 for marketers and consumers alike. accessed — search will become the go-to application. Mobile search: Coming closer to the cusp These advances in software and services have blurred the lines of mobile search. Previously, mobile By Justin Scarborough, Senior Search Manager, search was thought to consist of five experiences: New York on-deck (a mobile carrier’s branded portal), off-deck It seems as though mobile search has been on the (Google, Yahoo!, Live.com and other engines accessed cusp of broad adoption for over five years. While 2009 via the Web), applications, voice (operator-assisted may still not be “The Year of Mobile Search,” the future search) and SMS. is very rosy due to a few key areas of development. Today, however, we are starting to see a convergence, First and foremost is the increasing adoption of smart not only of these experiences, but also of the types phones, such as the iPhone, and cell phone plans of handsets that drive each type of search. Whereas that enable unlimited data access, which in turn sup- in the past, the type of search performed on the ports increased mobile browsing. This trend is ex- mobile phone was predicated on device functionality pected to become substantially more popular over the and data availability, we now find that where and how next five years. With that will come a corresponding users search depends on personal preference and rise in mobile search: it is expected to nearly double need. Applications now support multiple types of from 28.8 million U.S. users in 2008 to 56 million U.S. search (see Google’s iPhone application with voice) users by 2011. and search engines (mobile browsers with change- able default search bars) — and carriers are increas- The second major impact on the growth of mobile ingly teaming up with Web-based search engines search is the advancement of mobile technology and, to power on-deck search portals, which often come more specifically, software. As the mobile industry in the form of an application on a smart phone. One becomes more serious about software, services and needs only look at recent announcements by Verizon content, mobile search will play an increasingly and AT&T (set to partner with Microsoft and Yahoo!, 37
  • 40.
    Respectively), for on-decksearches across their real time and with GPS location functionality. This networks to see how carriers, who have traditionally is the latest example of convergence offered in mobile not shared on-deck search, have come to the con- search: enhancing a very PC-centric search task — clusion that mobile search is better controlled and product price comparison — by making it an in-store monetized by their Web counterparts. Lastly, the experience. Add on the ability to use GPS to get notion that SMS search is exclusive to non-data sub- the lower price, and you’ve got a pretty revolutionary scribers or non-smart phones is being challenged. customer experience. The monumental growth of Cha-Cha, which not only surpassed Yahoo! in October 2008, only 10 months With the change of consumer-usage patterns comes after its inception, to become the second largest the increased expectation that advertiser-con- SMS based search engine, also counts 20% of its sumer interactions will be highly-relevant and highly- users as smart phone owners. For instance, users of targeted, putting search at the center of the mobile T-Mobile’s G1, the first phone to run on Google’s advertising space. As with PC-based search, mobile Android platform, have the ability to search the Web search is poised to become the entry point to many or use an application, but still like to ask Cha-Cha a Web interactions and a key point of contact between question, and have the answer in one to two minutes. advertisers and consumers. How will brands begin to adapt to the new evolution of searcher interaction? The information users seek on a mobile device is also Will they be catalysts or passive engagers? Will poised to change. Currently, the leading content they interrupt or aid users? As it has been for paid categories searched by mobile users are maps/direc- search, SEO and local search, the first brands to tions (69%), weather (65%), local information (62%), get it right may be able to gain an early advantage in news (51%) and entertainment (43%). As the mobile the next search frontier. search experience begins to mirror that of the PC, so too do the expectations for types of content. This means users will increasingly begin to see the mobile device not only as a source of localized informa- tion on the go, but as an aid to many of their everyday tasks. Consider three shopping applications: G1’s Shop Savvy, the iPhone’s LikeThis and Amazon.com applications. All three offer the ability to either scan a bar code or take an actual picture of a product, and then send it to a database that identifies the product and provides price comparisons — often in
  • 41.
  • 42.
    T he e pi t om eo fs er v ic e ,c re at iv i ty an d re spo ns ive ne s s• O U T LO O K Publishers of the Year
  • 43.
    It was overallservice that, in 2008, differentiated the top publishers from one another. Creativity may have helped mask the shortfall of an offering, responsiveness may have delivered an important meeting and strong ROI may have yielded a renewal, but it was the combination of these qualities that brought true partnerships to life. “In this quickly changing environment, where new technology and publisher solutions are constantly emerging, it’s easy to get distracted by the new shiny Publisher of the Year – EAST object. A huge differentiator is quality service. Pub- lishers that understand and nurture the relationship aspect of the business come out on top.” — Julie Weitzner, Media Director, Razorfish™, NY Publisher of the Year – CENTRAL The Razorfish™ media team anonymously voted on the publishers that epitomized service, creativity and responsiveness in 2008, all with an eye toward delivering meaningful solutions for our clients. The 2008 publishers of the year are ... Publisher of the Year – WEST 41
  • 44.
    what’s emerging Digital Media Escapes From the PC: 44 Unlocking Opportunity for Consumers and Marketers Ad Exchanges: 52 Revolutionizing the Buy-Sell Process Social Object Theory: 56 The Secret Ingredient for Powering Social Influence Marketing™ Campaigns For Here or To Go? How Portable Media Is Like Fast Food 62 Top 10 Mobile Applications to Watch 66 Getting Smart With Mobile Marketing: 78 How Mobile Marketing Is Evolving in Europe and the U.S.
  • 46.
    ide r online viewing a ons rep er sc lac em view en f tf o or 0% T 1. 5 V• Th C is EO is ab W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G ou t to jo in Face Digital Media b ook • Escapes From the PC: Unlocking Opportunity for Consumers and Marketers By Jeremy Lockhorn, Director, Emerging Media, Seattle
  • 47.
    The last decadehas been a time of radical change and reinvention for the media ecosystem. 2008 was no different. Perhaps the most shocking change in the media and advertising industries was the pace at which digital and Web-based tech- nologies began to penetrate the mainstream and displace tradi- tional forms of advertising. Digital long ago escaped the browser via a proliferation perhaps the poster boy of this movement. But other of widgets and other applications rooted in Web-like platforms showed incredible growth in Web or systems — but in 2008, digital also escaped the con- Web-like systems: the mobile device, the television, fines of the PC. Digital signage grew rapidly and is in-store media and more. 45
  • 48.
    At the sametime, we saw massive changes in the that the rise of DVRs and other digital recording de- way people interact with the digital world and how vices as well as “video snacking” online have forced the digital world interacts with them. The availability broadcasters to change their business models, yet of technologies like gesture and image recognition their “replacements...are not necessarily ready for helped this along, sparked by the Wii, which taught prime time.” Still, despite the drop in viewership and people how to work with devices via natural move- difficult economic conditions, U.S. ad spending on ment. Apple’s iPhone and Microsoft’s Surface, which TV stayed relatively steady through the end of the both allow interaction without a mouse or keyboard, year, a surprising trend that we do not expect to last. took this one step further with specific applications developed to take full advantage of the unique Many in the TV industry insist that online viewing capabilities like GPS, intuitive multi-touch and object is additive — that individual consumers watch shows recognition. both online and on TV, rather than replacing TV view- ership with online. However, a study from research These changes are opening the doors to incredible firm Integrated Media Measurement said May 2008 new ways for advertisers to connect with consumers. marked the first time that a significant portion of This section will examine some of these key emerging U.S.-based online viewers of primetime, episodic TV media trends and provide implications for marketers. shows didn’t watch part of those shows on TV. What’s more, 50% of viewers consider online viewing Online video threatens TV ad model, a replacement for TV, according to the firm. A Deloitte but neither channel has found a new one survey also found that nearly 6 in 10 U.S. consumers would like to easily integrate their televisions with The digital marketing and media site, eMarketer, found their computers to download or watch online content. that online video continued its rapid growth curve, reaching 154.2 million monthly viewers as of Novem- These trends have stoked the ongoing battle for digi- ber 2008. Sites like Hulu, a joint venture between tal media ownership in the living room. Key players NBC Universal and News Corporation, won industry continue to invest in solutions, perhaps best exempli- praise and have begun to amass significant audi- fied by Apple’s significant update to Apple TV, as ences. Meanwhile, TV viewership continues to fall in well as Microsoft’s complete overhaul of its Xbox user aggregate — at the end of 2008, The New York Times interface. The Xbox initiative was arguably aimed reported that cumulative viewership across the four at creating a more mainstream interface with broader broadcast networks was down 10% overall — roughly appeal and easier access to downloadable content, a million fewer viewers each night. At NATPE in Jan- including the “instant watch” library from Netflix. uary 2008, NBC Universal CEO Jeff Zucker, declared We are also closely watching companies like VUDU,
  • 49.
    which makes aset-top box that downloads HD movies. are — in some ways — an effort to inject TV with While certainly not the first company to launch this pieces of what makes online advertising so powerful. model, VUDU has been getting rave reviews. It is poised to launch a rich Internet application platform, To echo Zucker’s sentiment, even online video is still allowing developers to deploy Web applications in search of the right business and advertising model. on TV. As such, these companies have the potential The debate over whether or not pre-roll and mid- to empower next generation Web content and experi- roll formats are appropriate drags on, even while the ences on the TV. models dominates video ad spend. Overlays, which give users the option of whether to watch a video The device that wins will seamlessly integrate Web ad or not, seem to provide a better value exchange content with content from other sources, such as for consumers but have yet to gain broad traction. cable, onto the TV, since consumers will undoubtedly want to put their large, flat-panel HDTVs to good use. New technologies, however, hold promise for cre- But consumers also want complete control over the ating ever more advanced video advertising models. content — a trend that has become all too clear over Companies like ZunaVision and Innovid are working the last couple of years. on inserting Flash-based assets into video post-pro- duction, so a blank wall in a video could suddenly Increasing online viewership, and widespread contain a movie poster, digitally inserted at the time ad-skipping via the DVR, pose challenges to the TV of delivery. While it’s too early to say for certain what business model, reducing the audience that watches business model will evolve from these technologies, advertising. Many in the TV industry look to forth- one could imagine product placement becoming coming capabilities like addressability (increasing the a dynamically served and targeted model. This would relevance of TV ads by targeting spots — and even bring analytical capabilities, behavioral targeting pieces of spots — at an individual household level) and optimization potential to areas within the video and interactive TV, as potential saviors. Early small- itself and could launch a revolutionary new business market tests have indeed shown promise, and the model. Both companies are also working to enable launch of Canoe Ventures (a consortium of the largest interactivity, staying true to the promise of consumer cable operators, aimed at driving innovation and control. scale with advanced TV advertising), as well as the growing momentum behind EBIF and Tru2Way (tech- nologies which enable interactivity and applications via set-top boxes) bode well for the ecosystem. At its most basic level, these advanced TV technologies 47
  • 50.
    The bottom line:Video, whether on TV or the com- find alternative ways to connect with their audiences puter, is a powerful communications vehicle, but digi- to promote their new shows, and DOOH may well be tal distribution puts the consumer in control. This part of the solution. means that while advertisers can buy reach, engage- ment cannot be bought. It must be earned through Falling costs of hardware and infrastructure fueled smart targeting and a willingness to create something inventory growth in early 2008. And while ad spend more than an ad. A marketing message has to be on DOOH grew overall, it did not keep pace with a compelling experience that is relevant to the con- the inventory explosion. This, combined with the weak sumer and provides value. economy, claimed at least one victim in 2008 — Reactrix. Its immersive gaming system that relied on Out-of-home goes digital but advertisers gesture control was an eye-catching and engaging are slow to embrace new formats opportunity, but the company was forced into receiv- ership in late 2008. Dozens of other startups have The out-of-home advertising market is perhaps launched signage networks as well, frequently with the most obvious example of digital media breaking niche specializations. PumpTop TV appears on gas away from the PC. Digital out-of-home (DOOH) brings pumps and Ecast provides touch-screen jukeboxes. many of the benefits of Web-based marketing chan- It’s an increasingly fragmented space that can be nels to the OOH space. Video and animation can difficult to manage and may continue to suffer as a create eye-catching motion, while some DOOH net- result of large amounts of unsold inventory and tough works and locations also offer sound. Furthermore, economic times. because many of the networks are based on IP deliv- ery, narrow targeting, rapid optimization and central SeeSaw Networks function as an aggregator for more asset management, all become welcome capabilities. than 40 of these smaller networks and provides an impressive Web-based planning and buying tool. Billboards of all shapes and sizes are making the Companies that can aggregate reach in the channel transition to digital as big players like Clear Channel, by offering strong placement and creative opportun- JCDecaux and Lamar are investing in upgrades. Major ities, and employ digital ad serving and measurement broadcasters like CBS and NBC are also leaping into systems are poised to do well. the DOOH game. This move by the broadcast nets is about more than diversification. As more of their primetime content gets viewed on-demand, their own promos for new shows fall victim to ad avoidance behavior. Like all marketers, the broadcast nets must
  • 51.
    Retailers also seemto have caught the DOOH bug. Talking on the mobile phone is so 2007; Wal-Mart’s in-store television network is undergoing a the PC lands on the phone reinvention to leverage advanced targeting capabili- It has long been the vision of the computing world ties. Other major retailers ranging from grocery chains that mobile phone capabilities would begin to to consumer electronics stores are seeking to cap- approach those of laptop computers. We may not be italize on their foot traffic as they chase the dual ben- quite there yet, but there have been impressive efits of increased revenue from manufacturer partners advancements over the last several years — creating and increased sales. a rapid shift in consumer behavior, as mobile Web usage takes off and voice usage becomes secondary. Untargeted, non-interactive digital signage is just the Already, some audience segments are texting more tip of the iceberg, of course. Retailers are also ex- than talking, while many iPhone users half-joke about perimenting with interactive touchscreens and kiosks their devices being awful phones but great pocket that provide Web-like interfaces. These products computers. are aimed at delivering more detailed product info or enabling consumers to get help making selections The iPhone has changed what many expect from without having to find a store employee. All manner mobile devices. Launched in 2007, with a relatively of ambient sensing technologies ranging from weight- minor hardware evolution in 2008, the iPhone’s sensitive shelving to RFID are similarly enabling real news in 2008 was the opening of the platform in-store digital media to automatically react to what to developers and the corresponding launch of the the shopper picks up or touches, providing intuitive, iTunes App Store. In less than six months, it had on demand content that can help sell product and reached 300 million downloads and swelled to con- make informed decisions. tain more than 10,000 applications. Some are useless party tricks (iBeer, iFart) that still manage to make The bottom line: As digital breaks outside of the PC, some decent coin for their creators. Others are we expect to see the same systems we use to incredibly useful, such as the restaurant reservation manage Web campaigns (third-party ad servers and app created by OpenTable. There are many solid content management systems, for example) extend games available as well. What is most impressive is their reach. It will make for efficient cross-channel that a sudden, massive developer community is media but may present challenges for creative devel- inventing new uses for the device — stuff that Apple opment, requiring another shift in the way campaigns would likely have never pursued on its own. are concepted and produced. Liquid assets that can flexibly move from screen to screen will be key. 49
  • 52.
    The App Storehas done something that the four to create a response mechanism from passive media major carriers could not figure out on their own — it like print or broadcast. But the year also brought has given consumers a reason to pay for unlimited some growth in other flavors of text-based mobile data packages. The mobile ecosystem has taken marketing: search and in-SMS, which places short note — with Google working feverishly on its Android text ads in opt-in SMS streams. platform and launching a decent first device in part- nership with T-Mobile and handset producer HTC. Search engines continued to integrate mobile into Android has a corresponding app store as well, and their existing search advertising platforms, some RIM is rumored to be developing an app store for its allowing for device-specific targeting as well as loca- BlackBerry devices. iPhone owners are super users tion-based targeting. Meanwhile, media properties of the mobile Web, simply because the experience including USA Today, MTV, NBA.com and Good is much better than it is on other mobile devices. Housekeeping have been using in-SMS advertising. This, combined with the growth that will result from It’s a great way to tap into the intimacy and immediacy other companies’ efforts to replicate the success of text alerts, and several case studies have demon- of the iTunes App Store, will continue to drive massive strated potential. Still, there are challenges, beginning growth in mobile data usage and present new oppor- with its potential to be perceived as spam; it is yet tunities for marketers to connect with their consumers to be seen at what point consumers begin to feel that on the go. commercial messages, or even alerts they’ve opted in to receive, become unwanted noise. We’re cau- Mobile display advertising has also experienced tiously optimistic about in-SMS advertising for 2009, continued growth despite a heavily fragmented mar- provided that all parties focus on delivering value to ketplace, a lack of true third-party adserving, little the consumer. standardization beyond ad sizes and other challenges. Increasingly, though, big networks like AdMob, Nokia The bottom line: Consumers have demonstrated and Quattro are becoming valuable partners, capable a desire to access Web-like data anytime and any- of aggregating inventory as well as providing seamless where. Some consumers are seeking snack-sized services to help create and manage mobile campaigns. entertainment, and some consumers want utility, like price comparisons. Marketers must assess what Text (or SMS), of course, has the broadest reach in consumers need from their brands while on the go the mobile ecosystem, making it a powerful platform and invest in building those applications. for marketing. Razorfish™ clients such as MillerCoors, and JCPenney experimented with different text-based programs in 2008. A common tactic is using text
  • 53.
    Emerging media willnot kill advertising but change it forever The digitization of media has empowered people with complete control over their media consumption; they are able to watch, read or listen to whatever they want whenever they want, and that typically in- cludes advertising. Efforts to force attention to ads without providing value will fall on deaf ears and blind eyes, challenging traditional ad models. Digital is impacting more than what you might typically describe as “media” — it has created entirely new channels and continues to radically blur the line be- tween the real and the virtual worlds. New, immersive experiences leveraging incredible human-computer interaction models have leaped from the pages of sci- ence fiction novels and become reality. Taken together, these trends are NOT killing advertis- ing. They are simply changing its role. Advertising is now less about reach and less about changing attitudes but about more engaging experiences, which leverage new digital capabilities to deliver value to the audiences that interact with them. It’s about mar- keters making themselves useful, plain and simple. 51
  • 54.
    Ad ve r tis e rs ca n s is lay ba er n sio da ta es pr on m top y-i y or t n-b en of in nv sio fi o vento res es nventor y on an imp e s f o r d if fe r e n t t y p r y to cherr y-pick their ta buy i pric ble an rget rs c r ia va et e cu s tis an s er rs c tom • A d ve r t i s e Adv W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G er s • • Ad Exchanges: Revolutionizing the Buy-Sell Process By Joanna O’Connell, Manager of Strategic Development, Ad Exchange Practice, New York, Matt Greitzer, Vice President, Search, New York and National Search Lead and Josh Palau, Vice President, SEO, Global
  • 55.
    Perhaps no otherdevelopment has the potential to reshape digital media more than the relatively-new advent of advertising exchanges. These auction-based, self-service platforms provide a marketplace for buyers and sellers of online ad inventory to trans- act directly with one another. With the four major portals all either acquiring or building ad exchanges in the last 18 months (Yahoo!’s Right Media, Microsoft’s AdECN, Google’s DoubleClick and AOL’s BidPlace), these platforms now have the scale and resources to transform the way digital ad inventory is bought and sold in 2009 — and beyond. 53
  • 56.
    Ad exchanges providethree primary On the demand side, ad exchange inventory is cur- advantages for digital marketers: rently finding appeal among performance marketers and direct-response advertisers. This trend will only 1. Auction-based, spot market. Advertisers can increase in 2009 as marketers shift budgets to perfor- buy inventory on an impression-by-impression mance-oriented media that can drive immediate, basis — in real time. No upfront commitments measurable results. But the use of ad exchanges will are needed to secure delivery. not be exclusive to direct-response advertisers. Brand marketers, too, will gravitate toward ad exchanges 2. Data portability. Advertisers can layer data to take advantage of their ability to deliver exacting on top of inventory to cherry-pick their target targeting capabilities and price efficiencies. customers. 3. De-averaged pricing. Advertisers can set vari- As ad exchanges rise to prominence, the value of able prices for different types of inventory — some established market players will be undermined. and different kinds of customers. Rather than Ad networks are especially finding their market pos- paying a flat CPM for a specific placement ition in this new era tenuous. The value of inventory or behavioral schema, they can now price each aggregation, the traditional role of ad networks, impression according to its expected return. is decreasing, as inventory is increasingly available on an open spot market. And behavioral targeting — The growth of ad exchanges will accelerate over the once a major differentiator — is now being replicated next year, as demand on both the buy and sell sides through the use of readily-available data for sale in converges. On the supply side, the explicit involve- the ad exchange environment. While some networks ment of the four previously mentioned major portals will find a role in this new environment, many more ensures a steady supply of inventory. Expect Yahoo!, will find it increasingly difficult to carve out their place MSN and AOL to offer an increasing volume of unsold in the new digital landscape. inventory across their respective ad exchanges. And Google will align its DoubleClick exchange with its Although ad exchanges will see widespread adoption vast AdSense publisher network to continue offering in 2009, there are several unresolved issues that may incentives for DART for Publisher clients to liquidate complicate their ascendancy. First, while involve- unsold inventory on its exchange. In addition, a bleak ment from portals and pressure for liquidity bode well advertising economy in 2009 will put pressure on for the ongoing inventory supply on the exchanges, publishers outside the portals’ networks to liquidate not all publishers are embracing the new dynamic. inventory through all available channels, including ad Last year, ESPN turned its back on ad networks, while exchanges. Turner Digital and Forbes started their own. The goal,
  • 57.
    in each case,was for the publisher to have complete control over its inventory and audience. Obviously, that may make them slow to adopt the exchange model as a viable source of revenue. If well-known, branded publishers shun the ad exchange channel, the future of ad exchanges could be limited. Privacy concerns, too, could prove a major stumbling block. As the ad exchanges have decoupled inventory from data, a vast market has emerged for the buying and selling of consumer information for the purpose of increased targeting capabilities. Consumer backlash could result in data restrictions for targeting purposes, stifling a key benefit of exchange-based inventory. These hurdles aside, ad exchanges have the potential to revolutionize the online media landscape. 2009 will see a flurry of activity and innovation in this area as ad exchanges transition from sideshow curiosity to primary driver of reach, distribution, efficiency and liquidity. Marketers who embrace the opportunity now will benefit from an immature pricing landscape, and lay the groundwork for success as the ad exchange opportunity grows. And those who sit on the sidelines will miss the early-stage development of what is perhaps the most innovative and relevant channel to arise in the digital media landscape since the rise of search engine marketing. 55
  • 58.
    W H AT’S EM ER G I N G Social Object Theory: The Secret Ingredient for Powering Social Influence Marketing Campaigns By Iain McDonald, Executive Creative Director and Founder, Amnesia Razorfish™, Sydney Twitter: @eunmac e p h on ans own a video-capable A me r i c n millio • 91
  • 59.
    Hugh MacLeod, thecreative mind behind gapingvoid.com, said in October 2007, “I believe social objects are the future of marketing.” Coincidentally, we had both recently watched the same video about social objects created by Jyri Engeström, founder of Jaiku, a social platform that lets people share their online activity streams. Engeström described social object theory as the belief Large numbers of digital conversations revolve that all successful social media interactions and around a social object, such as a bookmark, game, ventures center on an object — “the reason people photo, story, product, event, Facebook app and connect with each particular other and not something so forth; these objects become the centerpiece of else.” Another way to describe a social object is as our conversations. In turn, we may also be willing to the centerpiece in a dialogue between two or more share objects. I believe a great digital social object people. People don’t just talk — they tend to talk is one that is highly portable, and can be easily cop- “around” objects. For example, if I’m speaking to my ied and reproduced in as many channels and formats. mother about the flowers I sent her, the flowers are the social object. 57
  • 60.
    Do social objectsreally build connections Twitter propagates different types of social objects, on social networks? too. The object is frequently a URL, but users often become the object since usernames can be shared. You’ve probably heard the old adage that there are Comments themselves can even become objects, only six degrees of separation between any one which people retweet, and around which new conver- individual on the planet and everyone else (especially sations are formed. if your name is Kevin Bacon), so wouldn’t it seem that sites, which simply let people connect, would be The question of what creates the glue of social a huge success too? This appears reasonable at media becomes even more interesting when we look first glance, but the ability to connect and exchange at flourishing social-based destinations and find that information falls short of explaining what is truly people who have no immediate social relationship powering these networks and causing such heavy are somehow connecting. More interestingly, these usage — and even addiction — in so many people. connections often go beyond a single network, well into the blogosphere. Some conversations travel well There have been many sites over the years that have beyond a small circle of intimates, moving amongst allowed us to simply “connect.” SixDegrees.com, different sites and occasionally attracting huge traffic, a popular site from the dotcom era, did this well, yet producing mass influence. That phenomenon goes it no longer exists. LinkedIn is a large site, which far beyond the social media idea of a “friend.” connects many people, but it has never exploded in the same way Facebook has, despite being around Could there be a simple underlying force behind for longer. These sites have connected people without this? Social object theory says the objects are that helping them create the social objects that give them underlying force. It explains why sites which propagate a centerpiece around which to connect. social objects may be more likely to succeed than those that don’t, and why people who don’t have A good example of a site which propagates social common social relationships find reasons to connect. objects? Flickr. The social objects it creates aren’t just photos, but photo collections, URLs and even com- mentary. Flickr extends and amplifies — it is a quantum leap from a repository of private photos, reserved for viewing only by people the uploader knows. Any photo on Flickr is capable of being relevant and dis- coverable — and distributed by unrelated people.
  • 61.
    Applying social objecttheory to big idea to be supported, particularly through social marketing campaigns networks rather than just a brand Web site. In this instance, the main social object was “The Smirnoff Social object theory has implications for marketing, Secret Party” which allowed users within social net- and at Razorfish™, we have been quietly putting it into works to discuss the event, as well as who the practice for the last 18 months, with great results. mystery DJ’s might be and where the event might be Ready to hear what we’ve learned? held. Smaller social objects were deployed in the form of clues and puzzles in a digital treasure hunt for free Initially some people within our team thought the the- tickets. Cryptic clues [objects] inspired conversations ory simply stated the obvious; we weren’t quite to take place within social networks between users. sure how we would apply it to digital campaigns but A GPS system, embedded in the clues blog, enabled thought there was significant opportunity. We needed users to venture into the real world in an attempt to to start learning, and, since little has been written find hidden tickets that might, for instance, be taped about social objects, we have been on a journey of under a park bench. These real world tickets often discovery. First, we started considering the theory sparked debate and conversation. during the creative phase of the project. We quickly found that by shifting our thinking to answer the ques- For Lipton Tea (Unilever), we created a site full of tion, “what makes a great social object?” we could smaller game-based objects to enable the bigger rethink our ideas or optimize existing ones. object — brain training. This was to communicate an Amino acid called L-Theanine, which was recently During the first months, we did not always set out proven to keep tea drinkers more relaxed and alert to produce social objects, but as time passed, our compared to other beverages. projects took on features organically that one would associate with objects; the objects themselves As the digital landscape changes and shifts to a more took on more viral properties, thus becoming more social one, I believe that using some of the findings social. Now that scores of projects, which take social and practices detailed below will continue to help us object theory into account, have passed through produce better campaigns. We still need to learn our doors, we use it more strategically. more about social objects and their role in our con- sumers’ lives, but as we move from outdated, It has also formed the basis of some big campaigns, monologue advertising models into dialogue-driven notably our Smirnoff Secret Party effort for Diageo marketing, this theory can help us find better ways which forged some new ground as a social campaign to genuinely engage with our consumers. Here is what by deploying not one but many objects to allow the we’ve learned so far: 59
  • 62.
    Social objects can take dozens of forms, including To make campaigns centered around social objects, links, videos, images, bookmarks, widgets, events we recommend the following practices: and products like the iPhone. They may also be • Define what your social objects are early; they more abstract (e.g. Christianity or Post Modern- may even form the basis of a big idea. ism). The more portable the object, the more likely it will succeed • Decide whether your campaign is made from a single object — or perhaps thousands of them. • Social objects aren’t necessarily viral. It may be For example, is your promotional video the object, enough to simply make them “discoverable.” or do you provide the tools for consumers to For instance, with topical or newsworthy objects create many more objects around a theme you (e.g. a plane crashing into the Hudson River) it provided? would be important to make sure your social ob- • Figure out what makes your social object or ject (perhaps an article or video related to the objects social and make your social object impor- conversation) is optimized for search, so users tant, relevant and authentic to consumers. can discover it. • Ensure that your objects are portable, rights- • Retro-fitting social objects into traditional cam- free and can be copied. Ask yourself whether your paigns can be very difficult. For instance, a social object can jump mediums. For instance, PUSH message such as “Tastes Like Summer in can your video be easily described by a blogger or a Bottle” merely tells the consumer what to think, tweeter? which presents a tough challenge for agencies to create digital social objects for. In contrast, • Determine how long your object will be social. Is Burger King’s Whopper Sacrifice campaign asked it newsworthy or topical? Allow for online debate, users to sacrifice 10 friends on Facebook in discussion and interaction surrounding your ob- exchange for a free Whopper. This big idea was jects. Consider creating objects that can be delib- in itself a social object, which not only created con- erately tagged, tracked and measured. versation but also activated supporting objects • Do not assume your social object is, by default, such as the application on Facebook. your Web site brand or product. However, your projects probably have social objects already. Identify, build and optimize them.
  • 63.
    I’d like toconclude with another quote from Hugh McLeod of gapingvoid.com, which sums up how we as agencies and brands need to think as we adopt social object theories: “The most important word on the Internet is not ‘search.’ The most important word on the Internet is ‘Share.’” Historical credits for defining social object theory: Jyri Engeström, founder of Jaiku Nicolas Bourriaud, author of Relational Aesthetics External References: http://www.consumingexperience.com/2007/06/ 5-principles-for-web-20-success-jyri.html http://www.amazon.com/Relational-Aesthetics- Nicolas-Bourriaud/dp/2840660601 http://amnesiablog.wordpress.com/2008/05/28/ a-treasure-hunt-some-moonvertising-and-a-load- of-vodka/ http://www.lipton.com.au/braintrain http://www.gapingvoid.com/Moveable_Type/ archives/004390.html Thanks to Twitter users @zeroinfluencer, @servantofchaos @gapingvoid @ianlyons @docbaty @andrewdever for their kind assistance during the writing of this article. 61
  • 64.
    W H AT’S EM ER G I N G For Here or To Go? How Portable Media Is Like Fast Food d mea ls per year • foo By Lindsay Wong, Manager, 9 fa s t f 15 ag eo Emerging Media, San Francisco ver a na e s um c on a ns e r ic Am ed • nr e le a s e be e s hav pp n ea ho iP 0 0 ,0 10 ly e at im ox pr Ap
  • 65.
    Last year, aSouth Korean company, called BBQ Chicken, introduced the world to some very futuristic fast food packaging. A dual-compartment cup, the Col-Pop, kept chicken nuggets crispy and hot in one section, and kept the soda icy and cold in another. Consumers could easily tote their full meal from one place to the next, finally liberated from the hassle of juggling sepa- rate cups and greasy food containers. For today’s media-hungry snackers, recent trends airport and even onto the plane. The iPhone elimi- have provided similar options for portability as both nates the need for people to carry an MP3 player, a device and content options have exploded. What we portable DVD player and a cell phone; some have once could only enjoy on desktop computers and stopped toting cameras around as well, relying solely TVs, we can now carry with us from the office, to the on this phone’s two-megapixel power. 63
  • 66.
    Avatars, familiar tomany of us from Yahoo! Avatars electronic book reader, has been selling out consis- and Nintendo Wii, are no longer confined to one Web tently since its November 2007 release. In addition to property. Oddcast’s 3D technology can power ava- being able to access nearly 200,000 titles at Amazon, tars across social networking sites, online games and Kindle users can subscribe to favorite publications even mobile devices. Vivaty, a social virtual world, as well as track RSS feeds. Just as people are confronted with menu choices at a fast food restaurant “What we once could — fries or a salad, shake or a soda — they are faced with endless content only enjoy on desktop and technology options, more and more of them portable, and multi-fac- computers and TVs, eted. Users can employ desktop wid- gets customized with their zip codes we can now carry with and news preferences, or set their personal Pandora station to specific us from the office, to music genres via their desktop or mo- bile device; they can customize their Flip video camera with an image the airport, and even of their cute dog, or create an exact likeness of themselves on Wii Mii. onto the plane.” This empowered consumer has driven our industry to rethink distribution strategies and touch points within this increasingly portable media landscape. allows its users to share their personalized rooms on Traditional media channels, particularly TV, have AIM and Facebook, creating portable “living spaces” experienced tremendous fragmentation as well. With rather than static profile pages. DVR, viewers can choose when to watch; with mobile TV, viewers can choose where. As more TV con- Beyond music and photos, consumers can carry tent is delivered over mobile devices, advertisers will entire libraries of books and print media with them on need to leverage these fragmented consumption one device. Amazon’s Kindle, the wildly successful vehicles to reach the audiences that are disappearing
  • 67.
    from TV. Theother key piece to consumer control is the ability to share. Viral, “free” impressions are the most valued, and brands are thoughtfully construct- ing marketing plans to get them. Consumer partic- ipation drives these pass-along experiences, where the most active and influential people send links to their friends, grab and embed widgets, and update their blogs from a mobile device. Marketers must use the portable media space as part of a broader strategy, reaching people whether they are tethered to a computer or out grabbing a bite to eat. With any luck, our digital snacks may evolve faster than you can say Col-Pop 2.0. 65
  • 68.
    Ju tus se d iA g an Aud 4 on his iPh rivin one ed Sh r b the o pS ra d ul avv o y •W to fin d the lowest price W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G • Top 10 Mobile Applications to Watch By Paul Gelb, Manager, Emerging Media, New York
  • 69.
    The iPhone explodedonto the mobile landscape last year, acquiring a 12.9% share of the global smartphone market and growing its share in terms of units sold by 327% year-on-year by the third quarter of 2008, according to Gartner. 1 The large touch screen and intuitive interface of the rable to the iPhone. Two notable releases in 2008 iPhone revolutionized mobile user behavior, but it were the BlackBerry Storm and T-Mobile’s G1, nick- was the rise of the mobile application ecosystem that named the G-phone, which is the first phone to run proved even more noteworthy. Developers flooding on Google’s Android operating system. In 2009, the market with apps led to unprecedented growth applications will expand beyond the iPhone and drive in content consumption, searches, utility usage and growth throughout the mobile channel. advertising opportunities. As of January 16, 2009, over 15,000 applications were offered at the iPhone Last year, many applications, including mobile App Store and more than 500 million applications versions of the water simulation Koi Pond, Google were downloaded, with over six million applications Search, Facebook and music site Pandora received on average downloaded each day.2 accolades from users and the press. The list below identifies 10 applications that will drive growth and Handset manufacturers and operating system com- transform content distribution and consumption, petitors responded by developing application-friendly search, utility tool usage and advertising opportuni- products with improvements to make them compa- ties in 2009 and beyond. 67
  • 70.
    1. Shop Savvy/ Retail / Android G1 Significance • Increases in price comparison behavior increases price competition and forces retailers to compete for consumers with brand equity and superior shopping user experiences. • It has potential to revolutionize the retail industry by converging brick and mortar shopping with ecommerce. Outlook Shop Savvy creates new marketing opportunities, including special in-store discounts, low-price guaran- tees and bar code-based scavenger hunt events. The application can also collect valuable data for re- tailers. For example, GPS data detailing the paths that consumers take through a store would help opti- mize the product layout. A valuable update to the application would be image Description recognition functionality, which enables users to Shop Savvy turns mobile phones into bar code scan- take pictures of products anywhere and receive price ners. Users can point the camera at any bar code comparisons. This additional tool would transform and the application will provide price comparisons any location into an ecommerce experience. from both online and nearby brick and mortar retailers.
  • 71.
    2. Wikitude AugmentedReality Travel Guide / Hospitality / Android G1 Significance • Hospitality marketers or travel content publishers can utilize the technology to offer branded travel guide information. • It provides access to digital information sources and social networks at any physical location. Outlook The number of augmented reality applications should expand exponentially in 2009, due to both device Description support and the release of an augmented reality Combining Android’s GPS and internal compass, developer tool kit for the iPhone. However, a lingering this application provides a real-time augmented question remains. Where will most of the data for reality travel guide. Users may search for any of the the tags come from — users, brands or reference Web 350,000 points of interest covered by the applica- sites? tion. When a landmark is viewed through the camera, annotations are overlaid on the landscape image. A similar application for the iPhone, Sekai Camera, was demonstrated in December 2008. Rather than limiting information overlays to Wikipedia data, this application enables users to tag the real world. Anyone can tag any image anywhere in real time. 69
  • 72.
    3. Mint /Financial Services / iPhone and itemized income, expenses and monthly budget expenditures. Mint makes money by conversions that come from its ability to match each consumer’s asset allocation, spending behavior and investment performance data to an optimized list of offers from financial institutions. Significance • An average American uses 11 different financial institutions. • Branded financial institution applications may not be able to match the value of Mint’s aggregated information and personalized discount offers. • Within the first 24 hours, Mint became the #1 finance application on iTunes. Outlook The application’s service recommendation feature would both threaten financial institution retention Description rates and provide opportunities for financial firms This application offers users a comprehensive tool to effectively target consumers. Furthermore, Mint’s set, connected to more than 7,500 U.S. financial insti- access to user spending data can generate highly tutions, to track, budget and manage their finances targeted ad inventory for non-financial service mar- across institutions from their mobile phones. Each keters. user’s registered accounts are automatically synched with the application. Information provided includes account balances, investment accounts performance
  • 73.
    4. WebMD Mobile/ Pharmaceuticals / iPhone Significance • Expansion of WebMD into the mobile channel creates significant mobile marketing opportunities for pharmaceutical companies. • WebMD.com is one of the premiere online pub- lishers reaching over 50 million unique Web users. Outlook Direct-to-consumer mobile ad spending for the phar- maceutical industry is restricted by ad formats that do not fulfill legal requirements, but larger rich media ads on the iPhone — in and around applications like this one from WebMD — are promising. In addition, the application can be used as a launching point in which to expand WebMD’s offering to content and tools for physicians. Description WebMD Mobile provides users with access to all of the content and functionality of the WebMD Web site. The application enables direct search and browsing of WebMD.com within the application interface, mobile interactive guides for self-diagnosis and first aid treatment, and tools facilitating the search and browsing of drug treatments. 71
  • 74.
    5. Audi A4/ Auto & Gaming / iPhone Significance • Audi A4 is the first application released by an auto manufacturer. • By December 2008, Audi A4 became the ninth most popular free game and the only application from an advertiser in the top 100 free applications. Outlook Audi has the opportunity to utilize the large base of users that have the application installed on their phones. Application updates with additional levels can be released to prevent users from deleting the Description application. With a retained audience, Audi can This application is a driving game that leverages use additional updates to deliver local dealer loca- the accelerometer to steer the Audi 2009 A4, a model tions and promotional information. launched in September 2009, through a series of increasingly challenging courses. The main menu has a link to a version of the A4 Web site, optimized for the iPhone.
  • 75.
    6. nuTsie /Music / BlackBerry, Windows Mobile Devices, Alltel Devices mobile phones. nuTsie does not move or copy any music files. Instead, music is streamed to the mobile device or personal computer. The application is an extension of a portfolio of Web-based tools that offer the music service from any connected PC. Significance • Digital rights management restrictions are limited to a requirement that non-purchased tracks are played in shuffle mode within a playlist. • Streaming content nearly eliminates device storage requirements. Outlook The availability of nuTsie’s comprehensive and unrestrictive service reduces the value of owning a song or an MP3 player. Adoption of the application could significantly affect content and device sales. Description nuTsie is a mobile music service that allows users to placeshift3 their music library, enabling a portable music experience without the need for downloading. Users can discover new music, add full tracks to playlists for free and share music with friends on their 73
  • 76.
    7. vSNAX /Video / iPhone Significance • Clicking on pre-roll advertisements brings up ad- ditional information but unobtrusively stays within application experience and pauses content. • It uses a multi-touch interface to make navigation across channels, through clip libraries and into interactive advertisement environments frictionless, intuitive and engaging. • User experience facilitates and encourages increased content consumption. • Viewers can continue to watch their video clip while simultaneously swiping through thumbnails to pick their next selection. Outlook vSNAX differentiates itself from YouTube and other smaller competitors by focusing on user experience and distribution of high-quality, professional content. As vSNAX solidifies its position, it will become in- Description creasingly difficult for new video content publishers This application delivers mobile video clips from to capture market share. more than 35 premium media partners including AccuWeather.com, CBS, Ford Models, Ripe TV and MTV Networks’ VH1, Spike and GameTrailers. vSNAX monetizes content through pre-roll advertisements.
  • 77.
    8. iStanford /Social Media / iPhone Significance • By December 2008, more than 11,000 people downloaded the application, which is almost three times the number of students and faculty that own iPhones. • Stanford’s IT department allowed the developers to connect to core computer systems. Outlook AT&T has been introducing the application developers to university information officers around the country. iStanford, if expanded to other universities, has the potential to unseat Facebook as the predominant social network for college students. Description iStanford allows users to view campus maps, the real-time location of campus shuttle buses, university news, course grades, course history and connect with other students, as well as email professors and add or drop courses. 75
  • 78.
    9. Cooliris /Search / iPhone Significance • 3D design of the interface creates more space to display information, significantly reducing screen size restrictions. • Users can access search results without leaving the application, essentially making Cooliris the first alternative browser on the iPhone. Outlook The exorbitant amount of digital videos and images makes finding content challenging. Consumption Description on PCs was stifled by this hurdle. The small screen Cooliris is a search portal designed for images and and slower connection on mobile devices exacer- video; the mobile application replicates the experience bates the problem. By providing an effective search of the Cooliris browser plug-in. Search results ap- solution, Cooliris has the potential to drive increased pear as thumbnail images on an ever-expanding wall. consumption of image and video content on mobile Users can browse the results by flicking the wall in devices. However, the most intriguing and nota- either direction. Touching a thumbnail expands the ble feature on the browser plug-in version of Cooliris, image to half of the screen and reveals both the Web which is missing from the mobile application, is site address and metadata tags. a shopping section. Adding this feature would enable effective integration of video and images into mobile commerce, improving the user experience and increasing user adoption.
  • 79.
    10. ShapeWriter /Productivity / iPhone Significance • Initial tests show that users are able to type many times faster on the new interface. • Utilizing extensive data on writing patterns, the word selection algorithm significantly reduces typing mistakes. Outlook Although the experience is intuitive and easy to pick up, it may face adoption challenges from users that are reluctant to learn a new way to type. However, users that have been reluctant to purchase touch screen devices due to inferior text typing experiences may incorporate this new application into their device purchase decision. Description 1 Source: Gartner Worldwide Smartphone Sales 3Q 2008. ShapeWriter provides an entirely new way to write http://www.gartner.com/it/page.jsp <http://www.gartner. text. Instead of pecking at letters, users can slide a com/it/page.jsp> ?id=827912 finger from letter to letter on a touch screen keyboard. 2 Source: App Store Hits 500 Million Downloads. Burrows, Recognition algorithms turn an approximate gesture Peter. Business Week. January 16, 2009. http://www. into a word. For example, a user can start on the letter businessweek.com/technology/ByteOfTheApple/blog/ archives/2009/01/the_app_store_s.html “m” and drag their finger along an uninterrupted path to the letters “o”, “b”, “i”, “l” and “e” to spell mobile. 3 Placeshifting is consumption of media content, delivered via data networks or the Internet, on mobile or remote devices. 77
  • 80.
    Uti lizi ng mo bil eG PS to l oc at e fa vo r ite re t ail er s • W H AT ’S EM ER G I N G Getting Smart With Mobile Marketing: How Mobile Marketing Is Evolving in Europe and the U.S. By Stefan Mohr, Director of Mobile, Berlin
  • 81.
    Over the pastyear, mobile marketing has been gaining strength and credibility. The cell phone has become a unique platform for communicating brand messages to customers, and has the potential to play a leading role in the marketing mix of the future. The reasons are obvious: • Cell phones are multi-faceted. They are cam- • Cell phones are a life tool. No one leaves home eras, MP3 players, Internet tools, photo albums, without their keys, wallet, and, now, their cell social networking command centers, navigation phone. systems and video players. • Cell phones are personal. Each cell phone • Cell phones are local. Each of us lives where belongs to just one person, and it is always with our phone is; therefore, information accessed them. through our cell phone has a component of locality, which can be used to bring brands and consumers closer together at any given time. 79
  • 82.
    Of course, mobilepresents a strong opportunity QR code programs are a good example. While there to marketers, as evidenced by market data: are positive instances of the intelligent use of these two dimensional bar codes, which mobile phones • There are more cell phones worldwide than can read to connect users directly with a URL, they households with TVs or Internet connections. are often used as a gimmick to draw attention from • The U.S. mobile advertising market, consisting of print or flyers to a particular Web site. In many cases, mobile messaging, display and search advertising, the URL in question could have just as easily been is forecasted to grow from $805 million in 2007 reached via simpler methods, such as text messages, to $3.6 billion in 2010 according to like estimates keywords or short codes. by eMarketer and Nielsen Mobile. Mobile is reaching a critical juncture this year, pend- • Cell phones aren’t only used by younger demo- ing the outcome of factors in a handful of areas. graphics. Mobile branded entertainment formats At Razorfish™ Germany, we will be watching several and text messaging are used by people of key areas in the coming months: all ages, as was seen during the 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing. • Improvements in the device experience. The iPhone has raised the bar for how cell phones Mobile and the skeptical marketer can meet consumer needs. This year, watch out for OEM’s across the board to rise to the chal- Until recently, consumers primarily used mobile lenge and compete. phones for voice communication. The resulting skep- ticism from marketers about whether there would • The declining price of data. Data-plan subscrip- be widespread adoption of platform and data services tion fees, which used to be expensive, are rapidly has made them hesitant to jump into mobile programs. declining in price. Look out for big jumps in mobile data consumption as a result of cheap, ubiquitous Marketers have also felt that the mobile industry has data access. focused too much on building out features in new • Designers get the hang of WAP and apps. WAP cell phones, rather than tapping into needs and de- and application designers are starting to make sires of consumers. It hasn’t necessarily thought what they design mobile-friendly, and are getting about what consumers really wanted out of their mo- the resources and momentum to execute on their bile experiences. ideas. Look for improved user experiences in mo- bile browsing, which will drive consumer consump- tion and expectations of availability.
  • 83.
    Location, location, location. GPS-enabled Brands accessed via a cell phone should fulfill handsets are finally a reality, unlocking the long the brand promise the exact same way they do on awaited promise of geo-targeted local advertising the stationary Internet. In the future, strong digital services with high degrees of personalization. brands will integrate the mobile channel in this fash- ion, customizing it to meet user needs and add value. How mobile marketing will get smart Mobile has to position itself as one of many parts of a unified digital marketing program — in conjunc- As the mobile channel evolves, marketers who build tion with all other channels of the brand. Mobile mobile programs with the user as the focus will be will not impress users as a singular, self-serving, non- able to serve their needs transparently. The key lies integrated channel. in making the mobile Web experience a match for the stationary Web experience, and in building mobile Another part of mobile’s maturation process will be portals and applications that can intelligently meet building “intelligent” mobile portals and applications the where, when and how of consumer needs. which can adapt according to changes in context. Two examples are: As the mobile channel reaches maturity, consumers are maturing, too, no longer concerned with whether • A mobile email portal for multiple email accounts they use a PC or a cell phone when they interact which can ensure the emails from the user’s with a brand. Consumers expect that major brands office account, will be hidden on days off or on should be there whenever they want to access weekends. them. Period. Therefore, brands need to produce a • A mobile real estate and apartment search that persistent mobile presence for themselves. It’s not a is so intelligent it can, using geo-data, identify all question of whether it makes sense any more; it’s the apartments for rent in the surrounding area, simply a matter of brands making sure they are there displayed on a map according to the user’s search when consumers want them. profile. Mobile is no longer a “nice to have” component of the media ecosystem. This year, there will be two classes of brands in the digital landscape: those that are capi- talizing on connecting with their consumers in mobile, and those that are missing a huge opportunity. 81
  • 85.
    topics on our minds Looking for the Pulse Online in 2009 84 The Future of Retail: The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey 88 Think Inside Someone Else’s Box: 96 Business Model Innovation in the Digital Age Converged Connections: Moving Brands Across Multiple Experiences 100 Email Marketing: Increasing Marketing Connections in a Social World 104
  • 86.
    Checkin Re ad ing g bu s s c h e du Face bo ok’s Live les • Feed • TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S Looking for the Pulse Online in 2009 By Grant Owens, Director, Account Planning, New York
  • 87.
    With the exceptionof social networks and breaking news sites, most of today’s digital media is best described as pre- recorded, pre-packaged and downloaded. Internet servers are teeming with on-demand information, but they lack the immediacy received by tuning in to radio, watching on-location broadcast news or even listening to the buzz all around. However, digital media is about to break free from In a setting that nears sci-fi clichés, one might picture these limitations. In 2009, the whole of the Web will a connected map of the world where, in one sec- become more live — and alive. Not only will the Web ond, you can sense a deep digital thump emanating become more social; it will also become instantly from the MySpace page of a high school hockey reactive. Through users and technology, the world’s player named Levi Johnston and, in the next, that events will collectively form an instant digital pulse. same pulse moves over to a Twitpic of a US Airways jet floating in the Hudson River. Unlike user reviews and periodic blog posts, the pulse will communicate what’s happening now — instead of delayed reports on what’s happened in the past. 85
  • 88.
    Technologies transmitting thepulse Distributed sampling: The pulse is shared, quite literally, using efforts like Stanford University’s The online consumer audience will graduate from “quake catcher” network, in which seismic activity simply tapping into digital resources, to seeing who is measured by tapping into the sensors commonly is also tapping them, and getting alerted to whatever found in consumer laptops. If a certain number else they should consider consuming. The tech- of laptops in one area sense movement, an alert is nologies that carry the pulse are developing quickly sounded. Other examples of distributed sampling among fresh startups and existing popular online include the gathering traffic patterns; traffic data services. Examples include: companies often place beacons on commercial vehicles and then track the pace of their flow. The Activity feeds: Facebook’s Live Feed isn’t just implications of this tactic can go beyond traffic populated with periodic and explicate status detours — imagine comparing restaurants with the updates; it posts any user activity. Also, keep an longest wait times, versus how long it might take eye on startups like icerocket.com that are attempt- you to get to one with a shorter wait. ing to tap into real-time, online conversations and feed user commentary based on personal Live streaming media: YouTube recently hosted affinities and preferences. the first YouTube Live event. Although IPTV may eventually conquer the live broadcast challenge, this Micro-blogging: Twitter remains the poster child simple streaming business model has been wildly for micro-blogging and up-to-date information successful for groups such as Major League Base- feeds, but the idea has more potential than the cur- ball with MLB.TV, CBS’s March Madness and rent offering provides. As an example, technology even traffic cams. Look for more live feeds to come and media entrepreneur John Battelle created online in 2009. a unique experience for the Outside Lands Music & Arts Festival in San Francisco. He encouraged Data-centric mobile devices: With the iPhone festival-goers to submit thousands of camera being a key catalyst, wireless carriers are pushing phone pictures, handheld digital video recordings, unlimited data plans like never before. Smart blog posts and “tweets” while at the event. This phones, GPS and geo-location applications within information feed created a “database of experi- phones such as Loopt or Google Latitude act as ences” so that non-attendees could see near real- nodes for receiving and sharing the pulse with your time activity over the three-day event. community. Spurred by the connectivity of phones, we’ve definitely moved beyond the Web site-based metaphor of a pulsing “online now” gif.
  • 89.
    Real-time site analytics:As an example of events, and then choose whether or not to raise a advanced-user data, take a look at Woopra — an flag for our peers. Stranger and acquaintance online analytics tool that allows live tracking of Web site activity feed off each other. traffic. Instead of waiting hours or even days to see usage results, site owners (and potentially users Implications for media and marketing innovators themselves) can get an instant snapshot of content As a fellow netizen, you can sit back and enjoy that is hot — and what is not. Digital media com- access to this information, but if you are a marketer panies should consider a practice of letting users or media entrepreneur, tapping into the pulse see the usage analytics that are normally behind could also be very meaningful to you in three ways: the firewall. Everyone could benefit from seeing a heat map of activity. 1. Create a pulse-taking product: Develop a feature that becomes as ritualistic for users as Don’t always take it personally Twitter or Facebook’s Live Feed. The potential for ad dollars or paid subscriptions will follow. The data behind the pulse is broader than deliberate submissions from any one password-protected 2. Optimization or R&D: The pulse contains deep community, and much of the value derived from the insights into consumer perceptions. Marketers pulse isn’t personal like Twitter feeds or Facebook can get real-time feedback on campaigns that are Connect data. resonating, and others which may require revi- sions. Content or product creators can even seed Aggregate and anonymous information can have real ideas to see if they have legs. value in the larger Web world. Feeling the pulse of 3. Foresee consumer trends and capitalize your Facebook friends most certainly delivers impor- on them: A perennial example of value in trend- tant influence, but many other connected consumers ing data comes from Wall Street. Having your aren’t as active in divulging their activities. Non-per- finger on trends can mean the difference between sonally identifiable movements among the Web share profit and loss. an important place in our sense of connectedness as well. Pooling those movements to form the pulse The increase in real-time data and ability to monitor has significant implications. the pulse of digital consumer activity will shape both our actions as individuals and the online opportunities Knowing the anonymous pack movements, and of marketers. This year we’ll close the gap between the little buzz-starting sparks, is often what allows us archived information and what’s going on right now. to bring an idea to our personal circle. We observe 87
  • 90.
    • In-stor e di g it a l s igna ge has po ten t ia l fo ra ho li s ti c ex per ie n ce Mobil ei s th ec on ne ct ive tis su e in ret ail • TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S The Future of Retail: The Consumer’s New Shopping Journey. By Patrick Moorhead, Director, Emerging Media, Chicago
  • 91.
    We’ve all hadthe following retail experience: you pull into a half-acre parking lot, finally parking your car a mere quarter-mile from the entrance to the store. As you walk through the double- door entrance, you are confronted by a cavernous, impossibly overwhelming sea of products, bathed in the bleak pallor of fluo- rescent lights dangling from the rafters above. From there, the common American retail journey truly unfolds. You ask yourself: “Where in this maze is the product has not. And while shopping (and buying) will soldier I want? I wonder if I’m getting a good price. Why is on, the consumers’ move toward digital technology children’s clothing located across the aisle from auto- begs the question: what happens if retailers endeavor motive? Where am I? Does this store know I shop to adapt to, assimilate and ultimately collaborate with here all the time?” consumers’ preferences, desires and technologies of choice? To answer this question, retailers need This is a dramatization, but, unfortunately, not much to study three issues surrounding how technology and of one. The problem is that while consumers — and customers intertwine to make shopping a different their technology — have advanced considerably over experience than it once was: the new informed, the past 10 years, the basic experience of shopping dynamic consumer, shopping as a holistic experience, and the non-linear consumer retail journey. 89
  • 92.
    The new informed,empowered consumer A look at a poll conducted last year by BusinessWeek gives a sense of how today’s consumer is simply Today’s consumer lives in a constant state of change, shopping differently: adaptation and complexity. Technology is at the root of this, enabling once-segregated activities like • 69% research products online before going TV viewing and email to bleed into each other, and to to the store to make a purchase. occur whenever and wherever the consumer wants • 62% have looked at an online review at least them to. once before making a purchase. This basic change includes they way consumers are • 61% want to be able to scan bar codes and shopping today. In tough economic times, consum- access information on other stores’ prices. ers are being challenged to rethink the very way they • 39% compared a product’s features and price approach shopping: where, when, what they buy across online retail outlets before buying. and why, are constantly being evaluated and re-evalu- ated, making it increasingly difficult for retailers to • 9% used a cell phone to text message a friend pin them down. Even attempting to categorize about a product while shopping. shoppers among classic buckets like “high-end” or “bargain hunter” is challenging, because shoppers Digital is creating a new generation of shoppers who are simply using more sophisticated tools and strat- expect stores to provide them with answers to their egies to get what they want, without regard to these continually-evolving questions, to know them better classifications. over time and adapt to the way they shop. Consumers expect no distinction between online and brick- Beyond considerations of price, quality and style, and-mortar shopping — they simply want the same consumers are becoming accustomed to attaining features, products, access and service no matter large amounts of information about the products where or when they decide to shop. they buy. This information can range from where and how things are made, to how individual products Unfortunately, many American retailers have been reflect their ever-evolving sense of personal identity, slow to adapt to this new cultural dynamic. In fact, or how the social sphere will perceive their purchase. some have resisted it altogether. The result has been dramatic and serious; retailers, particularly depart- ment stores, are becoming increasingly irrelevant to modern shoppers.
  • 93.
    They are perceivedas not evolving along with con- A simple illustration is this: for a loyal online customer, sumer taste and needs. While the financial crisis has going to visit a brick-and-mortar store is essentially severely injured retail sales, retailers need to continue like being a first-time shopper — even though the to focus on knowing their consumers and delivering online channel of this retailer has detailed information value to them at every touchpoint. about the customer’s purchase history, demograph- ics and tastes. None of that information is put to use The remedy is not a simple one. Data consistently when that customer walks through the front door. reflects that consumers will patronize retailers to Similarly, the frequent brick-and-mortar shopper whom they perceive as like them, preferring over- is treated like a first-time customer when they decide whelmingly to shop where they find the best re- to shop online. sources, content, products and shopping experience for their own unique retail fingerprint. Digital media has the ability to solve this dilemma for both the retailer and the consumer. Below are a The future of retail is, in part, beginning to view the number of digital opportunities available to retailers retail experience through the consumer’s eyes, to accomplish a holistic experience. without the burden of organizational silos of direct, digital and in-store. Retail’s future should create a In-store digital. Extending digital tools to the physi- 360-degree, holistic experience that is personal and cal store goes well beyond offering a kiosk for registry relevant to shoppers on an individual basis. shoppers. Developing a signage network that enables highly-relevant messaging and promotions to be Shopping as a holistic experience delivered to specific geographies, dayparts and de- mographics can begin to enable an in-store custom As consumers increasingly employ text messaging, dialogue similar to online for shoppers who prefer to mobile Web, in-store digital signage, social networks browse the aisles. Interactive interfaces, whether and ecommerce in shopping, integrating digital kiosk, projected display, interactive windows, touch into a growing ecosystem of retail touchpoints has the screen or wireless, can bring the store to life for the potential to yield a holistic experience. In so doing, consumer, providing a range of tools from price com- it will close a critical connection gap that continues to parison, to product recommendations, store offers frustrate consumers. The gap lies mainly in a sense or promotions. This can all be done at the same time among consumers, that while retailers provide a that the retailer gains ever-increasing visibility into handful of different ways for them to shop, the meth- the habits, tastes and purchase behavior of individ- ods are disconnected from each other, leaving con- ual customers on an ongoing basis. Touch interfaces, sumers to continually have to re-introduce themselves in particular, present a dramatic new method of to the store. 91
  • 94.
    engaging a consumeron-premise, uniting the best The modern day masters of FID in retail have thus features of both online and in-person shopping within far been grocery chains, which have invested a compelling, next-generation experience. significantly over the past decade, to enable loyalty and discount card programs to function identically Linking these types of digital platforms to other as- whether used online or at a physical location. Ap- pects of the consumer experience, such as online parel and department store retailers have made vari- shopping profiles, preferences and loyalty programs, ous attempts to create a similar, single identity for and even traditional media, can begin to create an their customers through loyalty club programs and entirely new level of interaction between the individual merchant charge cards. consumer and the retailer. Imagine the value of the consumer profile data — and the attached consumer Yet in both cases, retailers are only scratching the — who creates a shopping cart online, then visits the surface of the potential for FID to provide individual store and can retrieve that cart to review styles, fits shoppers with a sense that each interaction they have and alternates with a touchscreen or live associate with the store, regardless of where and when it hap- on the floor. Bringing digital experiences to the brick- pens, is recognized and compensated for. In coming and-mortar environment is a critical step toward years, retailers who embrace and implement FID letting the consumer control his or her experience, across their sales and marketing channels will reap and lets them know the store understands them. the rewards of an entirely new level of loyalty from consumers. This kind of granular cross-channel in- Federated Identity. As a corollary to the notion of sight can and should extend to media and advertising bringing the online store closer to the brick-and- as well. Imagine a not-too-distant future where ad- mortar one, the notion of Federated Identity for shop- vertisements and promotions that reach the individ- pers has recently emerged as a key competency ual, from online banners to text messages to television for retailers striving to meet the shifting needs and commercials, are able to leverage a detailed con- tastes of an increasingly diverse and fragmented con- versation and purchase history to deliver an unprec- sumer marketplace. Briefly, Federated Identity (FID) edented level of personalized and relevant messaging is the virtual reunion, or assembled identity, of a per- on an individual basis. son’s user information, stored across multiple distinct identity-management systems. Data is joined together Mobile is the connective tissue. Mobile is poised to by use of a common token, usually the username, be the most potent digital opportunity of the year and, customer ID, account number or other unique personal perhaps more than any other sector, retail stands to identifier accessible from a variety of touch points. gain immensely from broad adoption of mobile media and technology tools.
  • 95.
    The always-on, always-with-younature of mobile • Social shopping lets consumers “shop” socially phones will allow them to become the connective tis- using text and MMS messaging. Retailers that sue that unlocks the fundamental power of person- provide tools to facilitate this emerging behavior alization in retail, linking together online, in-store, will foster new connections with its engaged users. Federated Identity, purchase history and social media • Mobile media and location-based services interaction all within one platform. bring personalization through the front door of the store by using the location-based targeting Below are just some of the exciting mobile media ability of mobile media to drive consumers to technology opportunities available to retailers seeking stores near them, and to know where and when to leverage it: they are in the store. • Mobile couponing provides ease of access for consumers, higher redemption rates and cost While these opportunities represent a very futuristic savings by eliminating weekly FSI printing. vision of the holistic experience, and one that may pose significant challenges to implement, the oppor- • QR code and bar code readers use sophisti- tunity remains clear. Retailers should start experi- cated, high-capacity bar codes (QR codes) and menting today. Instead of just making a mobile site for bar code readers on mobile devices, allowing the sake of having it, retailers should carefully exam- consumers to connect directly with merchandise. ine how mobile can support, augment and extend • Store plan-o-grams take the customer relation- existing digital efforts in a manageable and sustainable ship to a new level by providing dynamic, inter- way this year. Pretty soon, this nice-to-have technol- active floor plans and merchandise directories to ogy will become the price of entry. customers while they are in the store. • Mobile commerce allows consumers to com- plete commerce transactions from the phone. Campaign data from several programs executed by Razorfish™ • RFID and mobile wallet enable consumers, via the next generation of handsets, to speed through checkout with digital payment, while remaining linked to their FID and loyalty information. 93
  • 96.
    The non-linear consumerretail journey It is not just the customer journey that needs to be re-thought. Brands themselves, now released from In addition to adjusting to the shifting sands of the the confines of physical space and a purchase funnel, new informed, empowered consumer, and the holistic will also be forced to evolve their relevancy in an digital shopping experience, retailers will need to increasingly transparent and convergent retail envi- re-imagine their perception of the consumer’s retail ronment. Stores as physical locations will mean less. journey. With so much personalization, and increasing What attracts a person to a store will need to be adoption by consumers of the technologies that built on information, transparency and the character facilitate it, retailers must abandon the notion that a of a brand — beyond product and promotion. consumer journey begins with awareness of the store and its products, and move on to purchase and Daunting as it may be, the retailer of the future will loyalty. The consumer has escaped that longstanding find that abandoning conventional notions of store, paradigm. loyalty, relationship, media, and the consumer retail journey in favor of dynamic, personalized, relevant Today’s digital consumer may enter this continuum and holistic experiences, will unlock the power of the at any point, perhaps becoming loyal to the store, brave new digital world. prior to ever making a purchase because of positive word of mouth, or have an affinity for a product cat- egory prior to being aware of that product’s avail- ability at the store. The digital consumer may, in fact, purchase a product directly from the retailer with little or no awareness of that retailer’s true merchan- dise composition. To assume that the consumer enters into interaction with the store at a certain point, and proceeds along a linear path carved out of years of pre-digital shopping behavior, discounts the disruptive effect of technology, and the control that technology provides consumers in negotiating an increasingly complex landscape of product, brand and purchasing options.
  • 97.
  • 98.
    TO PI CS O N O U R M I N D S Think Inside •C om p Someone Else’s Box: arin g he r sp e Business Model Innovation n d in g h a in the Digital Age bits to those of her By Amy Vickers, Vice President, Enterprise Solutions, Global pe e r s
  • 99.
    Business model innovationis an increasingly popular concept — witness the development of innovation practices within consulting firms, the creation of innovation management tech- nology solutions and the rising tide of media on the subject, espe- cially the writings of Harvard Business School Professor Clayton Christensen. Companies actually engaged in business model inno- Beyond the innovation hype, real opportunities exist vation include Virgin, whose prolific brand spans for companies and their brands to endure tough times myriad industries; Netflix, whose monthly subscription — and perhaps even flourish through them — by service disrupted the prevailing product rental reconsidering business models, especially as relates paradigm; and Spanish clothing retailer Zara, whose to digital. No longer simply a delivery channel, digital model for design-to-distribution revolutionized the has evolved to be foundational to business strategy. industry. Certainly in the current economic downturn, One rich source of opportunities lies at the intersec- the concept takes on greater gravitas and urgency. tion of social computing and Web services. Both have 97
  • 100.
    undeniably impacted howpeople perceive and interact owner, dealership and manufacturer; account with brands, products and services. Companies holder, financial advisor and financial institution; can take advantage of their intersection by doing the patient, provider and healthcare institution; con- following: sumer, content producer and content publisher; and the list goes on. The online applications 1. Optimize data services and Web sites that support these ecosystems While many companies collect more data on tend to focus exclusively on individual tasks and consumers, partners and employees than ever discount group activities. For example, imagine before, few aggregate and analyze it across orga- a scenario about resolving an insurance claim. nizational silos; this is to their detriment. By in- A single incident sets off a flurry of activity (online vesting in data services that create holistic views, and offline) between a group of people (policy- companies can deliver higher value experiences holder, provider, insurance agent, etc.), and while reducing overall costs. A holistic view of yet the digital touchpoints supporting the claims a consumer, across all online and offline touch- process are disconnected and do not promote points, lets companies deliver more targeted interaction among the group. Now, imagine content and offer better service, be more effec- the same process supported by a solution that tive in cross-selling and up-selling, and have facilitated processing and tracking the claim in better-informed support services. Likewise, a collective and unified way. By expanding focus a holistic view of a partner — be it agent, dealer, from individual tasks and views to include col- provider, vendor or other — promotes brand laborative systems, companies can deepen extensions, fosters effective service delivery and engagement and improve efficiencies while also advances business process optimization. Com- promoting increased transparency. panies can realize additional bottom-line ben- efits when holistic views of consumers and 3. Leverage existing infrastructure to partners are used to optimize the marketing mix create new products and services and reduce cost-per-action. In an economy where everyone is being asked to do more with less, companies should think 2. Support collaboration in business processes anew about existing content, data and functional Although business processes are inherently social, infrastructure, and seize opportunities to extend most consumer and partner solutions fail to them in the creation of new revenue-generating acknowledge, much less support, the importance products and services. Across most industries — of dialogue and collaboration among groups. automotive, financial services, health care, retail Consider the relationship between various indi- and others — consumer data could be aggre- viduals in different industry ecosystems: vehicle
  • 101.
    gated and transformedinto a benchmark service By seizing these opportunities and having the forti- to help people understand their activities in the tude to not retrench digital or IT budgets, companies context of their peers and make better decisions. can deepen relationships with consumers and In B2B contexts, a similar move could lead to partners, gain competitive advantage and position the creation of business performance tools that themselves well for continued growth. partners could subscribe to for a fee, or that could serve as a platform for sponsors. For many large companies, the enterprise infrastructure itself could be extended as a service to small and medium-sized businesses that seek hosted self- service operations. 4. Think inside someone else’s box Beyond the specific content, products and services offered by companies, what people value are experiences delivered through brands. Experiences let consumers connect with their passions, find peace of mind or simply make the everyday a little more fun. Find fresh perspect- ive on what your brand could deliver by thinking inside the box of another industry. Brands pro- ducing significant thought leadership — like financial, professional and technology products and services — should think like publishers about mobilizing and monetizing intellectual capital. Brands having lifestyle aspects — like automotive and travel — should take cues from entertainment and premium retail about celebrating personalities and empowering these personalities to curate unique brand experiences for consumers. Further consider business model innovations through partnerships, in both the front and back offices. 99
  • 102.
    TO PI CS O N O U R M I N D S Converged Connections: Moving Brands Across Multiple Experiences T he ever By Francis Anderson, Vice President, Connections -a c t i ve Planning, New York na ti v es ar ge e t ti ng re s •D tl e ss igit • al im mi gr an ts re pr en es t8 5% of th eU .S . ad ult pop ulat ion
  • 103.
    From viewing todoing It was the futurist Mark Prensky who introduced us to the notion of “digital natives” and “digital immigrants” in 2001 — the latter raised primarily as passive consumers of traditional media and the former demanding content when they want it and how they want it. It’s indisputable that each generation is becoming and behaviors learned during their pre-digital past. more digital, and that digital immigrants are learning We still need to delineate whether brands’ targets are from the natives. That said, immigrants — essentially natives or immigrants when recommending solutions anyone born before 1984, representing 85% of the to our clients, determining whether they are used to U.S. adult population — still retain what might be more passive consumption of media, or accustomed called an “accent,” which manifests itself in attitudes to actively participating in digital experiences. 101
  • 104.
    From scarcity ofmedia to scarcity of attention Both approaches — though created with the best motives in mind — potentially ignore the fact that The way in which brands have historically expressed different touchpoints (or experiences) offer radically themselves has been shaped by the dominant different opportunities. Take online video, which medium of the time. One example is the ascendance sometimes is the manifestation of a repurposed TV of the 30-second TV spot. In that case, the form of spot, and sometimes is a custom, interactive and brand communication was film, and the scarcity and social experience, hand-made for digital consump- high cost of inventory meant these films were deliv- tion. Talking about ideas separately from the milieu ered in short, half-minute increments. in which they exist isn’t intuitive, and may well mean missing out on the most creative opportunities. Digital changed the equation in that limitations of form and scarcity faded away. Brands could be com- These approaches also ignore the fact people are municated through text, sound, function, game or social — and now digitally-enabled — beings who film, with no scarcity; although advertisers do buy ad interact, participate, modify and reinterpret. space online, many distribution channels are free, be it the client Web site, YouTube or consumers who In his book Convergence Culture, David Jenkins freely distribute advertising content they like. The (Professor of Comparative Media, MIT) points to The scarce commodity now is attention — a commodity Matrix as an example of “a narrative so large that that cannot be bought, and is hard to earn. it cannot be contained within a single medium.” The Matrix franchise extended to three films, The Learning to mold the message to the medium Animatrix series of short films, video games, comics The model, adopted by many in response to this new and a host of fan sites, blogs and mash-ups. Each environment, has been called “360-degree planning” contributes different — but complementary — parts — or a similar term. The idea is to develop a single of The Matrix story, and each piece stands on its own. organizing thought, better known as a Big Idea, which However, when combined, they create a much deeper is then iterated relentlessly across all touchpoints. experience, and we begin to understand the complex This approach was itself a reaction to an earlier pro- Matrix universe much better. Pierre Levy (Professor to-integration practice of spreading (or ”blowing at the University of Ottawa) writes, “the distinction out”) a TV advertising idea across all communications between authors and readers, producers and channels, often without regard to its suitability to spectators, creators and interpreters [has started to] these other channels. blend.”Therefore, in this new world, rather than using multiple channels to communicate a singular idea,
  • 105.
    every brand shouldbe brought to life across a broad This new approach calls for more scope and range of experiences. People then pull different parts complexity, with the brand idea becoming, in effect, of the story together themselves, participate, remix the brand narrative: a series of self-contained ele- and repackage, then pass them onto their social net- ments, which build and grow to create a larger brand works, forming converged connections. In the pro- world. As Henry Jenkins says: “The key is to produce cess, the brand communication becomes stronger something that both pulls people together and and more powerful, not weaker and more fragmented. gives them something to do…I don’t have to control It takes on the voice of its consumers. the conversation to benefit from their interest.” Some examples from the Razorfish™ network include our work for Levi’s in the U.S. around Project Run- way, and our work for Smirnoff in Australia around the Smirnoff Experience Secret Party. The Levi’s cam- paign gave a typical TV sponsorship life beyond the show itself, and bred a social community for passion- ate designers as well as a fan culture of its own — supported by multiple media channels, from bar napkins to billboards. The Smirnoff Secret Party cam- paign, a multi-channel scavenger hunt for exclusive tickets to the party of the year, was a clever strategy to engage consumers in a social and participatory digital experience beyond the party itself. Each campaign was born digital and social, and successfully blended digital advertising, microsites, streaming video and social media groups with out- of-home billboards, in-store activity and live events. The cam- paigns further bridge the digital and offline divide by leveraging Bluetooth and GPS technology. * Source: Mark Prensky³ Digital Natives Digital Immigrants² (2001), US Census (2007) David Jenkins ‘Convergence Culture’ (2006) Puppets in photo created by Andrea Everman (owlyshadowpuppets.com) 103
  • 106.
    12 5 em ail s/ 2t ex t me ssages • sages • messages xt mes 25 text te 15 ils / s/ a il e ma em 2 •2 5 TO PI C S O N O U R M I N D S Email Marketing: Increasing Marketing Connections in a Social World By David Baker, Vice President, Email/eCRM Solutions, Global
  • 107.
    As late asthe fourth quarter of 2008, the Direct Marketing Association was reporting that email as a marketing medium returned $57 for every $1 spent. While this is an aggressive assess- ment of email’s Return on Investment (ROI), there is no doubt that it is a valuable business communications tool. It is ingrained in everything that businesses and consumers do, and is widely em- braced by the marketing community as a customer retention service. The email services landscape is relatively small, repre- shift, however. Creative fees will flat-line as template senting roughly three to four percent of an average development and automation ease the burden of marketing budget. It is poised to grow over the next personalizing emails. Instead, the largest shift in email four years and, according to Forrester, will represent marketing spend will be centered around strategy, a $4 billion industry by 2011. Marketers see it as a technology and integration. Integration will become low-cost communications tool, and this will become more and more important as social — and even mobile an even greater focus in the next few years as budgets SMS programs — begin pushing the definition of next tighten. The types of services marketers pay for will generation CRM. 105
  • 108.
    Email usage behavioramong email has different intrinsic values for learning, edu- businesses and consumers cation, professional affiliations and healthcare. Some have commercial value and some have brand value. There are four different ways that businesses and consumers use email: Information is no longer just for Web sites • As a way to gather information Niche newsletters are the greatest phenomenon in • As a notification and customer service email over the last two years. Virtually every publisher mechanism offers some type of e-newsletter, monetizing it in various fashions. Even traditional marketers are now • As a promotional device seeking mechanisms to monetize their email data- • And increasingly, as a conduit for social base through such things as ad inserts and opening management and networking up inventory to ad networks. E-newsletters have forced the email industry as a whole to mature as a For many industries, email is a cost-efficient way content publishing vehicle, and put greater impor- to conduct ecommerce, notify consumers about the tance in managing permissions and relationships with status of a pending delivery, and deliver monthly subscribers to an email list. statements and account updates. But with the popu- larity of social media sites, email has become an Information used to be a currency largely restricted increasingly important tool for managing updates, to Web sites, but today, Web sites are relying more and networks and events that surround the social per- more on email and social media to increase the value sona. Additionally, email has increasing value as con- of their content to the subscriber. For instance, the sumers grow older. Younger generations are not as healthcare and pharmaceutical industries use email entrenched in email, and use it sparingly as a noti- as the catalyst for their eCRM strategies, seeking fication mechanism. They use it even less to manage to maintain a communications outlet with prospective their affiliations, information needs and social con- patients, caregivers, doctors and institutions. The nections. The approach of college graduation usually financial and automotive industries have shifted some changes this behavior, as students use email for job of their marketing focus to email, recognizing that the search: communication with prospective employers purchase cycle is longer than a single purchase. This and professional connections. Once these new realization is requiring them to invest in maintaining graduates enter the workforce, email becomes part a connection with their customers in a very efficient of their day-to-day lives. As we progress through life, manner over a longer period of time. Most marketing and customer service organizations have diversified
  • 109.
    their email portfoliosto support the many needs Moving email marketing beyond of the consumer and business. commerce activities One of the challenges marketers face in today’s envi- Moving email marketing beyond commerce ronment is being able to manage technologies and activities data — and evolve these types of programs over time. The challenge with most marketing organizations is With the average email marketing team being roughly that they see email solely as a promotional and ecom- three full-time employees, marketing groups in merce vehicle. While there is no doubt that email many organizations struggle to manage the day-to- is valuable in driving prospective customers to buy day campaign needs — much less build a road map products and services, building relevant communi- for data integration or systems integration. Most cations is the key to sustaining customers over time. organizations support disparate delivery systems, With average email database attrition of over 2.5% using one for interaction management, e-commerce per month and a diminishing response from consum- communications, customer service communications ers after the first 90 days, marketers are forced to and even social media connections, while using change tactics to be more exact in how they target, hosted SaaS (Software as a Service) solutions for how often they communicate — and to monitor marketing needs. While the middle-market CRM sys- response trends actively. tems and campaign management systems boast email functionality, they are far from ideal for robust New deliverability and certification standards have marketing programs. This creates challenges in somewhat stabilized the commercial email market, but data integration and the ability to provide real-time the increase in spam has caused ISPs to both employ communications to track response and manage a image blockers and put stringent filters in place; this cohesive view of this effort. The future of email will has resulted in a decline in both open rates and click- be predicated on marketers’ abilities to take action on through rates. Batch-and-blast approaches no longer data as quickly as possible without having to make return the punch they did in the past. Trigger- and the data integration process increasingly sophisti- event-driven communications drive much larger returns cated. Many will focus on hosted data warehousing than mass mailings, which is why these behavioral- solutions, global marketing dashboards, licensed driven communications are the real future of email. email delivery systems, and the integration of interac- tion management and delivery solutions. 107
  • 110.
    It will becomevital that these delivery and targeting systems have a connection with social strategies, as the two collide. Customers on an email database will be viewed with an added dimension and evolve past traditional high-value or low-value, product and transactional segments, and support extended views as high-value social connectors, social advocates and social influencers. These channels and strategies will merge. The three driving initiatives critical to investing in the future of email marketing and eCRM will be finding economical data warehousing solutions, key integra- tion of messaging into a cohesive customer experience and leveraging social media as an emerging exchange between the businesses. Each initiative will force marketers to deliver more relevance in their messag- ing, time it according to the experiences that are valued most by the business and the consumer — and bridge social connections to deepen customer life- time value.
  • 111.
  • 112.
    consumer conversations Catching Up With the Connected Class 112 Connecting With Digital Mom Through Emerging Technologies 118
  • 114.
    Ch e ck sF ace b ook 1 0 times a day • C O N S U M ER C O N V ER S AT I O N S t wic e • Catching Up icide — With the ce su Connected Class y Spa ed M m it t By Brandon Geary, Group VP, Experience Planning, Seattle om sc Ha
  • 115.
    To better understandhow user behavior is evolving, Razorfish , for the third year in a row, conducted in-depth ™ interviews with 25 people between the ages of 18 and 25. This group exhibited a high propensity for using a variety of digital platforms, including blogs, social networks and video sharing. We call the people we interviewed, and those like The connected class becomes a discerning class them the Connected Class, and believe they repre- When we conducted our research last year, we found sent a behavioral bellwether among both their digital the members of the Connected Class using various native peers and the broader digital community. forms of digital media to express different sides of 113
  • 116.
    themselves. We calledthe phenomenon “the prolifera- Nonetheless, we found that the Connected Class is tion of the digital you.” This year, our research reveals rapidly getting accustomed to new functionality on the Connected Class is becoming more choosy and social platforms and devices, and using social media sophisticated in its use of digital. Members of the more intelligently. They’re a little smarter, and a Connected Class want to reduce the volume of social lot faster. Their connections are evolving to become connections in order to track a smaller network in a more meaningful. Simply put, they’re taking it up a more meaningful way. They’re also becoming more notch — to a higher level of connectedness. selective in their choice of video content and iPhone applications. This level of connectedness most certainly means a higher volume — over 60% of all U.S. teens now In short, the Connected Class is becoming a discern- use text messaging. In fact, in a study conducted with ing class, which carefully edits, refines and controls Harris Interactive, Verizon Wireless found a doubling its digital footprint across multiple platforms. of text activities over its network in each of the last two years. The rest of this article gives highlights in more detail into how the habits of the Connected Class evolved But the usage statistics and sales data for new de- during 2008, and how we expect them to continue vices don’t completely capture the story that’s unfold- evolving in 2009. ing. We have found that connections among users are deeper, more frequent and more natural than ever Taking it up a notch: before. A higher level of connectedness Today, it’s not simply volume — such as the number From the perspective of the Connected Class, 2009 of text messages or number of friends — that’s inter- looks like a continuation of 2008 in many ways. esting. Rather, it’s the degree to which the Connected The use of social networking sites and applications Class is getting better at putting digital platforms to continues to grow and evolve. work for them to make more meaningful connections, follow along more closely and intelligently discover The speculation surrounding which platforms will new things. win the race for social supremacy remains. And the rapid proliferation of mobile devices and platforms continues to create a tidal wave of application usage. Behaviors once reserved for the desktop are increasingly occurring on the go.
  • 117.
    Going deeper: Connectionsget more meaningful Hyper-tracking: The rise of the Friend Positioning System (FPS) In 2007, our interviews with the Connected Class reflected the rapid proliferation of social networking While the building and maintenance of one’s network and the emerging status associated with participation. undoubtedly remains important, we found more im- Users spoke of their desire to have a large number portance placed on tracking every aspect of their ex- of friends and to use emerging channels to find isting circles’ lives. Commented Jaclyn, 22: “I don’t as many old contacts or meet as many new people want to miss out on anything.” as possible. As a result, not providing coordinates can create For two years, the Connected Class was experi- concern among friends in a matter of hours, and not menting and pushing the limits of friendship and self- following others can create an immediate sense expression. of isolation. Said Jaclyn: “I went for a hike and didn’t bring my phone and within two hours people were Certainly, that has not changed. But more recently, like, ‘are you OK?’” we have found a strong desire to reduce the volume of connections in an effort to track a smaller network Going wider: Friends-of-friends build momentum in a more meaningful way. Despite our finding that people are aspiring to become engaged in increasingly relevant, more meaningful For instance, Mayra, 24, commented that she was networks, they are perhaps more influenced than ever “outgrowing the MySpace whore” stage in life, by people further away from their inner circle. not afraid to occasionally start with a clean slate and make sure friends were really friends. “It’s called The rapid evolution of the news feeds on Facebook MySpace suicide,” Mayra explained. “I’ve killed and MySpace from mere status changes to broad- my profile three or four times and just started over. er social activity creates a sense of momentum that Now I have like, 40 friends, but I know them all.” was less evident in our previous research. This is not to suggest social networks or social behavior will shrink in scope. Instead, the Connected Class is more comfortable commenting, weighing in on a topic and providing an opinion in a concentrated way. With more ways of doing so, more people have the opportunity to see it. 115
  • 118.
    The result ismore momentum and faster information superficial. But we found users enthusiastically describ- spread, even with a smaller network. It’s a sort of ing a sort of cumulative effect, where short, daily network efficiency. updates often provide deeper clues about what’s really going on with their friends. Said one interviewee: “When Now it’s personal: I do talk to people, I feel like I already know what’s Frequency creates a cumulative effect up with them. I can just pick up [where we left off].” Both the rapid rise of text messaging and the digital Furthermore, regular updates over time are creating native’s comfort with the form and execution of a richer portrait of people than when the emphasis the communication medium are well documented. was on the appearance of one’s site or profile page. We found users elevating their text behavior to Mindful serendipity: another level of frequency, while extending it across Getting smarter about content consumption platforms. In fact, the connectedness that short-form messaging provides is natural to the point of being In past research, we found users enthusiastically subconscious. describing their so-called “snacking” behavior in the digital world. They relied on friends to help them Users reported answering texts in their sleep. Han- stumble across new things — a link to a video, a ran- nah, 18, explained: “Sometimes I’ll answer it at night dom addition of a widget or application download. and not remember what I wrote.” While content snacking behavior is alive and well, the It also means relying increasingly on friends to deliver Connected Class appears to be getting smarter the morning alarm. Said another: “I get a text from about their content consumption. They reported using a friend every morning at 7 a.m. I really don’t need an YouTube not just on random occasions, but for spe- alarm clock anymore.” cific clips that interested them. And the majority we spoke with had watched long-form content online. On the surface, the increased volume of short-form One 19-year-old male stated: “I love Hulu. I would feel communication like text messages, status updates, stupid for just sitting through TV the old way.” comments and tweets can appear frivolous and The rise of DVRs and on-demand platforms have been lauded for several years as the catalyst for an age of consumer control. However, we found users’ expectations are elevating rapidly to include not just
  • 119.
    when content isconsumed, but also how. Said the Pushing brands: same interviewee: “When I graduate, I’m not sure I How to penetrate a higher level of connectedness would pay for cable. I may just watch everything on In summary, we found that the Connected Class is the Internet. I think I’ll always be out.” beginning to achieve a higher level of connectedness by making more meaningful connections, while Getting selective: lev-eraging their distant connections better. They’re It’s all a servant to the social agenda better able to track their friends and interests. They’re While much has been made of the iPhone application consuming content more mindfully. And they’re store, the increasing capabilities of smartphones getting a lot more selective in the applications they and the applications available on social platforms, we choose in an effort to serve their social agenda. found the Connected Class is getting more selective about what they actually use. Said one: “I down- But what does it all mean to marketers? loaded a bunch of apps at first [on Facebook]. But I Marketers will have to rely less on user experimenta- don’t use them.” tion when planning their digital activities. In the past, users seemed willing to friend a brand, join a group, And while a number of our users praised the iPhone watch a video or download an application simply for its touchscreen and design, not all of them because of the novelty. were craving its games or PC-like functions. Instead, they were focused intently on its ability to help them Our findings suggest marketers will need to work improve their social experiences. One interviewee harder in 2009 to plan activities and develop applica- explained: “As long as we have a guy in our group with tions that offer something useful, relevant and one [iPhone], we’re fine. He’s going to be our navigator meaningful to the user — to plan activities with an that night.” eye on utility. As new applications continue to proliferate, it appears And while utility sounds easy, delivering it is further the Connected Class will measure their value primarily complicated by the need to connect usefulness to on the degree to which they enhance their social the unique qualities of the brand — its essence and/ interactions, not just their interactions with the device or point-of-difference. or platform itself. Utility alone may be just that — utilitarian — if it lacks the magic of the brand. 117
  • 120.
    Mo ms un de r3 5 ar ad e op ti n gs oc ia l net wor ks a nd SMS • • M om so ve r 45 a re ad op ti n g o n li ne n ew s and p odca sts C O N S U M ER C O N V ER S AT I O N S Connecting With Digital Mom Through Emerging Technologies By Terri Walter, Vice President, Emerging Media, Global with analysis by Ella Chinitz, Senior Consultant, Consumer Insights Group, New York
  • 121.
    Moms are theultimate multitaskers According to Nielsen NetRatings, there are 32 million women in the U.S. who have children under 18 and go online, which translates to about 40% of all women online in the U.S. today. This changing segment carries so much weight in the household: moms are typi- cally the key influencers and purchasers for both themselves and their families. But have moms changed with the media landscape? What is the role of digital technology in their lives? To answer these questions, Razorfish™ surveyed 1,500 found was that moms are the ultimate multitaskers; online moms who are reported users of at least two they are leveraging digital and emerging technol- Web 2.0 technologies and have actively researched or ogies more than ever before, but in ways you may not purchased online in the last three months, a group expect. we call “digital moms.” Through our research, we set out to answer the following questions: Who is the digi- Digital Moms are mainstream and multidimensional tal mom, and how is she using digital technology? How moms prioritize and balance the roles of self, Do her habits differ by age? How does she manage mom, wife, employee friend may differ, but one thing her interests versus her child’s interests? What are her is certain: digital technologies are making things motivations for engaging in social media and other easier. According to our survey, more digital moms emerging channels? What channels does she respond today interact with social networks (65%) and SMS to best, and does this differ by interest/vertical (56%) than with news sites (51%), and just as many market? How should marketers engage her? What we 119
  • 122.
    can be foundgaming online or via a gaming console such as interacting or monitoring their children online, (52%). These findings demonstrate just how main- as well as the likely differences in leisure time activi- stream these new channels have become. ties among moms of children 12 and older, might play a factor in the adoption of these technologies. Digital moms are multidimensional in their online behaviors, and their interests extend beyond parent- Digital channels are strong at all stages ing. Digital moms are more likely to connect with of the purchase funnel friends than with family using digital technologies, Compared to other media sources like magazines, and they are not afraid to seek advice or companion- newspaper and radio, digital channels continue to ship from known or anonymous friends. Addit- wield influence in all phases of the purchase de- ionally, interests like Clothing/Fashion and Cooking/ cision cycle among digital moms. In our questions to Food remain the most popular, and consistently digital moms who have researched or purchased so, regardless of a woman’s age; while other category a product in one of twelve major product categories interests like Baby/Parenting, Telecommunications in the last three months, the following trends were and Medication/Medical Conditions are lifestage-ori- discovered: ented and change as their children grow. • The gap is closing between TV and digital The digital divide: channels in creating initial awareness of a product. Age matters, both the mom’s age and the child’s • Web sites, search engines and friends/family, But which technologies digital moms use most along with social influence channels and maga- depends on factors including the age of the mom, the zines, are more widely used and trusted for age of the child and motivation. Moms under 35 are researching/learning than any other sources. significantly more likely to leverage newer communi- • Social activities continue to play an important role cations platforms like social networks, SMS and in influencing digital moms. Since many social mobile browsing; while moms 45 and older are more environments contain more than one social activ- likely to utilize informational tools like online news, ity, it is important to consider the combined consumer reviews and podcasting. Interestingly, effect of social influence channels — online con- online video consumption (41% vs. 36%) and gaming sumer reviews, RSS, social networks and blogs. (57% vs. 51%) are highest among moms with children 12 and older (versus moms with children under 12), and this group is also more likely to be online monitor- ing their children. Razorfish™ believes that motivations
  • 123.
    Emerging channels like mobile and podcasting in the last three months. Channels included: social are also having influence at different stages media, text messaging (SMS), mobile browsing, in the purchase funnel, although this varies by online video, real simple syndication (RSS), instant vertical, and penetration is still relatively low. messaging, gaming, online consumer reviews, blogs, digital video recorders (DVRs/TiVo ) and These trends indicate the growing power digital audio/video podcasting. channels have in influencing a mom’s numerous pur- • Moms must have also researched, sought advice chasing decisions, both for herself and her family. or purchased online in at least one of twelve It is evident that as consumption patterns shift, chan- vertical markets in the last three months. Vert- nels like social media, mobile and gaming must be icals included: Baby/Parenting, Banking Services, better understood for marketers to effectively reach Brokerage Services, Cars, Clothing/Fashion, digital moms, both in their roles as individuals and Electronics/Computers, Food/Cooking, Health/ as caregivers. Fitness, Homegoods/Appliances/Furniture, Medi- cation/Medical Condition, Telecommunications Methodology and Travel. The Razorfish™ survey looked at two major trends: Findings project out to 84% of the population of 1) the current penetration and usage of digital/ moms online in the U.S., or about 27 million women, emerging technologies; and 2) the impact of different (Nielsen NetRatings @Plan Winter 2008/2009), and channels in the media mix across 12 verticals. all data analysis is statistically significant at the 90% confidence level. To meet these goals, we collected 1,500 survey responses among a demographically representative For a copy of the Digital Mom report by Razorfish™ sample of women, aged 18-64 with at least one and CafeMom, go to http://digitalmom.razorfish.com child under 18 years old in the household. The survey or contact Terri Walter at [email protected]. was conducted by Insight Express via panel email recruitment in October, 2008. The learnings are representative of panel recruited participants we are calling “digital moms:” • Moms must have reported active engagement Footnote: with two or more Web 2.0 technology channels 4. Findings project to 84% of online women with children under 18 in the household, as per Nielsen NetRatings @ Plan Winter 2008/2009 121
  • 125.
    the evolution of researchand measurement Bringing Media Mix Models Into the Digital Era 124 Social Influence Research: 128 The Confluence of Consumer Research and the Social Graph Social Influence Measurement: What’s It Worth? 136
  • 126.
    Made a purchas e ba s ed o na n in -st ore pr om ot io n • Watc • test novel from Ama zon.com hi ng the t op 10 Super Bowl ads • T H E E VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T Bringing Media Mix Models Into load e d la the Digital Era Down By Andy Fisher, Director, Analytics, New York and National Analytics Lead
  • 127.
    Most major marketersdo some form of media mix modeling. In fact, many of these companies have decades of media modeling results they use to guide their media spending decisions. Unfortunately, in the last few years, these models have started to fail. As media consumption changes among consumers, and marketers include more digital and disparate channels in the mix, it is more important than ever to develop new models that recognize the intricacies of channel interaction in the digital age. The problems with media mix typically smooth out the inputs and then model a modelingin a digital age response variable (sales, profit, brand equity and so forth) as a function of the media inputs. First, let’s analyze how media mix modeling works — it looks at historical data to determine optimal media Since the media inputs and the response variable vary spend and channel allocation. Media data such as by geography and time, a robust model can be built TV ratings points, radio ratings points and online im- that yields the ROI for each type of media. This allows pressions are the inputs into the models. The models advertisers to better allocate media dollars. For 125
  • 128.
    instance, if aCPG campaign, running on radio, dem- impact on sales is very different than the model fore- onstrates a higher level of grocery store sales in the casted. This issue is relatively new and is being seen markets where it airs — as opposed to sales after by advertisers who actually validate their models. its TV commercials — the retailer may decide to shift dollars to radio. Here is the heart of the matter: most media mix mod- els treat the inputs to the model as independent of Incorporating digital media into media mix models each other. This makes sense for broadcast media; has caused those models to break down, increasingly if you see a TV ad for a particular product, it doesn’t producing results that are either absurd or non- change the amount of radio ads you hear about that predictive. An absurd — but true — example is that product. However, digital works differently. If some- of a mature, category-leading CPG brand that spends one sees a TV ad, they will be more likely to search $50 million on TV advertising and $2 million on digital online for that product. Because they searched, advertising. Its model says that digital is responsible they are more likely to go to the product’s Web site. for 40% of its sales and TV is responsible for 3% Because they went to the product’s Web site, of sales. Clearly digital can’t drive 40% of sales for they are more likely to be retargeted with digital dis- a mature category leader, particularly not when its play advertising. In other words, consumption of budget is 96% less than it is for TV. Those results for media changes what digital ads a person consumes. digital are simply impossible. We believe this is what’s causing the problem. Conversely, there are also models that show digital For example, imagine that an advertiser is running has no impact (or even a negative impact) on sales TV ads and bidding on paid search terms, and sales when the digital data (and common sense) show oth- go up 10%. Since TV is driving some level of search, erwise. We are increasingly observing this “digital the model doesn’t know how to allocate the impact results are too good or bad to be true” issue as mod- of each media properly. Is TV driving 5% and search elers incorporate digital into their models. Sadly, 5%? Is TV 10% and search 0%? Or is TV 30% a common approach is for modelers to give up and and search -20%? (Technically this issue is called simply not incorporate digital into the model at all. collinearity, since some inputs predict other inputs.) The second way a model can fail is when it loses its Another example is the way some advertisers evalu- predictive power. This is a new phenomenon in the ate Super Bowl ads. Advertisers often look at the last couple years. An example of this is when a model increase in the number of searches to show that a TV forecasts results from a change in TV spend. The spot was effective. In this case, search behavior is advertiser then changes the TV spend, but the real the output of the model. So is digital media one of the
  • 129.
    inputs into themodel (as a paid media channel), one Marketing mix models have served us well for the of the outputs (as a response to other media) or both? last several decades. However, the media landscape has changed. The models will have to change and We believe that the digital media causal relationship adapt. Until this happens, models that incorporate is the reason the media mix model results for digital digital media will need an extra layer of scrutiny. appear widely variable (the “too good or bad to be But simultaneously, the advertisers and media com- true” problem). Unfortunately, the impact of this issue panies need to push forward and help bring the is becoming worse. This is because when digital is time-honored practice of media mix modeling into the 2% of a budget it will have minimal modeling results digital era. as compared to other broadcast media. But when it becomes 30% of the budget, then the impact of this issue on other broadcast media can become sub- stantial. Hence, the predictability of media models for TV is also becoming questionable. How to incorporate digital into media mix modeling There are several steps we can take to address this critical issue. The first is for modelers to develop new models, incorporating all the causal relationships of digital media. We have discussed this issue with several media mix modeling vendors; each is working on this issue. The second is that more research can be done by agencies, modelers and advertisers into how broadcast and digital media interact. More stud- ies, that do things such as overlaying TV-matched markets with digital, would at least yield insights into the magnitude of this issue. Though studies like this have been done, they need to be done more aggres- sively. Third, after delivery of a model, it should be standard procedure to validate the model. 127
  • 130.
    Subscribes t o R SS feed s th at h ave b ee nr ec om m en de d • One in tw by e nt y who fri en wa s ds inc lin • Has t e d he p to ote s nti al m to ile in fl ue n ce hu nd re ds daily T H E E VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T • Social Influence Research: The Confluence of Consumer Research and the Social Graph By Andrea Harrison, Strategy Director, New York and Marcelo Marer, Vice President, Research, New York
  • 131.
    As any goodmarketer knows, research is core to under- standing what customers think — as well as the ability to pro- vide insights that help craft messaging, design and functionality. But with so much changing in regard to the ways in which custom- ers are influenced, are old approaches to research still relevant? Increasingly, we’re finding the answer is this: only Recently this evolution has included methodologies if they are used in conjunction with what we can learn that reference the social Web; researchers now ask from the social graph. As the social Web becomes a consumers if, and how, they participate across social bigger part of consumers’ day-to-day lives, research- media and social networks. They try to identify con- ers are challenged to evolve their methodologies sumers who display influencer and follower behavior, to create robust quantitative and qualitative programs and create segmentation or persona types to reflect across these new touchpoints. social Web consumers. However, these efforts still model themselves on traditional research principles. 129
  • 132.
    Most research programsare used to define individu- • How do they define trust within their network? als or aggregate consumer insights against a persona • Whom do they admire? or segment type. • Whom do they compare themselves to in their In order to truly understand the influence of individuals network? across their social networks, we must include their Social networks — formal or informal, digital or not, social graphs in our research methodology, including hard to map, since they inform decision-making and social graphs that allow researchers to better under- ultimately play a key role in influencing purchases and stand how consumers are influenced — and influence opinions on products and offerings. An individual others — in their networks. could be an “influencer” in one network and “influ- enced” in another. [See Figure.1] With that in mind, we would like to introduce a new type of research that leverages the unique interactions occurring among social graphs, and the insights that can be gathered within them — we call it Social Influence Research. How Social Influence Research works The evolution of our research programs began with a new approach designing research questionnaires and data-collection programs that can extend beyond the individual. Adding categories that query the size and relationship of a participant’s social network is a great start. In building these research programs, we ask questions including: • How do participants make decisions about purchases? • Whom do they turn to for advice or validation? • What is the relationship of these individuals to one another?
  • 133.
  • 134.
    In addition, recruitmentshould be designed to incor- In addition to recruiting the target audience, we porate a participant’s social graph. When we recruit a identified and recruited additional participants for the focus group, or individuals for qualitative sessions, interviews based on their relationship to the decision- traditionally we have made our selections based on makers. These included users of the technology, a set of demographic or behavioral criteria; the par- their managers and others within the organizational ticipants have no relationship to one another. Using structure surrounding the decision-makers. This Social Influence Research, we recruit an individual multi-dimensional approach to recruitment allowed who meets the audience criteria, but then ask them greater insight into the culture of the company and to bring three members of their social graph with influencer network within the organization than a them. As the individual represents the target audi- traditional panel made up of only decision-makers. ence, the additional participants represent their immediate network and provide insight into how the In another research project, we interviewed entire relationship extends to decision-making and influ- nuclear families to understand how its members man- ence. In quantitative scenarios, we can create ques- aged and allocated financial resources. Families are tionnaires and surveys that allow the participant to the oldest and most established “social networks.” send it to friends, and track the additional people As such, they have fairly clearly delineated exchange who complete the questionnaire back to the original and influencing processes to make decisions. To participant. map how those decisions were made, we interviewed parents and children separately, and then together. In one instance, we used Social Influence Research In addition we worked with the family to create a to conduct qualitative research for a Web site targeted digital photo diary for an entire week. Through those at teen girls. Participants were recruited and asked “mapping” interviews and exercises, we were able to bring two friends to an interview. The research- to canvas how financial decisions were made, how ers used the interview to observe the behavior of the parents implicitly and explicitly passed along “money group and the dynamics that occurred among the values” to their children, how children implicitly and individuals in it. As a follow-up, the group was given explicitly absorbed the parents’ “financial lessons” a video camera and asked to document a trip to the and ultimately how the family network functioned mall. The video provided tremendous insight into around financial matters, as outlined in the diagram. the influencer and follower behaviors that were natu- [See Figure. 2] rally occurring in the group. We have also used it recently to conduct qualitative research for a specific hardware and software manufacturer, to understand how best to market to senior-level decision-makers.
  • 135.
  • 136.
    Social graph analysis 2. Customer research produces market segments primarily adopted to inform advertising and mar- In each of the previous examples, the analysis and keting efforts. It relies on a blend of quantitative reporting of the findings included mapping the social and qualitative methods to identify market needs graph of the target individual and the relationship and patterns. The metaphor is the “market seg- of their network by order of influence to the target. ment” as an aggregate that stands for a share of the market that is personified in the “customer.” This allowed for the opportunity to explore the influ- ence and role of the individuals within the graph, 3. Social Influence Research produces social graph as well as the target individual. As a result, we derived maps that could be used for design, advertising greater understanding of how to create messaging, and marketing purposes. It relies on listening to design and functionality that would resonate across new online and offline forms of consumer expres- the social network of the individual. sion, in addition to qualitative and quantitative methods. The metaphor is the “network” as a Knowing how the pattern of social influence occurs in snapshot of a set of relationships — as opposed given situations allows marketers to create for this to individuals, be they personas or customers. new channel. As a result, in addition to personas and [See Figure.3] market segments, we now have a third research out- come when we include an overlay of the social graph against analysis and reporting: 1. User research produces design personas mostly adopted for design purposes. It relies primarily on qualitative face-to-face interviews to identify patterns and unmet user-needs for a given sets of tasks. It also helps design decision-making and political buy-in within organizations. The metaphor is the “user” as a single entity; it stands for a set of cognitive or emotional patterns that are personified in the “user.
  • 137.
    Figure 3 Generating socialgraph analysis and reporting helps opportunity for digital marketers and researchers to identify not only the attributes of influencers, but to harness a consumers’ social influence across their shows us who they are, where they are, what makes online network and create advocates and champions them influencers and, most importantly, where they for their brand. cross other networks. Social Influence Research is a new approach to pro- Of course, social networks are nothing new; marketers ducing insights to better understand how your have observed and responded to influencer rela- consumers’ social graphs fit into your digital market- tionships across categories for many years. However, ing programs. the evolution of the social Web has created a new 135
  • 138.
    T H EE VO LU T I O N O F R ES E A R C H A N D M E AS U R EM EN T Social Influence Measurement: What’s It Worth? Modeling and Creating Measureable Outcomes of Social Media Engagement Marc Sanford, PhD, Consultant, Strategy and Analytics, Seattle •2 0. 3 m il l i on is ch its un v to la Ob 06 am 20 a’s er You mb Tu b e c ha nn e l s in c e it s S epte • Th ep r ac ti c eo fm eas u r in g RO I in v i t r a l e f fo r t s xisten i s a lm o s t n o n - e
  • 139.
    As social mediagoes mainstream, there are many debates over how to prove its worth. But how do you define a consistent approach to measurement when there are numerous ways marketers are playing in the space? Marketers deliver many types of experiences through social platforms, from standard banner ads, to widgets and applications, to video, to being a part of online communities. Furthermore, social media differentiates itself from viral marketing is heavily dependent on interpersonal standard advertising because it is highly dependent influence, and thus requires new methods of mea- on human interactions and influence, which demands surement. a new form of marketing; as we said in last year’s report, we call this Social Influence Marketing™, or Regardless of approach, we must be able to answer SIM. For the purposes of this article, we will take a some of the most basic questions asked by our close look at how one element of SIM, viral marketing clients around SIM: what is the ROI of a social or viral should be measured. As a part of the SIM sphere, media campaign? What rates as ”good” in terms of 137
  • 140.
    viral spread? Dopeople who get information from Framework and modeling viral media peers (friends and family) act differently than those Many have come to realize that applying standard who find it organically (through paid media, search, measures of success, engagement, or ROI to a SIM or other efforts)? What does successful engagement effort often provides little insight and perhaps even look like within social media applications? incorrect perceptions of how the effort performed. Moving beyond models that are used to measure ROI Answering these questions, and understanding for other forms of online advertising, we believe that the impact of social or viral media, has to be done SIM efforts have unique characteristics that must be in three ways: modeled and measured. Saying a marketing program 1. By developing a framework and model is social (has a viral component) implies two things the behavior so that it can be understood that differentiate it from other marketing efforts: it has and benchmarked shareable elements and it has elements that are associated with people. In viral SIM, people are now 2. By using various technologies to track viral the owners and purveyors of information and not media efforts passive receivers of impressions. We believe the 3. By creating metrics around engagement incremental value of a social media program is distin- and social impact that can be tied to sales, guished by these two differences. conversions, or brand perception. Specifically, the added value of a viral SIM campaign However, prescribing an approach is not enough comes from two sources: the incremental reach to demonstrate the power of its application. Using as elements are socially passed along, and the data from real clients, we see the importance of each “endorsement effect” — the effect that receiving media of these steps to measuring viral aspects of SIM. or recommendations from friends has on key brand metrics and sales. The next two components go into measuring each of these.
  • 141.
    Base and IncrementalValue for Social Media Campaigns Value driver Campaign value Approach to measurement and optimization Value of “paid” impressions Correlate original downloaders of social media & engagement (e.g. widgets) with observed conversion behavior and/or surveyed purchase intent Value of incremental reach Model the piece of social media (e.g. a widget) (users pass it on) asan infectious disease and attempt to maximize total number “infected” Value of endorsement effect Correlate viewers and users of social media (badging, association with other (e.g.widgets) with observed conversion behavior users) and/or surveyed purchase intent Total value of social media Accumulate incremental value of all effects relative campaign to non-exposed and non-user of the social media Incremental value of social media 139
  • 142.
    Tracking viral spread (MySpace, Facebook, etc.) and non-social network environments (desktop applications, etc.). The Gen- New approaches to marketing and advertising require erational Tag allows users to not only calculate viral new approaches to measurement and quantification. spread, but to assess the value of the paid versus Whatever the measurement tactic, it needs to tap into non-paid (viral) spread when used in conjunction with the two fundamental aspects of SIM described above: Atlas tags. The code works by looking at the source that it has shareable elements and it has elements of the application download and creating a variable that are associated with people. to be carried inside of the widget or application itself. When a user downloads an application from a paid In order to measure the social or viral nature of a source the user is assigned a generation of 0. When campaign, a tagging or tracking approach needs to a user downloads the application or widget from not only differentiate between users who receive a friend, the Generational Tag looks at the generation a piece of viral media from a friend and those who of the source and increments it by one (creating viral came across it through other means, such as an generations 1 though n). ad banner or paid seeding approach, but must also be able to track successive generations of a piece Using the concept of generations with viral or social of social media and attribute value to each of those media will be critical to understanding the effect- generations of users. Doing so measures the power iveness of free spread created by SIM and to under- of the endorsement effect as the content spreads standing the ROI of users who receive media from to new sets of consumers. Quantifying viral spread friends versus those who receive it from paid sources. of social media is not just about measuring free Measuring generations will help us answer the downloads or exposures, but understanding how importance of breadth versus depth for generational individuals pass along viral media to their friends, spread, the value of social, the value of generations how their friends act in return, and the value around and ultimately identify key influencers (not through PII). each of these groups. In due course, understanding the value of key influ- encers is necessary for ensuring successful message Using the Generational Tag (Razorfish™ patent pend- propagation and retargeting. ing) we can track successive generations of users and begin to understand the value of generations and of the owners of each cookie exposed to SIM media. The Generational Tag is a set of code that allows for the creation and tracking of viral spread for widgets and applications in both social network environments
  • 143.
    Understanding the ViralSpread of SIM Viral Media Generation = 0 Paid Source 1st Generation Cookie 1 Cookie 2 2nd Generation Cookie 3 Cookie 4 Cookie 5 3rd Generation Cookie 6 Cookie 7 Cookie 8 Tying SIM metrics to conversions Engagement with social media is important to un- derstand both in the context of the SIM effort itself Measuring engagement (various measures of usage and how that effort compares to others, so that one and utilization) is becoming more common in viral SIM can begin a benchmarking process. The reason for efforts, but the practice of measuring its ROI is almost this is that while engagement is not a tactic unique non-existent. However, understanding both engage- to SIM or viral marketing, engagement within the ment and ROI with viral efforts is necessary to inform social media space is not understood well. Looking key decisions by business leaders and brand man- at two client examples it becomes clear that increased agers. As creators of viral media marketing efforts, engagement (measured in time spent with the widget) we need to understand not only if users are engaging leads to not only increased page views on the client with our efforts, but also if those engagements are site (indication of further brand engagement) but to meaningful in terms of conversions, brand awareness, higher average revenue generated per user. or purchases downstream. 141
  • 144.
    Time spent withwidget resulting in average Perhaps more insightful than tying revenue or further client site unique page views brand engagement to SIM measures is assessing the social impact of SIM efforts. Getting additional 29 spread from a viral media effort is great, but if it is not 5+ minutes 52 engaging users further down the social chain than it 3 is doing little good. 1 - 5 minutes 6 Widget 1 8 There are significant differences in both engagement <60 seconds 11 Widget 2 and media spend between those who discovered the application or widget through media versus those who were referred by friends, who, of course, Average revenue generated per user by length received it with no media spend being incurred by of engagement with widget the marketer. Not surprisingly, having a piece of mar- keting content referred by a friend yields much $37.33 better results. We estimate that people who discov- 5+ minutes $12.96 ered the application via a friend are two to four times $- 1 - 5 minutes $- more likely to download the application, are two to Widget 1 eight times more likely to spend money on the client $8 <60 seconds $11 Widget 2 site and have an average order value of 10 to 30 percent higher than those who are exposed only through media. The chart demonstrates this for an actual client case.
  • 145.
    Impact of socialreferral on download of widget, spending money and AOV 8% Download 23% Spend on 1% Client Side 9% Average $205 Order Value $261 22% increase in AOV Widget obtained organically through media Widget obtained from a friend What’s my SIM effort really worth? The future of SIM lies in our collective ability to show clients what kind of value they are getting from their social media expenditures. The only way to do this, of course, is to ensure that a comprehensive modeling and measurement approach is in place. It doesn’t matter if your viral media effort has all of the bells and whistles, if you can’t convey its value. What you can say about the success of a viral media effort is wholly dependent on measurement and the ability to tie those metrics to something meaningful. 143
  • 147.
    tv at a crossroads The Digitalization of Television: 146 Challenges and Opportunities as TV Turns a Corner Jack Myers on the Future of Television: 154 Realities and Opportunities for Media Companies and Marketers TiVo on the Future of Television: 158 A Call for Innovation Xbox LIVE on the Future of Television: 160 A Window Into the Next Generation Comcast on the Future of Television: 162 New Opportunities for Enhanced Television Navic Networks on the Future of Television: 163 As TV and its Audiences Fragment, How Will It Be Funded? Google TV on the Future of Television: 165 An Interview With Mike Steib
  • 148.
    •S ha r in g an W at ew ch ing b r o ad pr og r am ca st sw with hen f r ie nd eve r, w s here ve r• T V AT A C R O S S R OA D S The Digitalization of Television: Challenges and Opportunities as TV Turns a Corner By Terri Walter, Vice President, Emerging Media, Global
  • 149.
    Television is experiencinga fundamental shift. And it is not just because of the recession or the transition from analog to digital broadcasting (now slated for June), both of which are putting pressure on future growth. TV is going digital in all aspects — from its infrastructure to its content distribution models to its advertis- ing and audience measurement models. The changes afoot, while challenging, are long overdue. Fragmentation challenges the TV business model challenges: declining viewership on a show-by- show basis within broadcast TV, challenges to the Technology has ushered in a new era of entertainment business model of premium content production and digital video alternatives, and consumers are and distribution, and hence, risks of declining adver- dividing their time among their computer screens, TV tising revenue, which could change TV advertising sets, mobile devices, gaming systems and set-top as we know it. boxes. With audience fragmentation comes numerous 147
  • 150.
    While cable TVcontinues to fare well as audiences forms of digital rights management (DRM) solutions move towards niche content, the pressure broadcast by companies like Auditude are also helping content TV is experiencing from declining viewership is real: owners track and monetize their content across collectively, the Big Five networks (including the CW) numerous screens. Auditude is currently working with are down 13% among adults 18-49 versus last year. MTV, MySpace and YouTube to identify and serve Given this new reality, as well as pressure from the advertising into premium content wherever it gets recession, the economics of investing in the production distributed on the Web, and is enabling purchasing of premium content is hitting home, and for the first directly from overlays within the video. This type of time, broadcast networks like NBC and ABC are DRM will help networks and other premium content considering scaling back their live programming. owners monetize their content as they try to recoup NBC’s announcement in December that it is moving production costs lost from TV in other channels to Jay Leno to primetime five nights a week, which sustain their business models. would save NBC the costs associated with producing five premium shows, is a dramatic shift that under- Interactive television: Ready for primetime? scores the financial struggles networks are beginning Advertising on broadcast was roughly 63% of the to face. These changes could have a trickle down total $76 billion TV advertising market in 2008, effect within the TV ecosystem; local network affiliates according to PricewaterhouseCoopers. Over the past which rely on live programming to drive audiences few years, broadcast networks have profited from into local news slots may be negatively impacted as the economics of a supply-demand model by raising well. Declines in premium content production may their CPMs as gross ratings points declined and also, over time, cause viewers to look elsewhere — to ad inventory decreased. However, that strategy is not cable, online video or emerging content platforms like sustainable in the long run. Donna Speciale, presi- the Xbox — to get what they are used to receiving. dent of Publicis Groupe’s MediaVest, said on a Febru- ary panel discussion sponsored by the Advertising These challenges make it more important for content Women of New York, “It is up to agencies to put producers to find ways to monetize their content pressure on the networks to pull their pricing in line. across multiple screens and across an infinitely-frag- Over the long-term, and particularly in this economy, mented video landscape. And many players are increases like this are not sustainable any more.” investing in just that. As even broadcast goes niche, new platforms like Navic Networks (which, like Razorfish™, is owned by Microsoft) and Google TV Ads are promising to aggregate and monetize the impending growth of the long tail of television. New
  • 151.
    As we beginto experience reductions in broadcast Cablevision) is working on standards for interactive television audiences, says Alec Gerster, CEO of TV and they, along with TiVo, Google and Microsoft, Navic, “There are simply too many dollars and too few are betting on a brighter future, particularly since GRPs in the TV media community,” meaning dollars DVR consumption is poised to grow to 50 – 60 million will need to flow elsewhere as audiences continue households in the next three years. In the last year, along a path towards fragmentation. Cable has already both Comcast and Google TV Ads have broadened benefited, with steady year-on-year increases as their solutions and are now aggregating enough reach cable nets have improved content and have drawn to garner decent investments from their clients. loyal niche audiences. But as consumers get savvier According to Mike Steib, Director of Google TV Ads, and begin to expect the same level of interactivity “We are now a scalable buy, and are beyond being an they get online on their TVs, and as TV itself begins experiment among our client base.” to fragment beyond the point of manageability, where will dollars flow? TiVo has introduced new ad units with deep function- ality, including ecommerce via its platform — TiVo Interactive TV, a small $60 million ad market in 2008 subscribers can now order a pizza from Domino’s according to eMarketer, has been emerging for many via their remote controls, or movie tickets from years, but adoption by marketers has been slow, Fandango. It also has a highly regarded real-time mainly due to issues of scale. This is particularly measurement platform that uses set-top box data to true when compared to alternatives like online video, report actual audience views and interactions which, with limited barriers, has been able to achieve with ads. Cablevision released the Power: 30SM mainstream penetration and ad investment (the in January 2009, which, according to Barry Frey, the ad market was $619 million in 2008, or 10 times iTV’s, company’s Senior VP of Platform Sales, “uses the per eMarketer). With DVR penetration still low at 30-second unit as the entry-point into video-on- roughly 25% of households, multiple infrastructure demand (VOD) and interactiveTV (iTV) channels dedi- barriers and a lack of standards in terms of media cated to a certain advertiser.” In the last nine months, buying and measurement, the basics of interactive interactive TV has been making strides in building TV have proven challenging. Said NBC Universal CEO reach, getting smarter about addressability and Jeff Zucker at this year’s NAPTE convention, “While targeting, and proving the case that telescoping func- TV faces large challenges, the alternatives are not quite tionality, which enables deeper interactions within ready for primetime.” the ads, is paying off for advertisers. We expect more traction to build here as TV moves from analog to But Project Canoe, the consortium of cable com- digital this year. panies (including big players such as Comcast and 149
  • 152.
    Innovation in TV:Now or never sion in 2008, resulting in declining valuations, are also making it more important than ever for media In the past few years, ad skipping via DVR devices companies to innovate. has become a major threat to linear, appointment- based television, leading the industry to introduce Innovation in television is clearly happening in inter- active TV, as described above, but at the same time, new entrants into the “You can’t be bound by market — including premium content aggregators such as Hulu, Veoh, Joost and even Xbox — should not be the way you’ve always underestimated as they begin offering premium and custom content, and done things.” enter the battle for attention in the liv- ing room and beyond. As online video and TV converge, alternative platforms — Jeff Zucker, CEO, NBC Universal, like VUDU and Boxee may also rise up at Razorfish™ Client Summit 2008 and challenge the “controlled TV en- vironment” that consumers are used to. new audience metrics such as Nielsen’s C3 currency, As we look at the future of TV, we see a few defining and new ad models, such as TV networks, offering trends: fewer commercial pods and more integrated spots. Needing a new currency that would account for 1. The rise of the long tail of television ad-skipping behavior and enable media buyers to Broadcast TV will begin moving from mass to pay only for impressions that were viewed, Nielsen niche in both audiences and programming. This introduced commercial audience ratings — which will spark the development of a long tail in measures viewing of commercials — and C3 in lieu of television, and will increasingly put broadcast its long-time way of looking at the TV audience: the TV on a more equal playing field with niche-ap- live viewer rating. C3 recognizes impressions viewed propriate channels like cable, online and print. live and within three days of original programming, Is it possible that broadcast TV will go the way of but content owners only make so much back with C3; cable and eventually begin charging consumers they are still challenged to monetize ad-skipped subscriptions for premium programming? If content. Economic realities brought on by the reces- viewership on a program-by-program basis, and
  • 153.
    the economics ofthe industry continue along a census-based audience measurement in lieu downward spiral — and advertising aggregation of sampling and major players including Nielsen cannot offset the costs — we may see this happen. release tools, we can expect to see aggressive discussions about standards, more addressabil- 2. The digitalization of the television ity in TV advertising and, potentially, new metrics infrastructure to emerge beyond GRPs. As television becomes a more fragmented land- scape, technology will be needed to help manage 4. The personalization of the TV the buying, planning, ad serving and measurement advertising experience of next generation TV across numerous channels. Cable companies and other interactive TV provid- Platforms like Google TV Ads and Navic, which ers are working with technical solution providers introduced a supply-demand model for buying like Visible World to enable creative executions and selling, will grow in importance because they to be personalized on-the-fly based on demo- offer sophisticated targeting in television beyond graphics, geography, weather and so forth. Imag- just demographics, simplify the trafficking ine the elements of your TV spot (lead character, and reconciliation process, and provide real-time featured product, setting) changing via the target- measurement solutions. ing process based on region, gender, age, time of day and weather conditions. While this has 3. The transition from sampling to been possible for years, we should see more per- real-time measurement sonalization of advertising among large brands Currently there are many experiments within the as Project Canoe rolls this out uniformly across TV industry to understand how real-time mea- providers. However, due to the implications this surement from set-top box data relates to the has on creative production and quality (more audience metrics that the industry has been built expensive production costs, lower quality due to upon. Through set-top box data like TiVo’s on-the-fly splicing), it remains to be seen if the Stop||Watch™, advertisers can now see — down economics of this type of personalization will pay to the creative execution level — exactly how off. many households watched their ads, when they did so (real time versus delayed viewing) and at 5. The socialization of television which point in the spot they tuned out. But be- Web 2.0 technologies yond that, through data overlays, advertisers can Social networks, instant messaging, blogs and also understand who these people are in the RSS — they are not just changing how con- household — their demographics and psycho- sumers interact with Web sites and each other; graphics. As the industry continues to adopt they are also beginning to alter video consump- 151
  • 154.
    tion. Online broadbandchannels and video accessing content, the definition of television will players have had chat functionality for some time, continue to change. In fact, the word “television” but with the launch of Facebook Connect in late will eventually mean something new — it will 2008, consumers can now leverage their per- need to move beyond the platform itself. It is sonal network or social graph, and bring their important to understand how convergence may friends with them anywhere Facebook Connect is affect the media ecosystem and the business available. CNN’s incorporation of Facebook models that the TV advertising community oper- Connect, which launched in time for Obama’s ates around. Technology will continue to change presidential inauguration in January, created how consumers access and consume content, quite a stir. For the first time, users could watch but unless advertising models continue to evolve live TV online, invite their friends, chat with them as well — particularly as a means to fund the while viewing and enjoy a social experience development and distribution of premium content around Internet TV. CBS has also recently intro- — we may be at risk of losing premium content duced a “social viewing room” on its Web site altogether. It is critical for all parties in the televi- around premium content to experiment with a sion ecosystem to look not just at what is in store similar consumer experience. Alternative TV plat- in 2009, but to look ahead at how digital tech- forms like Xbox, which already are social com- nologies are evolving, to ensure there is a “televi- munities in themselves and enable massive sion” that content consumers know and love as multiplayer gaming and community-driven video platforms converge. experiences, are bringing this into the living room. As the world of TV evolves and consumers look for new ways to experience the water cooler effect, we can expect “social viewing experiences” to change the concept of TV as we know it. 6. The ubiquity of content Nothing defines what TV was and what it will be as specifically as the word “content.” As we see advances in technology increasingly enable mobile video and content in the cloud, or new business models like Slingbox, HAVA and Boxee, that break down the conventions and gateways we have in place around
  • 155.
    When TV turnsa corner, what business models will be there to meet it? As we look toward 2009, one thing is certain: TV is going digital. In a fragmented, consumer-controlled media world, there is no doubt that content creation and distribution strategies are more complex and costly than ever, and advertising models and the underlying infrastructure of the TV industry must evolve in response. We can expect more interactivity, measurement, personalization and portability of content as the underpinnings of the industry begin to use digital technology to modernize. We can also expect TV to go social, and audiences to fragment even more, ushering in a long tail of TV ad opportunities and new buying mechanisms based on supply and demand, that look similar to online ad networks. But how quickly can the TV eco- system respond? If there was ever a time for innovation, it is now. Will convergence displace TV as we know it? We will have to live through it to find out. No one knows more about the challenges and opportunities in television than our colleagues living in the space: Jack Myers, President of Jack Myers Publishing, and media futurist/columnist; Tom Rogers, President and CEO, TiVo; Davina Kent, Director of Strategic Alliances, Comcast; Alec Gerster, Chief Marketing Officer of Navic Networks; Mark Kroese, General Manager, Entertainment and Devices, Microsoft; and Mike Steib, Director, Google TV Ads. The following articles from these experts reflect some issues in the industry in 2009 as TV turns a corner. 153
  • 156.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S Jack Myers on the Future of Television: Realities and Opportunities for Media Companies and Marketers By Jack Myers, President, Jack Myers Publishing Inc. and media futurist/columnist The foundations of the media and advertising business have eroded. While much of the beachfront real estate represented by traditional media continues to be highly-valued by marketers, enabling them to sustain relatively stable year-to-year revenues, the pillars are unstable — and Wall Street valuations have been washed away. The economic models that have served the media business well for nearly eight decades are less relevant today and will be irrelevant in the near future.
  • 157.
    The current, troublingstate of the TV industry • Newly-empowered consumers have the technol- ogy to avoid marketing messages, and are While these crashing waves have been most deeply spending increased time on non-ad-supported felt by the print media, they are also lapping at the media, such as social networks. foundation of television, the medium that, for decades, has been the most popular advertising medium of all. Because viewing behavior is changing, the advertis- Television is not exempt from the following depressing ing and media business shouldn’t expect a turnaround facts, which beset all media: in the general economy to significantly enhance its • The core value of advertising, such as TV business prospects. Instead, what the advertising re- commercials, is under siege. cession (depression?) doing is accelerating the speed with which traditional media companies and agen- • More than 90% of all media-related ad buying and cies will need to embrace things such as interactive selling activity operates in a supply-and-demand, media, cost-per-action measurement, ad exchanges transactional model that commoditizes services for media buying and selling, social networks, user- and drives prices and compensation toward zero. generated content and other emerging media oppor- • Misguided economic principles have depleted the tunities. resources of the media and advertising industry, and have led to a dramatic decline in valuations. So is there any good news? Yes. Those who can free themselves from traditional paradigms and organ- • Organizational dependence on outdated business izational structures designed decades ago can reap models, such as the focus on media exclusively the rewards of this dynamic, disruptive new media for mass eyeball impressions, without relevant marketplace. It is incumbent upon all media and ad- targeting or engagement measures, has fostered a vertising companies to do so. bleak, long-term outlook for traditional advertising and subscription-dependent media companies. What are media companies and • A likely year-on-year decline in ad revenue through marketers to do now? 2010 is causing layoffs and cutbacks at a time While there are several long-term trends that the when media companies and marketers need to TV and advertising industries need to pay attention to, foster innovation. such as interactive TV and the rise of online video • A rapid acceleration of media fragmentation has (see further below), there are several near-term oppor- increased ad inventory, driving down prices. tunities that will both build revenue and give these industries the learning they need to plot a better future. 155
  • 158.
    For one, televisionnetworks and studios will be most Interactive TV and online video successful when they focus on the power and potential muddy the advertising picture value of programming “brands.” Strongly-branded By any standard, the evolution of interactive television series such as American Idol, Dancing with the Stars, as a viable advertising medium has been exceptionally Battlestar Galactica and Lost, offer multi-platform slow. As far back as 1998, cable and satellite oper- and off-screen merchandising, event and promotional ators were demonstrating iTV applications that are revenue models. The TV industry needs to build not significantly different from those being developed programs that will allow marketers to associate them- by Canoe Ventures, the joint venture of six major selves with selected content throughout the lifespan cable companies that promise to bring addressable of that content. They can then use the program advertising to the cable universe. Yet even Canoe brands to emotionally connect with audiences and CEO David Verklin acknowledges it will be 24 to 48 integrate themselves into the lives of consumers. months before major applications will be available on a widespread basis. Second, marketers need to stay close to what is hap- pening with TiVo; it is the most valuable tech resource The obstacles to addressable advertising are eco- available to marketers today, because the TiVo house- nomic, not technological, because there is no clear hold personifies the interactive and integrated house- evidence that marketers will pay significant premiums hold of the future. This enables marketers to invest for advertising more specifically targeted to users. a small budget to gain relevant experience and pre- In fact, the promise that better targeting will drive pare for the TV marketing realities and opportunities higher CPMs remains unfulfilled in online media, which that will be the norm in just a few short years. has been offering advanced behavioral targeting capabilities but hasn’t seen commensurate increases One of the most important services TiVo currently in media values. Even with behavioral targeting, provides to the marketing and media communities is online advertising costs have declined dramatically. its active measurement of how viewership changes with the ability to time-shift programming. Through its It’s still true that the vast majority of TV and online Stop||Watch™ ratings service, TiVo gathers important media buys are based on reaching audiences in the intelligence on viewing behavior for both commercials most cost-efficient manner. So, while addressable and programs. advertising theoretically has unquestioned value, mar- keters’ willingness to pay significant premiums for it remains unclear.
  • 159.
    The addition ofonline video to the mix further comp- leadership will discover a marketplace that is far licates the TV picture. In an industry that measures more receptive to them than to their competitors who value based primarily on audience reach, there is no continue to depend on the “tried and true.” reason to differentiate between a commercial deliv- ered via the television and one delivered via the Web, but those two distribution channels are treated differently today. As TiVo, the DVR and video-on-demand become increasingly commonplace, the most important interactive TV developments won’t center around addressable advertising per se. Instead, they’ll be the ones that bring Internet-like functionality to TV, such as telescoping and bookmarking technologies, that enable consumers to respond directly to a TV message by requesting more information or placing an order. As marketers review future TV advertising options, they are likely to incorporate performance and cost-per-action based techniques that optimize the models of the direct marketing and sales promo- tion industries. About Jack Myers: Despite obstacles, the time to innovate is now For more than two decades, Jack Myers has been among The new realities of the TV industry, and how the the media industry’s leading visionaries and economic forecasters. He has consulted on business transformation, audience consumes media, create exceptional revenue-development and relationship best practices with opportunities for companies that invest aggressively, more than 250 media companies, marketers and agencies. intelligently and with coherent vision in growth Jack speaks internationally on transformative business models and organizations that are differentiated, rel- strategies and works closely with select clients to enhance evant to marketers and economically sound for in- the value of their brands and implement monetization models for social communities, user generated content, vestors. Those that focus their attention on innovative addressable and commercial-avoidance technologies, per- business models and optimized services in the next formance-based media and Emotional Connections™ re- several years, and who offer vision, expertise and search. Jack’s weekly commentaries can be read at www. JackMyers.com and he can be reached at [email protected] 157
  • 160.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S TiVo on the Future of Television: A Call for Innovation By Tom Rogers, President and CEO, TiVo, Inc. As the entire country grapples with tough economic times, there is one thing we can be sure of: if companies such as the defunct Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers had seen this financial crisis coming, they would have conducted themselves very, very differently. I hope we don’t have to say the same for marketers, years; the majority of television is time-shifted by these when they look back on the downturn that will come viewers. Advertising circles like to talk about great- for brands that do nothing while their consumers er addressability and better targeting of TV ads, but get better and better at avoiding their commercials we’ve seen time and time again that these factors only marginally stop people from fast-forwarding. Viewers There are over 25 million households with a digital do not passively take in ads anymore; to them, TV video recorder today, and analysts agree DVRs will has become much better because they can skip ads. reach 50 – 60 million households in the next three
  • 161.
    The consumer ispermanently in control. sector has a chance to get ahead of this kind of dislocation. In order for television advertising to survive, we have to find newer, better ways to effectively engage Making TV advertising that consumers actually want the viewer and ultimately cause him or her to watch to see is much bigger than TiVo. I see a day when TV the ads. We can’t ignore this imperative. We’ve advertising is more powerful and yields better return already seen what ignoring clear signs has done to on investment for companies, because ultimately other parts of the media sector, with the most ex- it is far more valuable for the consumer. If the industry treme examples being what happened to the music stays focused on creating a better advertising experi- industry when free downloading became popular, ence, I’m convinced that day will come. and the newspaper business when consumers shifted to online news content. The time to act is now. Fortunately, there are already a variety of incredibly effective ways to engage these fast-forwarding viewers on TiVo — tags, full-screen billboards, entry off the user interface, delete screens — and we are actively developing new forms of interactive adver- tising for Comcast, Cox and DirecTV. Just as impor- tantly, TiVo has second-by-second measurement tools providing data that demonstrates exactly which commercials are seen and which are not, giving television advertising all the accountability of the In- ternet, and marketers granular data to create a more engaging ad. Factor in HDTV, which offers better, crisper pictures, and the television advertising experi- ence can be more informative, interactive, immersive and influential than ever. I know this industry is capable of moving swiftly, but I also know the daily grind of dealing with immediate issues can work heavily against quick progress. For once, with the rise of better TV ad models, the media 159
  • 162.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S Xbox LIVE on the Future of Television: A Window Into the Next Generation By Mark Kroese, General Manager, Advertising Business Group, Entertainment & Devices Division, Microsoft; and Dean Carignan, Director, Advertising Business Group, Entertainment & Devices Division, Microsoft With broadband penetration in the living room continuing to rise, the question of how TV usage will evolve is increasingly topical. The Xbox LIVE service — an online, social entertainment platform available through Xbox 360 — provides a sneak preview into the changes that will come to TV in the not-too-distant future.
  • 163.
    Seventeen million membersstrong, Xbox LIVE is tion of the service by all users, core and casual alike. described as the “largest social network connected to We saw substantial increases in the following metrics the TV,” but with over 25,000 different pieces of con- during the first two months after launch: tent that can be distributed digitally, it’s also a window • The average number of downloads per into the behaviors of the next generation of TV con- user increased by 60%. sumers. Here are some things we’ve learned from observing this vibrant community of early adopters: • The average number of friends per user grew 33%. 1. T-commerce is real and growing. So-called • The average amount of time users spent on T-commerce, or commerce conducted over the service increased by more than 20%. digital TV, has been used by Xbox LIVE users to buy roughly $1 billion digital purchases since As the TV ecosystem continues to evolve, we’re November 2005. These purchases — primarily seeing that the television set is becoming a vibrant, game enhancements and video content — show social, interactive platform combining the most that TV can be a viable platform for commercial compelling aspects of the Web with traditional TV. transactions. 2. Users want interactivity. In a typical month, over 60% of Xbox LIVE members utilize the ser- vice’s interactive and commercial features. Click through rates on Xbox LIVE ad campaigns are, on average, nearly 10 times greater than banner ads on Web pages. 3. TV viewing is becoming a social experience. Xbox LIVE users exchange nearly four million instant messages per day, and an average of 20 million online “friends” are made each month. While many Xbox LIVE members are faster adopters of interactive services than the TV population at l arge, our relaunch of the service last fall showed that modifications such as a simplified, intuitive interface and expanded content, dramatically improved adop- 161
  • 164.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S Comcast on the Future of Television: New Opportunities for Enhanced Television By Davina Kent, Director of Strategic Alliances, Comcast In addition to worries about the economy, today’s ad execu- tives are worried about audience fragmentation, non-linear viewing, multi-tasking viewers and commercial skipping. Ad budgets are expected to decline in 2009 so market- traditional TV advertising with interactive TV adver- ers will be expected to do more with less. We forecast tising and target using demographic and psycho- that money will migrate to media that offers target- graphic data. For many years testing interactive and ing or addressability, interactivity and accountability. addressable TV advertising has proven successful, but scale has lagged. Now, with 28 million subscrib- As the landscape continues to grow, cable operators ers, Comcast is deploying unique interactive and have begun to develop new standards for interactivity addressable advertising products to make TV adver- and addressability across their footprint of 70 million tising more engaging, efficient and effective. cable subscribers. This vast footprint opens up new opportunities for advertisers to enhance their
  • 165.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S Navic Networks on the Future of Television: As TV and Its Audiences Fragment, How Will It Be Funded? By Alec Gerster, Chief Marketing Officer, Navic Networks, a Microsoft company There are some fundamental, structural patterns to the television business that will come under more and more pressure as the industry continues to expand from its heritage of limited, controlled channel space to include non-linear distribution models and video delivered over the Internet. 163
  • 166.
    There is nonemore basic than how the ad-supported advertising defies the conventional model of selling ecosystem will continue to fund the production of and necessitates the use of solutions that utilize high-quality content that will continue to compel audi- set-top box data and other methods to effectively sell. ences — even as those audiences fragment. As the long-tail is traversed, the size of individual au- diences approaches the numeral one, and with that, To date, ad-supported models have benefited from it becomes nearly impossible to sell without a solution the walled garden of limited VHF spectrum or the such as an ad exchange to manage inventory. expanded, but still centrally controlled, world of today’s cable operators. Content consumption is be- In order to fund content, this new world will increas- coming progressively audience-driven as consum- ingly change the emphasis from the direct control ers decide where, when and how they want to watch of distribution, to a combination of those media the content of their choice — with little regard to brands that can consistently and simultaneously drive how it’s paid for. Such options as video-on-demand, audiences in a non-linear environment: a VOD or digital video recorders and video available over the subscription model that works in this world, a related Internet have all become huge challenges to the linear ad capability and a video version of today’s multi-site television model — a model that has relied not only on Internet network approach. Being able to monetize limited channel availability and therefore ad inventory, the long-tail of television, in addition to non-linear but also tiered pricing models and direct subscript- properties through an exchange, gives the industry ion revenues to exist. Unless the industry is ready an adequate revenue stream to continue to produce to settle for a world dominated by user-generated con- compelling content that will drive audience prefer- tent, it is important to figure out how to consistently ences and reinvigorate the ad-supported ecosystem. monetize across today’s infinitely fragmenting video landscape. With this fragmentation, media becomes increasingly challenging to sell and thus, much harder to profit from. This potential inability to drive ad revenue will directly affect the quality and availability of content and will continue to negatively affect the ad-supported ecosystem by underutilizing inventory. The mid- to long-tail of TV viewing, which represents a significant share of ad-supported TV’s audience, has also gone unused. The reason is that non-linear and long-tail
  • 167.
    T V ATA C R O S S R OA D S Google TV on the Future of Television: An Interview With Mike Steib In January 2009, Razorfish asked Google TV Ads Director ™ Mike Steib to explain what he thinks the main challenges are for television advertisers in the digital age, and where Google TV Ads (which essentially expands elements of Google’s ad model to TV) fits into the landscape. These are his thoughts: 165
  • 168.
    TV is becominglike the Web: lots of channels, niche Google TV Ads address these challenges because content, fragmented — but passionate — audiences. it makes buying more targeted, increasingly account- It used to be OK for advertisers to just buy 10 or able and better measures TV commercial viewing. 15 channels on which to run their campaigns. Today, We’re working with leading media companies like Dish smart marketers need to reach their audiences across Network, NBC Universal, Bloomberg and Hallmark a long tail of television, and to find their target cus- to make some of their inventory available to advertis- tomers at the moments when the context is right. On ers through this platform. the Internet, when millions of Web sites emerged, it took a while for advertiser behavior and ad technol- Advertisers and agencies can select channels and ogies to catch up to consumer behavior. TV is some- shows in Google TV Ads — or they can generate where in that development cycle today. detailed lists of programs and dayparts using our psy- chographic targeting features. For instance, they Online, advertisers know what works; they know if can search for programs that deliver to young women someone clicks on their ads. They’ve come to really who make $100,000-plus and who are interested in like that. This has led them to demand more account- cooking. Alternately, they can find the right context ability from their television buying as well; they now for their ads using our search tools, asking to find any ask questions such as “Which audiences are watch- programs that involve for example, crime, college ing what ads?” and “Which ads are being avoided?” hockey or weddings. Just as with Google AdWords, Increasingly, if an ad is not relevant to a viewer, he advertisers set a maximum price for each, as well or she is not going to watch it, and we all need to deal as a daily budget, and our system optimizes to those aggressively with that reality. goals. Advertisers reach their target customers across, potentially, a hundred channels in a relevant However, even if a marketer is able to learn that context. This takes maybe an hour or two per week this ad over here is working and that ad over there is for the agency to execute. not working, it is not nearly as easy to shift media placements on-the-fly in TV advertising as it is in To measure all those channels, we employ millions of online advertising. The needs for more accountability, set-top boxes and bill advertisers only for the TV better measurement and a transactional model sets that are tuned in to the ad. No waste. This also that can scale to hundreds of TV channels are some enables us to measure every channel on television, of the main challenges for TV advertisers in this including previously unmeasured channels, so digital world. advertisers can buy the “long tail.” The next day, we tell each advertiser what percent of the audience watched each ad all the way through, what percent
  • 169.
    tuned out andwhether they watched it live or time-shifted on a DVR. There are no commitments by the advertiser, and there is no bundled media. Some agencies and advertisers set up campaigns and let them run for weeks; others make frequent changes based on new data. In many ways Google TV Ads is similar to online ad- vertising because it empowers advertisers to target, measure and quickly adjust their TV buying. Our partners are using it to make their ads more relevant to the viewers. We’re pretty psyched about it. 167
  • 171.
    three things every executive should know in 2009 The Web Gets a Pulse 170 Fragmentation Moves Beyond Media 172 When the Going Gets Tough... 174
  • 172.
    T H REE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9 The Web Gets a Pulse The “real time” nature of the Web is taking on a new dimension: this year, we will close that gap between archived information and what’s going on right now. Not only is the Web becoming more social — it is becoming instantly reactive. From twittering and yammering to live online social events to intelligent, location-aware mobile connectivity, the Web is beginning to take on a pulse — or, a life — of its own. Social Web users, whether they are con- nected teens or digital moms, are increasingly unable to draw boundaries where their physical and virtual worlds divide, or to distinguish between their known and anonymous peer groups. And as Obama demonstrated, there is untapped momentum in
  • 173.
    social media environments,which, when leveraged well, can create a movement of scalable proportion. However, movements cannot happen alone. In this environment, marketers need to listen, monitor and learn. They need to understand what value they bring and how to work with their agencies and media partners to create their own dynamic experiences. Does your brand — whether you are a media company or a marketer — have a pulse? 171
  • 174.
    T H REE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9 Fragmentation Moves Beyond Media It is no surprise that audience fragmentation continues to challenge marketers, but in 2009, it is increasingly challenging to content owners. Media content was once relegated to a platform with an established, advertising-supported business model: TV, print, online, mobile or out of home. But as consumer attention splinters, so, too, will the content, the platform and the media revenue model. With economic pressure and ever more complex distribution channels, will our business models sustain themselves? Will pre- mium content survive? While the long tail of the Web depends on technology and data to monetize its inventory, traditional business models with long-standing histories and complex infrastructures
  • 175.
    like TV havenot been as quick to change. 2009 will be a test for premium content owners, the TV and print advertising estab- lishments and the digital world as we brace for potential and unexpected change to our business models brought on by years of continued fragmentation. What will define the media company of the future? The ability to let content travel across a myriad of platforms, devices and lifestyles. The will to embrace new forms of measurement, data, technology and digital infrastructure to manage complexity. And the vision to compete on the future. 173
  • 176.
    T H REE T H I N G S E V ERY E X EC U T I V E S H O U L D K N OW I N 20 0 9 When the Going Gets Tough... No doubt the recession is on everyone’s minds as we enter a new year. A flat year would be a good outcome for digital advertising in 2009, and while many major publishers will see a year-over-year drop, there will be winners. We are in the midst of a historic time, when industries that some would argue were the foundations of our economy may be challenged like never before, but there is also an opportunity for new business models to take root and thrive. 2009 will be a tough year for all media, even digital media; it will be a time for exploring new buying methods — such as conducting business through ad exchanges — and learning how to employ social influence marketing strategies that have value for consumers
  • 177.
    and brands alike.While growth may be curbed, there is no time like the present to innovate. Innovation will take many forms — new messages, new channels, new products, new business models. Whatever happens, one thing is for certain: we’ll all learn how to do more with less. And be smarter for it. 175
  • 178.
    About Razorfish™ Razorfish™, formerlyAvenue A | Razorfish, is one of the largest interactive marketing and technology companies in the world, and is also one of the largest buyers of digital advertising space. With a demonstrated commit- ment to innovation, Razorfish™ counsels its clients on how to leverage digital channels such as the Web, mobile devices, in-store technologies and other emerging media to engage people, build brand loyalty and provide excellent customer service. The company is increasingly advising marketers on Social Influence Marketing™, its approach for employing social media and social influencers to achieve the marketing and business needs of an organization. Its award-winning client teams provide solutions through their strategic counsel, digital advertising and content creation, media buying, analytics, technology and user experience. Razorfish™ has offices in markets across the United States, and in Australia, China, France, Germany, Japan and the United Kingdom. Clients include Carnival Cruise Lines, MillerCoors, Levi’s, McDonald’s and Starwood Hotels. Visit www.razorfish.com for more information. For additional information: For media inquiries: Sarah Baehr Sally O’Dowd VP, Media Public Relations Director +1 (212) 931-5976 +1 (312) 696-5068 [email protected] Sally.O’[email protected] Terri Walter For information on our VP, Emerging Media thought leadership: +1 (212) 798-6735 Lauren Nguyen [email protected] Associate Director, Marketing +1 (415) 369-6454 [email protected]
  • 179.
    Razorfish™ Locations United States Asia/Pacific Atlanta 404.739.5050 Hong Kong 852 3102 4512 Austin 512.532.2000 Shanghai +86 21 5237 8811 Boston 617.250.2500 amnesia.com.au Chicago 312.696.5000 Sydney +61 2 9380 9317 Fort Lauderdale 954.202.3700 Los Angeles 310.846.5400 dentsu-razorfish.com New York 212.798.6600 Tokyo +81 3 5551 9885 Philadelphia 267.295.7100 Osaka +81 6 6360 1461 Portland 503.423.2900 San Francisco 415.284.7070 Seattle 206.816.8800 Europe neuedigitale.com Berlin +49 (0) 30 2936388 0 Frankfurt +49 69 704030 London +44 020 7907 4545 wysiwyg.net Madrid +34 91 308 11 30 duke-interactive.com Paris +33 (0) 1 53 44 19 19
  • 180.
    © Razorfish, LLC. All rights reserved.